diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 02:19:54 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 02:19:54 -0700 |
| commit | edcc72afc0a9e4441fc761be0f6c6b6db79003c4 (patch) | |
| tree | 952d45e244853573469dbfaaf6078e9d1daa9dee | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 26043-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 92861 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 26043-h/26043-h.htm | 9983 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 26043.txt | 7524 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 26043.zip | bin | 0 -> 88421 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
7 files changed, 17523 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/26043-h.zip b/26043-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fcc33ed --- /dev/null +++ b/26043-h.zip diff --git a/26043-h/26043-h.htm b/26043-h/26043-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba68799 --- /dev/null +++ b/26043-h/26043-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,9983 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="us-ascii"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" > + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> + <head> + <meta content="pg2html (binary v0.17)" name="linkgenerator" /> + <title> + Sam's Chance, by Horatio Alger, Jr. + </title> + <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve"> + body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify} + P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .75em; margin-bottom: .75em; } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;} + .foot { margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 5%; text-align: justify; font-size: 80%; font-style: italic;} + blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;} + .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;} + .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;} + .xx-small {font-size: 60%;} + .x-small {font-size: 75%;} + .small {font-size: 85%;} + .large {font-size: 115%;} + .x-large {font-size: 130%;} + .indent5 { margin-left: 5%;} + .indent10 { margin-left: 10%;} + .indent15 { margin-left: 15%;} + .indent20 { margin-left: 20%;} + .indent25 { margin-left: 25%;} + .indent30 { margin-left: 30%;} + .indent35 { margin-left: 35%;} + .indent40 { margin-left: 40%;} + div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } + div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; } + .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;} + .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;} + .pagenum {position: absolute; right: 1%; font-size: 0.6em; + font-variant: normal; font-style: normal; + text-align: right; background-color: #FFFACD; + border: 1px solid; padding: 0.3em;text-indent: 0em;} + .side { float: left; font-size: 75%; width: 15%; padding-left: 0.8em; + border-left: dashed thin; text-align: left; + text-indent: 0; font-weight: bold; font-style: italic; + font-weight: bold; color: black; background: #eeeeee; border: solid 1px;} + .head { float: left; font-size: 90%; width: 98%; padding-left: 0.8em; + border-left: dashed thin; text-align: center; + text-indent: 0; font-weight: bold; font-style: italic; + font-weight: bold; color: black; background: #eeeeee; border: solid 1px;} + p.pfirst, p.noindent {text-indent: 0} + span.dropcap { float: left; margin: 0 0.1em 0 0; line-height: 0.8 } + pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;} +</style> + </head> + <body> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + +The Project Gutenberg eBook, Sam's Chance, by Horatio Alger + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +Title: Sam's Chance + And How He Improved It + +Author: Horatio Alger + +Release Date: July 12, 2008 [eBook #26043] +Last Updated: January 8, 2019 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: US-ASCII + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SAM'S CHANCE*** + + +E-text prepared by Gary Sandino from digital material generously made +available by Internet Archive (http://www.archive.org/index.php) + +HTML file produced by David Widger + +Note: Images of the original pages are available through + Internet Archive American Libraries. See + http://www.archive.org/details/samschancehowhei00algerich + + + + +</pre> + <div style="height: 8em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h1> + SAM'S CHANCE + </h1> + <h2> + And How He Improved It + </h2> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <h2> + By Horatio Alger, Jr. + </h2> + <hr /> + <p> + <b>CONTENTS</b> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_PREF"> PREFACE. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0002"> <b>SAM'S CHANCE.</b> </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0001"> CHAPTER I. — SAM'S NEW CLOTHES. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0002"> CHAPTER II. — SAM'S FIRST DAY IN BUSINESS. + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0003"> CHAPTER III. — SAM FINDS A ROOM. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0004"> CHAPTER IV. — FIRST LESSONS. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0005"> CHAPTER V. — SAM'S FINANCES. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0006"> CHAPTER VI. — SAM'S LUCK. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0007"> CHAPTER VII. — TWENTY-FIVE DOLLARS REWARD. + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0008"> CHAPTER VIII. — AN UNEXPECTED OBSTACLE. + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0009"> CHAPTER IX. — RESTORING THE RING. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0010"> CHAPTER X. — SAM'S INVESTMENT. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0011"> CHAPTER XI. — HENRY BECOMES A MERCHANT. + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0012"> CHAPTER XII. — HOW SAM SUCCEEDED. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0013"> CHAPTER XIII. — HENRY'S GOOD FORTUNE. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0014"> CHAPTER XIV. — THE SAVINGS BANK BOOK. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0015"> CHAPTER XV. — SAM IS FOUND OUT. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0016"> CHAPTER XVI. — SAM LOSES HIS PLACE. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0017"> CHAPTER XVII. — TIM IS UNMASKED. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0018"> CHAPTER XVIII. — THE FALL RIVER BOAT. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0019"> CHAPTER XIX. — MUTUAL CONFIDENCES. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0020"> CHAPTER XX. — TOO LATE FOR THE TRAIN. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0021"> CHAPTER XXI. — ARRIVED IN BOSTON. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0022"> CHAPTER XXII. — FIRST EXPERIENCES IN + BOSTON. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0023"> CHAPTER XXIII. — SAM FINDS A ROOMMATE. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0024"> CHAPTER XXIV. — AN UNPLEASANT SURPRISE. + </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0025"> CHAPTER XXV. — IN PURSUIT OP A PLACE. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0026"> CHAPTER XXVI. — ABNER BLODGETT AGAIN. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0027"> CHAPTER XXVII. — SAM IS INITIATED INTO A + COLLEGE SOCIETY. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0028"> CHAPTER XXVIII. — BROWN'S PLAN. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0029"> CHAPTER XXIX. — ARTHUR BROWN. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0030"> CHAPTER XXX. — HOW IT WAS ARRANGED. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0031"> CHAPTER XXXI. — TWO YEARS LATER. </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0032"> CHAPTER XXXII. — CONCLUSION. </a> + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_PREF" id="link2H_PREF"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + PREFACE. + </h2> + <p> + "Sam's Chance" is a sequel to the "Young Outlaw," and is designed to + illustrate the gradual steps by which that young man was induced to give + up his bad habits, and deserve that prosperity which he finally attains. + The writer confesses to have experienced some embarrassment in writing + this story. The story writer always has at command expedients by which the + frowns of fortune may be turned into sunshine, and this without violating + probability, or, at any rate, possibility; for the careers of many of our + most eminent and successful men attest that truth is often-times stranger + than fiction. But to cure a boy of radical faults is almost as difficult + in fiction as in real life. Whether the influences which led to Sam's + reformation were adequate to that result, must be decided by the critical + reader. The author may, at any rate, venture to congratulate Sam's friends + that he is now more worthy of their interest and regard than in the years + when he was known as the "Young Outlaw." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0002" id="link2H_4_0002"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h1> + SAM'S CHANCE. + </h1> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0001" id="link2HCH0001"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER I. — SAM'S NEW CLOTHES. + </h2> + <p> + "If I'm goin' into a office I'll have to buy some new clo'es," thought Sam + Barker. + </p> + <p> + He was a boy of fifteen, who, for three years, had been drifting about the + streets of New York, getting his living as he could; now blacking boots, + now selling papers, now carrying bundles—"everything by turns, and + nothing long." He was not a model boy, as those who have read his early + history, in "The Young Outlaw," are aware; but, on the other hand, he was + not extremely bad. He liked fun, even if it involved mischief; and he + could not be called strictly truthful nor honest. But he would not + wantonly injure or tyrannize over a smaller boy, and there was nothing + mean or malicious about him. Still he was hardly the sort of boy a + merchant would be likely to select as an office boy, and but for a lucky + chance Sam would have been compelled to remain a bootblack or newsboy. One + day he found, in an uptown street, a little boy, who had strayed away from + his nurse, and, ascertaining where he lived, restored him to his anxious + parents. For this good deed he was rewarded by a gift of five dollars and + the offer of a position as errand boy, at five dollars a week. + </p> + <p> + Sam decided that he must have some new clothes before he could enter upon + his place. At present his costume consisted of a ragged shirt, and a pair + of equally ragged pantaloons. Both were of unknown antiquity, and had done + faithful service, not only to Sam, but to a former owner. It was quite + time they were released from duty. + </p> + <p> + To buy a complete outfit with five dollars might have puzzled many an able + financier. But Sam knew just where to go. Somewhere in the neighborhood of + Baxter Street there was a second-hand clothing establishment, which he had + patronized on previous occasions, and where he knew that the prices were + low. It was to this place that he bent his steps. + </p> + <p> + A wrinkled old man—the proprietor—stood outside, scanning, + with cunning eyes, the passers-by. If any one paused to examine his stock, + he was immediately assailed by voluble recommendations of this or that + article, and urgently entreated to "just step inside." + </p> + <p> + When Sam approached, the old man's shrewdness was at fault. He did not + suspect that the ragged street boy was likely to become a customer, and + merely suffered his glance to rest upon him casually. + </p> + <p> + But Sam accosted him with a business-like manner. + </p> + <p> + "Look here, old man, have you got any tiptop clo'es to sell to-day?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, my son," answered the old man, with an air of alacrity. + </p> + <p> + "Who are you a-takin' to? I ain't your son, and I wouldn't be. My father's + a member of Congress." + </p> + <p> + "Did he send you here to buy clo'es?" asked the old man, with a grin. + </p> + <p> + "Yes, he did. He said you'd let me have 'em half price." + </p> + <p> + "So I will, my—boy. This is the cheapest place in the city." + </p> + <p> + "Well, old man, trot out your best suits. I want 'em in the style, you + know." + </p> + <p> + "I know that from your looks," said the old man, a grin illumining his + wrinkled face, as he glanced at the rags Sam wore. + </p> + <p> + "Oh, you needn't look at these. My best clo'es is to home in the wardrobe. + What have you got for shirts?" + </p> + <p> + A red-flannel article was displayed; but Sam didn't like the color. + </p> + <p> + "It ain't fashionable," he said. + </p> + <p> + "Here's a blue one," said the old man. + </p> + <p> + "That's more like, how much is it?" + </p> + <p> + "Fifty cents." + </p> + <p> + "Fifty cents! Do you want to ruin me? I won't give no fifty cents for a + shirt." + </p> + <p> + "It's worth more. It cost me forty-five." + </p> + <p> + "I'll give thirty-five." + </p> + <p> + After some haggling the price was accepted, and the article was laid + aside. + </p> + <p> + "Now show me some of your nice suits," said Sam. "I've got a place, and I + want to look like a gentleman." + </p> + <p> + "Have you got any money?" asked the old man, with the momentary suspicion + that he might be throwing his time and trouble away upon a penniless + purchaser. + </p> + <p> + "Yes," said Sam. "What do you take me for?" + </p> + <p> + "How much have you got?" + </p> + <p> + "What do you want to know for?" + </p> + <p> + "I want to know what clo'es to show you." + </p> + <p> + Sam was about to answer five dollars, when a shrewd thought changed his + intention. + </p> + <p> + "I've got four dollars," he said. + </p> + <p> + Even this was beyond the expectations of the dealer. + </p> + <p> + "All right, my son," he said. "I'll give you some nice clo'es for four + dollars." + </p> + <p> + "You'd better if you want me to come here again. If you do well by me I'll + get all my clo'es here." + </p> + <p> + A young man of fashion could not have spoken more condescendingly, or with + an air of greater importance than Sam. He was right in thinking that his + patronage was of importance to the old man. + </p> + <p> + "I'll dress you so fine the gals will look at you as you go along the + street," he said. + </p> + <p> + "Go ahead!" said Sam. "Do your best by me, and I'll send my friends here." + </p> + <p> + Without going into details, it may be said that our hero selected + everything to his satisfaction except a coat. Here he was rather + particular. Finally, he espied a blue coat with brass buttons, hanging in + a corner. + </p> + <p> + "Take down that coat," he said, "I guess that'll suit me." + </p> + <p> + "That costs too much. I can't give you that and the rest of the things for + four dollars." + </p> + <p> + "Why can't you?" + </p> + <p> + "I'd lose too much." + </p> + <p> + Opposition confirmed Sam in his determination to own it. + </p> + <p> + "Give it to me; I'll try it on," he said. + </p> + <p> + Putting it on, he surveyed himself with satisfaction, in a small, cracked + mirror. True, it was about two sizes too large, but Sam felt that in + getting more cloth he was getting a better bargain. + </p> + <p> + "That's my style," he said. "Don't I look fashionable?" + </p> + <p> + "I'll have to ask you twenty-five cents more for that coat," said the old + dealer. + </p> + <p> + "No, you won't." + </p> + <p> + "Yes, I must. I ought to ask more." + </p> + <p> + "Then you may keep the rest of the clo'es. I don't want 'em." + </p> + <p> + Sam made a movement as if to leave the store. + </p> + <p> + "Give me twenty cents more, my son." + </p> + <p> + "Didn't I tell you I wasn't your son? I won't give you no twenty cents, + but I'll tell you what I'll do—I'll give you these clo'es I've got + on." + </p> + <p> + The old man looked at them dubiously. + </p> + <p> + "They ain't worth much," he said. + </p> + <p> + "I know they ain't but they're worth twenty cents." + </p> + <p> + There was another critical inspection, and the decision was given in Sam's + favor. + </p> + <p> + "You may have the clo'es," said the old man. "Now, where's your money?" + </p> + <p> + Sam produced a five-dollar bill. + </p> + <p> + "Give me a dollar back," he said. + </p> + <p> + The old man looked at him with the expression of one who had been cheated. + </p> + <p> + "You said you had only four dollars," he complained. + </p> + <p> + "No, I didn't. I said I had four. I didn't say that was all." + </p> + <p> + "These clo'es are worth five dollars." + </p> + <p> + "No, they ain't, and you won't get it from me. Do you think I'm going to + give you all the money I've got?" + </p> + <p> + The old man still looked dissatisfied. "I'm losin' money on these clo'es," + he muttered. + </p> + <p> + "Oh, well if you don't want to sell 'em, you needn't," said Sam, + independently. "There's another place round the corner." + </p> + <p> + "Give me four fifty." + </p> + <p> + "No, I won't. I won't give you another cent. I'll give you four dollars + and these clo'es I have on. A bargain's a bargain. If you're goin' to do + it, say the word; and if you ain't, I'm off." + </p> + <p> + Sam carried his point, and received back a dollar in change. + </p> + <p> + "You needn't send the clo'es round to my hotel—I'll change 'em + here," said our hero. + </p> + <p> + He set to work at once, and in five minutes the change was effected. The + other clothes fitted him moderately well, but the blue coat—of the + kind popularly called a swallow-tail—nearly trailed upon the ground. + But for that Sam cared little. He surveyed himself with satisfaction, and + felt that he was well dressed. + </p> + <p> + "I guess I'll do now," he said to himself, complacently, as he walked out + of the shop. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0002" id="link2HCH0002"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER II. — SAM'S FIRST DAY IN BUSINESS. + </h2> + <p> + "Is the boss in?" + </p> + <p> + The speaker was Sam Barker, and the young man addressed was a clerk in the + office of Henry Dalton & Co. He gazed with wonder and amusement at the + grotesque figure before him. + </p> + <p> + "Have you business with Mr. Dalton?" he inquired. + </p> + <p> + "I should think I had," said Sam. "Is he in?" + </p> + <p> + "Not yet. He'll be here presently." + </p> + <p> + "All right. I'll wait." + </p> + <p> + Carefully parting the tails of his coat, Sam coolly deposited himself in + an office chair, and looked about him. + </p> + <p> + "Are you in business for yourself?" asked the clerk. + </p> + <p> + "I have been," said Sam, "but I'm goin' to work for Mr. Dalton now." + </p> + <p> + "Did Mr. Dalton hire you?" + </p> + <p> + "Of course he did. He's goin' to pay me five dollars a week. How much does + he pay you?" + </p> + <p> + "That's a secret," said the young man, good-naturedly. + </p> + <p> + "Is it? Well, I'll excuse you." + </p> + <p> + "You're very kind. That's a stylish coat you've got on." + </p> + <p> + "Isn't it?" said Sam, proudly, and rising from the chair he turned around + in order to display fully the admired garment. + </p> + <p> + "Who is your tailor?" + </p> + <p> + "I forget his name, but he hangs out on Chatham Street. I only bought this + coat yesterday." + </p> + <p> + "Don't you think it's a little too long?" + </p> + <p> + "Maybe it is," said Sam, "but I don't mind it. I can cut it down if I want + to. Maybe they've got another like it, if you want one." + </p> + <p> + "I'm supplied just at present," said the young man. "What do you expect to + do here?" + </p> + <p> + "I'm to be the errand boy. Does the boss work you very hard?" + </p> + <p> + "Oh, no, he's reasonable. How did you happen to get in with him?" + </p> + <p> + "I brought home his little boy. The little chap was cryin' round the + streets, when I met him and took him home." + </p> + <p> + "Oh! you're the boy I heard him speak of. Well, you're in luck, for Mr. + Dalton is an excellent employer." + </p> + <p> + "Have you been with him long?" + </p> + <p> + "About four years." + </p> + <p> + "Do you think he'll raise me soon?" + </p> + <p> + "That will depend a good deal upon yourself. If you work faithfully, no + doubt he will." + </p> + <p> + Sam made a resolution to work faithfully, but then he found it easier to + make resolutions than keep them. + </p> + <p> + "There's Mr. Dalton now," said the clerk. + </p> + <p> + Sam rose and faced his employer. The latter looked at him in some + surprise, not immediately recognizing under the strange dress the boy whom + he had engaged. + </p> + <p> + "Who are you?" he asked. + </p> + <p> + "I'm the new boy," said Sam. "Don't you remember you told me you'd hire me + at five dollars a week?" + </p> + <p> + "Oh, you are the boy, are you? Why, you look like an old man! Where did + you raise that coat?" + </p> + <p> + "I bought it." + </p> + <p> + "It makes you look like your own grandfather." + </p> + <p> + "Does it?" said Sam, rather taken aback. "I thought it was stylish." + </p> + <p> + "You better exchange it. I don't want a boy in my employment to be dressed + in that way. You'll be taken for an old gentleman from the country." + </p> + <p> + Sam smiled, but looked rather disturbed. + </p> + <p> + "I don't know as the man will take it back," he said. + </p> + <p> + "Go and see. I'll give you a couple of dollars. He will change it if you + pay him something extra." + </p> + <p> + "I'll fix it," said Sam, accepting the money with alacrity. "Shall I go + now?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, and come back when you have made the exchange. Get something + suitable for a boy of your age, and not too large." + </p> + <p> + Sam left the counting-room, and made his way to the second-hand shop where + he had made the purchase. He succeeded in effecting an exchange for a coat + which was less noticeable, and that without paying any bonus. + </p> + <p> + "If the boss don't say anything about the two dollars," he thought, "I'll + be so much in." + </p> + <p> + Much to his joy no questions were asked as to the terms on which he made + the exchange, and he felt that he could afford to go to the Old Bowery + that evening. + </p> + <p> + When he came back he was called into the counting-room. + </p> + <p> + "Now, my boy, what is your name?" asked the merchant. + </p> + <p> + "Sam Barker." + </p> + <p> + "How old are you?" + </p> + <p> + "Fifteen." + </p> + <p> + "Are your parents living?" + </p> + <p> + "No, sir." + </p> + <p> + "Where do you live?" + </p> + <p> + Sam hesitated. + </p> + <p> + "I ain't got no regular place," he answered, at length. + </p> + <p> + "Where have you generally slept?" + </p> + <p> + "At the 'Newsboys' Lodge.'" + </p> + <p> + "I suppose you were a newsboy?" + </p> + <p> + "Some of the time." + </p> + <p> + "Well, it makes no difference what you have been. You are now my errand + boy. I have engaged you without knowing very much about you, because you + have been of service to my little boy. I hope you will serve me + faithfully." + </p> + <p> + "Oh, yes, I will," said Sam, looking particularly virtuous. + </p> + <p> + "If you do your duty, I shall take an interest in you, and promote you as + you deserve." + </p> + <p> + "And give me more pay?" suggested Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Yes, if I find you deserve it. I would rather pay high wages to a boy who + suits me than small wages to an inefficient boy." + </p> + <p> + "Them's my sentiments," said Sam, promptly; but whether his sentiments + referred to the service or the pay he did not make quite clear. + </p> + <p> + Mr. Dalton smiled. + </p> + <p> + "I am glad you agree with me," he said. "There is one other point I wish + to speak of. As you are in my employment, I want you to have a regular + boarding-place. I think it much better for a boy or young man. You ought + to be able to get board and a decent room for four dollars a week." + </p> + <p> + "I guess I can," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "I will let you go at three o'clock this afternoon—two hours before + our usual hour of closing. That will give you time to secure a place. Now + go out, and Mr. Budd will set you to work." + </p> + <p> + The clerk whom Sam had first encountered was named William Budd, and to + him he went for orders. + </p> + <p> + "You may go to the post office for letters first," said Budd. "Our box is + 936." + </p> + <p> + "All right," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + He rather liked this part of his duty. It seemed more like play than work + to walk through the streets, and it was comfortable to think he was going + to be paid for it, too. + </p> + <p> + As he turned into Nassau Street he met an old acquaintance, Pat Riley by + name, with a blacking box over his shoulders. + </p> + <p> + "Hello, Sam!" said Pat. + </p> + <p> + "Hello, yourself! How's business?" + </p> + <p> + "Times is dull with me. What are you doin'?" + </p> + <p> + "I'm in an office," said Sam, with conscious pride. + </p> + <p> + "Are you? What do you get?" + </p> + <p> + "Five dollars a week." + </p> + <p> + "How did you get it?" asked Pat, enviously. + </p> + <p> + "They came to me and asked me if I would go to work," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Where are you goin' now?" + </p> + <p> + "To the post office, to get the letters." + </p> + <p> + "You're in luck, Sam, and no mistake. Got some new clo'es, ain't you?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes," said Sam. "How do you like 'em?" + </p> + <p> + "Bully." + </p> + <p> + "I had a tiptop coat—blue with brass buttons—but the boss made + me change it. He ain't got no taste in dress." + </p> + <p> + "That's so." + </p> + <p> + "When I get money enough I'll buy it for best, to wear Sundays, he can't + say nothing to that." + </p> + <p> + "In course not. Well, Sam, when you get rich you can let me black your + boots." + </p> + <p> + "All right, Pat," said Sam, complacently. + </p> + <p> + "Who knows but I'll be a rich merchant some time?" + </p> + <p> + Here Pat spied a customer, and the two had to part company. + </p> + <p> + Sam continued on his way till he reached the old brick church which used + to serve as the New York post office. He entered, and met with his first + perplexity. He could not remember the number of the boX. — "Here's a + go!" thought Sam. "What's that number, I wonder? There was a thirty-six to + it, I know. I guess it was 836. Anyhow I'll ask for it." + </p> + <p> + "Is there any letters in 836?" he asked. + </p> + <p> + Four letters were handed him. + </p> + <p> + Sam looked at the address. They were all directed to Ferguson & Co. + </p> + <p> + "That ain't the name," thought Sam. "I guess I'm in a scrape, but anyhow + I'll carry 'em to Mr. Dalton, so he'll know I went to the office." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0003" id="link2HCH0003"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER III. — SAM FINDS A ROOM. + </h2> + <p> + "Here's the letters," said Sam, as he entered the office on his return. + </p> + <p> + "You may carry them in to Mr. Dalton," said William Budd. + </p> + <p> + "Now for it!" thought Sam, as he entered the counting-room with reluctant + step. + </p> + <p> + "Here's the letters, Mr. Dalton," said our hero, looking embarrassed. + </p> + <p> + Mr. Dalton took them, and glanced at the superscription. + </p> + <p> + "What's all this?" he demanded. "This letter is for Ferguson & Co. And + so are the rest. What does it mean?" + </p> + <p> + "I guess there's some mistake," said Sam, uncomfortably. + </p> + <p> + "Why did you take these letters? Did you think my name was Ferguson?" + demanded Mr. Dalton. + </p> + <p> + "No, sir." + </p> + <p> + "Didn't you know they were not for me, then?" + </p> + <p> + "They gave them to me at the post office," stammered Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Did you give the number of my box?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, sir." + </p> + <p> + "What number did you call for?" + </p> + <p> + "I don't remember," answered Sam, abashed. + </p> + <p> + "Then you don't remember the number of my box?" + </p> + <p> + "I don't remember now," Sam admitted. + </p> + <p> + "Did you call for No. 776?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes," said Sam, promptly. + </p> + <p> + "That's not the number," said the merchant, quietly. "You must return + these letters instantly, and call for my mail. I will give you the number + of my box on a card, and then you can't make any mistake. You have made a + blunder, which must not be repeated." + </p> + <p> + "Yes, sir," said Sam, glad to get off with no sharper admonition. + </p> + <p> + He returned to the post office, and this time he did his errand correctly. + </p> + <p> + At three o'clock Sam was permitted to leave the office and look out for a + boarding-place. He had managed to scrape acquaintance during the day with + Henry Martin, an errand boy in the next store, and went to consult him. + </p> + <p> + "Where do you board?" he asked. + </p> + <p> + "Near St. John's Park," answered Henry. + </p> + <p> + "Is it a good place?" + </p> + <p> + "It will do." + </p> + <p> + "I want to find a place to board. Is there room where you are?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes; you can come into my room, if you like." + </p> + <p> + "What'll I have to pay?" + </p> + <p> + "I pay a dollar and seventy-five cents a week for my room, and get my + meals out; but the old lady will let the two of us have it for two fifty." + </p> + <p> + "That'll make seventy-five cents for me," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "How do you make that out?" + </p> + <p> + "You pay just the same as you do now, and I'll make it up to two fifty." + </p> + <p> + "Look here, young fellow, you're smart, but that won't go down," said the + other boy. + </p> + <p> + "Why not?" asked Sam, innocently. "You won't have to pay any more, will + you?" + </p> + <p> + "I would have to pay more than you, and I don't mean to do it. If we pay + two fifty, that will be just one twenty-five apiece. That's better than + you can do alone." + </p> + <p> + "Well, I'll try it," said Sam. "When are you goin' round?" + </p> + <p> + "As soon as I get through work—at five o'clock." + </p> + <p> + "I'll wait for you." + </p> + <p> + Sam might have gone back and finished out his afternoon's work, but it did + not occur to him as desirable, and he therefore remained with his new + friend, till the latter was ready to go with him. + </p> + <p> + "How much wages do you get?" asked Sam, as they were walking along. + </p> + <p> + "Five dollars a week." + </p> + <p> + "So do I." + </p> + <p> + "Haven't you just gone into your place?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes." + </p> + <p> + "I've been in mine two years. I ought to get more than you." + </p> + <p> + "Why don't you ask for more?" + </p> + <p> + "It wouldn't be any use. I have asked, and they told me to wait." + </p> + <p> + "When I've been at work two years I expect to get ten dollars a week," + said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "You'll have to take it out in expecting, then." + </p> + <p> + "Will I?" asked Sam, rather crestfallen. + </p> + <p> + "The fact is, we boys don't get paid enough," said Henry. + </p> + <p> + "No, I guess not," said Sam, assenting readily. "Do you have to work + pretty hard?" he inquired. + </p> + <p> + "As hard as I want to." + </p> + <p> + "It must be jolly to be a boss, and only have to read letters, and write + 'em," said Sam, who had rather an inadequate notion of his employer's + cares. "I'd like to be one." + </p> + <p> + "I've got a rich uncle," said Henry Martin. "I wish he'd set me up in + business when I'm twenty-one." + </p> + <p> + "How much is he worth?" + </p> + <p> + "About a hundred thousand dollars; I don't know but more." + </p> + <p> + "Do you think he will set you up?" asked Sam, rather impressed. + </p> + <p> + "I don't know." + </p> + <p> + "If he does, you might take me in with you." + </p> + <p> + "So I will, if your rich uncle will give you a lot of money, too." + </p> + <p> + "I haven't got no rich uncle," said Sam. "I only wish I had." + </p> + <p> + "Mine is more ornamental than useful, so far," said Henry. "Well, here we + are at my place." + </p> + <p> + They stood before a shabby, brick dwelling, which bore unmistakable marks + of being a cheap lodging-house. + </p> + <p> + "It isn't very stylish," said Henry, apologetically. + </p> + <p> + "I ain't used to style," said Sam, with perfect truth. "It'll do for me." + </p> + <p> + "I'll call Mrs. Brownly," said Henry, after opening the front door with a + latchkey. "We'll ask her about your coming in." + </p> + <p> + Mrs. Brownly, being summoned, made her appearance. She was a tall, angular + female, with the worn look of a woman who has a hard struggle to get + along. + </p> + <p> + "Mrs. Brownly," said Henry Martin, "here's a boy who wants to room with + me. You said you'd let the room to two for two dollars and a half a week." + </p> + <p> + "Yes," said she, cheered by the prospect of even a small addition to her + income. "I have no objection. What is his name?" + </p> + <p> + "Same Barker," answered our hero. + </p> + <p> + "Have you got a place?" asked Mrs. Brownly, cautiously. + </p> + <p> + "Yes, he's got a place near me," answered Henry Martin for him. + </p> + <p> + "I expect to be paid regularly," said Mrs. Brownly. "I'm a widow, + dependent on what I get from my lodgers." + </p> + <p> + "I settle all my bills reg'lar," said Sam. "I ain't owin' anything except + for the rent of a pianner, last quarter." + </p> + <p> + Mrs. Brownly looked surprised, and so did Henry Martin. + </p> + <p> + "The room you will have here isn't large enough for a piano," she said. + </p> + <p> + "I ain't got no time to play now," said Sam; "my business is too + pressing." + </p> + <p> + "Will you pay the first week in advance?" asked the landlady. + </p> + <p> + "I don't think it would be convenient," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Then can you give me anything on account?" asked Mrs. Brownly. "Half a + dollar will do." + </p> + <p> + Sam reluctantly drew out fifty cents and handed to her. + </p> + <p> + "Now, we'll go up and look at the room," said Henry. + </p> + <p> + It was a hall bedroom on the second floor back which was to be Sam's + future home. It appeared to be about six feet wide by eight feet long. + There was a pine bedstead, one chair, and a washstand, which would have + been improved by a fresh coat of paint. Over the bed hung a cheap print of + Gen. Washington, in an equally cheap frame. A row of pegs on the side + opposite the bed furnished conveniences for hanging up clothes. + </p> + <p> + "How do you like it?" asked Henry Martin. + </p> + <p> + "Tiptop," answered Sam, with satisfaction. + </p> + <p> + "Well, I'm glad you like it," said his companion. "There's six pegs; you + can use half of them." + </p> + <p> + "What for?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + "To hang up your extra clothes, of course." + </p> + <p> + "I haven't got any except what I've got on," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "You haven't?" + </p> + <p> + "No." + </p> + <p> + "I suppose you've got some extra shirts and stockings?" + </p> + <p> + "No, I haven't. I've been unfortunate, and had to sell my wardrobe to pay + my debts." + </p> + <p> + Henry Martin looked perplexed. + </p> + <p> + "You don't expect to wear one shirt all the time, do you?" he asked. + </p> + <p> + "I'll buy some more when I've got money enough." + </p> + <p> + "You'd better. Now let's go out, and get some supper." + </p> + <p> + Sam needed no second invitation. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0004" id="link2HCH0004"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IV. — FIRST LESSONS. + </h2> + <p> + When supper was over Sam inquired, "What shall we do?" + </p> + <p> + "Suppose we take a walk?" suggested his companion. + </p> + <p> + "I'd rather go to the Old Bowery." + </p> + <p> + "I should like to go, but I can't afford it." + </p> + <p> + "You get five dollars a week, don't you?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes; but I need all of it for board, lodging and washing. So will you, + too. I advise you to be careful about spending." + </p> + <p> + "What's the use of living if a fellow can't have a little fun?" grumbled + Sam. + </p> + <p> + "There won't be much fun in going a day or two without anything to eat, + Sam." + </p> + <p> + "We won't have to." + </p> + <p> + "Let me see about that. It costs a dollar and a quarter for the room, to + begin with. Then our meals will cost us as much as forty or fifty cents a + day, say three dollars a week. That will leave seventy-five cents for + clothes and washing." + </p> + <p> + "It isn't much," Sam admitted. + </p> + <p> + "I should think not." + </p> + <p> + "I don't see how I am going to get any clothes." + </p> + <p> + "You certainly can't if you go to the theater." + </p> + <p> + "I used to go sometimes when I was a newsboy, and I didn't earn so much + money then." + </p> + <p> + "Probably you didn't have a regular room then." + </p> + <p> + "No, I didn't; and sometimes I only had one meal a day." + </p> + <p> + "That isn't a very nice way to live. You're so old now you ought to be + considering what you'll do when you are a man." + </p> + <p> + "I mean to earn more than five dollars a week then." + </p> + <p> + "So do I; but if I were a street boy, picking up my living by blacking + boots or selling papers, I shouldn't expect to. Now we have a chance to + learn business, and improve." + </p> + <p> + "Were you ever a street boy?" asked Sam, becoming interested in his + companion's history. + </p> + <p> + "No, that is, not over a month. I was born in the country." + </p> + <p> + "So was I," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "My father and mother both died, leaving nothing, and the people wanted to + send me to the poorhouse; but I didn't like that, so I borrowed five + dollars and came to New York. When I got here I began to think I should + have to go back again. I tried to get a place and couldn't. Finally, I + bought some papers and earned a little money selling them. It was better + than nothing; but all the while I was hoping to get a place. One day, as I + was passing the store where I am now, I saw some boys round the door. I + asked them what was going on. They told me that Hamilton & Co. had + advertised for an errand boy, and they were going to try for the place. I + thought I might as well try, too, so I went in and applied. I don't know + how it was, but out of about forty boys they took me." + </p> + <p> + "Did they give you five dollars a week right off?" + </p> + <p> + "No; I only got three dollars the first year," answered Henry. + </p> + <p> + "You couldn't live on that, could you?" + </p> + <p> + "I had to." + </p> + <p> + "You didn't have the room you have now, did you?" + </p> + <p> + "I couldn't afford it. I lived at the 'Newsboys Lodge,' and took my + breakfast and suppers there. That cost me eighteen cents a day, or about a + dollar and a quarter a week. Out of the rest I bought my dinners and + clothes. So I got along till the second year, when my wages were raised to + four dollars. At the beginning of the third year I got a dollar more." + </p> + <p> + "I suppose you'll get six dollars next year?" + </p> + <p> + "I hope so. Mr. Hamilton has promised to put me in the counting-room + then." + </p> + <p> + "It seems a long time to wait," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Yes, if you look ahead; but, after all, time goes fast. Next year I + expect to lay up some money." + </p> + <p> + "Do you think you can?" + </p> + <p> + "I know I can, if I am well. I've got some money in the savings-bank now." + </p> + <p> + "You have!" exclaimed Sam, pricking up his ears. + </p> + <p> + "Yes." + </p> + <p> + "How much?" + </p> + <p> + "Thirty dollars." + </p> + <p> + "Thirty dollars!" ejaculated Sam. "I'd feel rich if I was worth thirty + dollars." + </p> + <p> + Henry smiled. + </p> + <p> + "I don't feel rich, but I am glad I've got it." + </p> + <p> + "You ain't saving up money now, are you?" + </p> + <p> + "I mean to, now that I pay fifty cents a week less rent on account of your + coming in with me. I am going to save all that." + </p> + <p> + "How can you?" + </p> + <p> + "I shall get along on two dollars and a half for meals. I always have, and + I can do it now. You can do it, too, if you want to." + </p> + <p> + "I should starve to death," said Sam. "I've got a healthy appetite, and my + stomach don't feel right if I don't eat enough." + </p> + <p> + "I don't like to stint myself any more than you, but if I am ever to be + worth anything I must begin to save when I am a boy." + </p> + <p> + "Do you ever smoke?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Never, and I wouldn't if it didn't cost anything." + </p> + <p> + "Why not? It's jolly." + </p> + <p> + "It isn't good for a boy that is growing, and I don't believe it does men + any good. Do you smoke?" + </p> + <p> + "When I get a chance," said Sam. "It warms a fellow up in cold weather." + </p> + <p> + "Well, it isn't cold weather now, and you'll find plenty of other ways to + spend your money." + </p> + <p> + "I can't help it. If I don't go to the theater, I must have a cigar." + </p> + <p> + Sam stopped at a cigar store, and bought a cheap article for three cents, + which he lighted and smoked with apparent enjoyment. + </p> + <p> + The conversation which has been reported will give a clew to the different + characters of the two boys, who, after less than a day's acquaintance, + have become roommates. Henry Martin was about Sam's age, but much more + thoughtful and sedate. He had begun to think of the future, and to provide + for it. This is always an encouraging sign, and an augury of success. Sam + had not got so far yet. He had been in the habit of living from day to day + without much thought of the morrow. Whether he would be favorably affected + by Henry's example remains to be seen. + </p> + <p> + After a walk of an hour or more the boys went back to their room. + </p> + <p> + "Are you going to bed, Henry?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Not yet." + </p> + <p> + "What are you going to do?" + </p> + <p> + "Study a little." + </p> + <p> + "Study!" exclaimed Sam, in astonishment. "Who's goin' to hear your + lessons?" + </p> + <p> + "Perhaps you will," said Henry, with a smile. + </p> + <p> + "I! Why, I'm a regular know-nothing! What are you going to study?" + </p> + <p> + "To begin with, I'm going to do some sums." + </p> + <p> + Henry drew from under the bed a tattered arithmetic and a slate and + pencil. He opened the arithmetic at interest, and proceeded to set down a + problem on the slate. + </p> + <p> + "Have you got away over there?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Yes; I've been at work ever since last October. I don't get on very fast, + because I have only my evenings." + </p> + <p> + "What do you do when you come to a tough customer?" + </p> + <p> + "I try again. There are some sums I have tried a half a dozen times." + </p> + <p> + "You must have a lot of patience," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "I don't know about that. I always feel paid when I get the right answer + at last." + </p> + <p> + "It must be dull work studyin' every night. I couldn't do it. It would + make my head ache." + </p> + <p> + "Your head is tougher than you think for," said Henry. + </p> + <p> + "Just let me see what sum you are tryin'." His roommate handed him the + books, and he read the following example: + </p> + <p> + "John Smith borrowed $546.75 at 7 per cent., and repaid it at the end of + two years, five months and six days. What amount was he required to pay?" + </p> + <p> + "Can you do that?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + "I think so; it isn't very hard." + </p> + <p> + "I never could do it; it's too hard." + </p> + <p> + "Oh, yes, you could, if you had gone over the earlier part of the + arithmetic." + </p> + <p> + "What's the use of it, any way?" + </p> + <p> + "Don't you see it's business? If you are going to be a business man, you + may need to understand interest. I shouldn't expect to be promoted if I + didn't know something about arithmetic. I am only an errand boy, now, and + don't need it." + </p> + <p> + "I wish I knew as much as you. What else do you study?" + </p> + <p> + "I practice writing every evening. Here is my writing-book." + </p> + <p> + Henry drew out, from under the bed, a writing-book, which was more than + half written through. He had evidently taken great pains to imitate the + copy, and with fair success. + </p> + <p> + Sam was quite impressed. + </p> + <p> + "You can write as well as the teacher I went to up in the country," he + said. + </p> + <p> + "You can write, can't you, Sam?" + </p> + <p> + "Not much. I haven't tried lately." + </p> + <p> + "Everybody ought to know how to read, and write a decent hand." + </p> + <p> + "I s'pose so," said Sam; "but there's a lot of work in it." + </p> + <p> + He got into bed, and while he was watching Henry doing sums, he fell + asleep. His roommate devoted an hour to arithmetic, and wrote a page in + his copy-book. Then he, too, undressed, and went to bed. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0005" id="link2HCH0005"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER V. — SAM'S FINANCES. + </h2> + <p> + Sam did not find it quite so pleasant being in a place as he had + anticipated. He had been accustomed to roam about the streets subject only + to his own control. Now he was no longer his own master. He must go and + come at the will of his employer. To be sure, his earnings were greater + than in his street life, and he had a regular home. He knew beforehand + where he was going to sleep, and was tolerably sure of a meal. But before + the end of the first week he got out of money. This was not strange, for + he had begun without any reserve fund. + </p> + <p> + On the third day he applied to Henry Martin for a loan. + </p> + <p> + "If you don't lend me some stamps, I'll have to go without breakfast," he + said. + </p> + <p> + "When shall you get your first week's pay?" asked Henry. + </p> + <p> + "Saturday night, the boss said, though I didn't go to work till + Wednesday." + </p> + <p> + "Then you need money for your meals today and to-morrow?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "I'll lend you a dollar if you'll be sure to pay me up to-morrow night." + </p> + <p> + "I'll do it, sure." + </p> + <p> + "There it is, then. Now, Sam, I want to give you a little advice." + </p> + <p> + "What is it?" + </p> + <p> + "To-morrow, after paying me and putting by enough to pay the rent of the + room, you'll have two dollars and seventy-five cents left." + </p> + <p> + "So I shall," said Sam, with satisfaction. + </p> + <p> + "You mustn't forget that this has got to last you for meals for the next + week." + </p> + <p> + "How much is it a day?" + </p> + <p> + "About forty cents." + </p> + <p> + "I guess I can make it do." + </p> + <p> + "I shall get along for two fifty, and you ought to find what you will have + left enough." + </p> + <p> + "I've had to live on ten cents a day more'n once," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "That's too little." + </p> + <p> + "I should think it was. I went to bed hungry, you bet!" + </p> + <p> + "Well, there's no need of being so economical as that. You've got to eat + enough, or you won't be fit for work. You'll have to be careful, though, + if you want to come out even." + </p> + <p> + "Oh, I can manage it," said Sam, confidently. + </p> + <p> + But Sam was mistaken. He proved himself far from a good calculator. On + Sunday he gratified an unusually healthy appetite, besides buying two + five-cent cigars. This made necessary an outlay of seventy-five cents. The + next day also he overran his allowance. The consequence was that on + Wednesday night he went to bed without a cent. He did not say anything + about the state of his finances to Henry, however, till the next morning. + </p> + <p> + "Henry," he said, "I guess I'll have to borrer a little more money." + </p> + <p> + "What for?" asked his companion. + </p> + <p> + "I haven't got anything to buy my breakfast with." + </p> + <p> + "How does that happen?" + </p> + <p> + "I don't know," said Sam. "I must have lost some out of my pocket." + </p> + <p> + "I don't think you have. You have been extravagant, that's what's the + matter. How much did you spend on Sunday?" + </p> + <p> + "I don't know." + </p> + <p> + "I do, for I kept account. You spent seventy-five cents. That's twice as + much as you could afford." + </p> + <p> + "It was only for one day." + </p> + <p> + "At any rate, you have used up in four days as much as ought to have + lasted you the whole week." + </p> + <p> + "I don't get enough pay," grumbled Sam, who was unprepared with any other + excuse. + </p> + <p> + "There are plenty of boys that have to live on as small pay. I am one of + them." + </p> + <p> + "Will you lend me some money?" + </p> + <p> + "I'll tell you what I will do. I'll lend you twenty-five cents every + morning, and you'll have to make it do all day." + </p> + <p> + "I can't live on that. You spend more yourself." + </p> + <p> + "I know I do; but if you spend twice as much as you ought one day, you've + got to make it up another." + </p> + <p> + "Give me the money for three days all at once," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "No, I won't." + </p> + <p> + "Why not?" + </p> + <p> + "You'd spend it all in one day, and want to borrow some more to-morrow." + </p> + <p> + "No, I wouldn't." + </p> + <p> + "Then, you don't need it all the first day." + </p> + <p> + "You're mean," grumbled Sam. + </p> + <p> + "No, I'm not. I'm acting like a friend. It's for your own good." + </p> + <p> + "What can I get for twenty-five cents?" + </p> + <p> + "That's your lookout. You wouldn't have had to live on it, if you hadn't + been too free other days." + </p> + <p> + In spite of Sam's protestations, Henry remained firm, and Sam was + compelled to restrain his appetite for the remainder of the week. I am + ashamed to say that, when Saturday night came, Sam tried to evade paying + his just debt. But this his roommate would not permit. + </p> + <p> + "That won't do, Sam," he said. "You must pay me what you owe me." + </p> + <p> + "You needn't be in such an awful hurry," muttered Sam. + </p> + <p> + "It's better for both of us that you pay it now," said Henry. "If you + didn't, you'd spend it." + </p> + <p> + "I'll pay you next week. I want to go to hear the minstrels to-night." + </p> + <p> + "You can't go on borrowed money." + </p> + <p> + "If I pay you up, I don't have enough to last me till next pay day." + </p> + <p> + "That's your lookout. Do you know what I would do if I was in your place?" + </p> + <p> + "What would you do?" + </p> + <p> + "I'd live on four dollars a week till I'd got five dollars laid aside." + </p> + <p> + "I'd like the five dollars, but I don't want to starve myself." + </p> + <p> + "It would be rather inconvenient living on four dollars, I admit, but you + would feel paid for it afterward. Besides, Sam, you need some shirts and + stockings. I can't keep lending you mine, as I have been doing ever since + you came here." + </p> + <p> + "I can't afford to buy any." + </p> + <p> + "I'll tell you what I'll do. I'll buy some for you, if you'll agree to pay + me up at the rate of fifty cents a week." + </p> + <p> + "All right!" said Sam, who was very ready to make promises. "Give me the + money, and I'll buy some to-night." + </p> + <p> + "I'd rather go with you, and see that you get them," said Henry, quietly. + "You might forget what you were after, and spend the money for something + else." + </p> + <p> + Perhaps Sam recognized the justice of his companion's caution. At any + rate, he interposed no objection. + </p> + <p> + I hope my young readers, who are used to quite a different style of + living, will not be shocked on being told that Sam purchased second-hand + articles at a place recommended by his roommate. Considering the small sum + at his command, he had no choice in the matter. Boys who have to pay their + entire expenses out of five dollars a week cannot patronize fashionable + tailors or shirt makers. So for three dollars Sam got a sufficient supply + to get along with, though hardly enough to make a display at a fashionable + watering place. + </p> + <p> + Sam put the bundle, containing this important addition to his wardrobe + under his arm, not without a feeling of complacency. + </p> + <p> + "Now," said Henry, "it will take you six weeks to pay me for these, at + half a dollar a week." + </p> + <p> + "All right!" said Sam, carelessly. + </p> + <p> + He was not one to be disturbed about a debt and his companion was shrewd + enough to see that he must follow Sam up, if he wanted to get his money + paid at the periods agreed upon. + </p> + <p> + Henry Martin continued to devote a part of every evening to study. He + tried to prevail upon Sam to do the same, but without success. + </p> + <p> + "I get too tired to study," said Sam, and while his roommate was at home + he was in the habit of strolling about the streets in search of amusement. + </p> + <p> + On the next Tuesday evening he met a boy of his acquaintance, who inquired + where he was going. + </p> + <p> + "Nowhere in particular," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Come into French's Hotel, and see them play billiards." + </p> + <p> + Sam complied. + </p> + <p> + There was one vacant table, and presently the other proposed a game. + </p> + <p> + "I can't afford it," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Oh, it won't be much. If you beat me I'll have to pay." + </p> + <p> + Sam yielded, and they commenced playing, Both being novices, the game + occupied an hour, and Sam, who was beaten, found to his dismay that he had + to pay sixty cents. + </p> + <p> + "It don't seem more'n fifteen minutes," he said to himself. "It's awful + dear." + </p> + <p> + "So it is," said his companion; "but if you had beaten me you would have + got off for nothing." + </p> + <p> + "I don't see how I'm goin' to live on five dollars a week," thought Sam, + uncomfortably, "I wonder when they'll raise me." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0006" id="link2HCH0006"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VI. — SAM'S LUCK. + </h2> + <p> + When towns and cities find their income insufficient to meet their + expenditures, they raise money by selling bonds. Sam would gladly have + resorted to this device, or any other likely to replenish his empty + treasury; but his credit was not good. He felt rather bashful about + applying to his roommate for money, being already his debtor, and, in his + emergency, thought of the senior clerk, William Budd. + </p> + <p> + "Mr. Budd," he said, summoning up his courage, "will you lend me a + dollar?" + </p> + <p> + "What for?" inquired the young man, regarding him attentively. + </p> + <p> + "I haven't got anything to pay for my meals the rest of the week," said + Sam. + </p> + <p> + "How does that happen?" + </p> + <p> + "I can't live on five dollars a week." + </p> + <p> + "Then suppose I lend you a dollar, I don't see that you will be able to + repay me." + </p> + <p> + "Oh, I'll pay you back," said Sam, glibly. + </p> + <p> + "Have you got any security to offer me?" + </p> + <p> + "Any security?" asked Sam, who was inexperienced in business. + </p> + <p> + "Yes. Have you got any houses or lands, any stocks or bonds, which you can + put in my hands as collateral?" + </p> + <p> + "I guess not," said Sam, scratching his head. "If I had any houses, I'd + sell 'em, and then I wouldn't have to borrer." + </p> + <p> + "So you can't get along on five dollars a week?" + </p> + <p> + "No." + </p> + <p> + "The boy that was here before you lived on that." + </p> + <p> + "I've had to pay a lot of money for clothes," Sam explained, brightening + up with the idea. + </p> + <p> + "How much?" + </p> + <p> + "Well, I had to buy the suit I have on, and then I had to get some shirts + the other day." + </p> + <p> + "How much does it cost you for billiards?" asked William Budd, quietly. + </p> + <p> + Sam started and looked embarrassed. + </p> + <p> + "Billiards?" he stammered. + </p> + <p> + "Yes, that's what I said." + </p> + <p> + "Who told you I played billiards?" + </p> + <p> + "No one." + </p> + <p> + "I guess you're mistaken, then," said Sam, more boldly, concluding that it + was only a conjecture of his fellow clerk. + </p> + <p> + "I don't think I am. I had occasion to go into French's Hotel, to see a + friend in the office, and I glanced into the billiard room. I saw you + playing with another boy of about your age. Did he beat you?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes." + </p> + <p> + "And you had to pay for the game. Don't you think, as your income is so + small, that you had better stop playing billiards till you get larger + pay?" + </p> + <p> + "I don't play very often," said Sam, uneasily. + </p> + <p> + "I advise you not to let Mr. Dalton know that you play at all. He would be + apt to think that you were receiving too high pay, since you could afford + to pay for this amusement." + </p> + <p> + "I hope you won't tell him," said Sam, anxiously. + </p> + <p> + "No, I don't tell tales about my fellow clerks." + </p> + <p> + "Then won't you lend me a dollar?" inquired Sam, returning to the charge. + </p> + <p> + "I would rather not, under the circumstances." + </p> + <p> + Sam was disappointed. He had five cents left to buy lunch with, and his + appetite was uncommonly healthy. + </p> + <p> + "Why wasn't I born rich?" thought Sam. "I guess I have a pretty hard time. + I wish I could find a pocket-book or something." + </p> + <p> + Sam was a juvenile Micawber, and trusted too much to something turning up, + instead of going to work and turning it up himself. + </p> + <p> + However, strangely enough, something did turn up that very afternoon. + </p> + <p> + Restricted to five cents, Sam decided to make his lunch of apples. For + this sum an old woman at the corner would supply him with three, and they + were very "filling" for the price. After eating his apples he took a walk, + being allowed about forty minutes for lunch. He bent his steps toward Wall + Street, and sauntered along, wishing he were not obliged to go back to the + office. + </p> + <p> + All at once his eye rested on a gold ring lying on the sidewalk at his + feet. He stooped hurriedly, and picked it up, putting it in his pocket + without examination, lest it might attract the attention of the owner, or + some one else who would contest its possession with him. + </p> + <p> + "That's almost as good as a pocket-book," thought Sam, elated. "It's gold—I + could see that. I can get something for that at the pawnbroker's. I'll get + some supper to-night, even if I can't borrer any money." + </p> + <p> + Some boys would have reflected that the ring was not theirs to pawn; but + Sam, as the reader has found out by this time, was not a boy of high + principles. He had a very easy code of morality, and determined to make + the most of his good fortune. + </p> + <p> + When he got a chance he took a look at his treasure. + </p> + <p> + There was a solitary diamond, of considerable size, set in it. Sam did not + know much about diamonds, and had no conception of the value of this + stone. His attention was drawn chiefly to the gold, of which there was + considerable. He thought very little of the piece of glass, as he + considered it. + </p> + <p> + "I'd orter get five dollars for this," he thought, complacently. "Five + dollars will be a great help to a poor chap like me. I'll go round to the + pawnbroker's just as soon as I get out of the store." + </p> + <p> + William Budd was rather puzzled by Sam's evident good spirits. Considering + that he was impecunious enough to require a loan which he had been unable + to negotiate, it was rather remarkable. + </p> + <p> + "Have you succeeded in borrowing any money, Sam?" he asked, with some + curiosity. + </p> + <p> + "No," answered Sam, with truth; "I haven't asked anybody but you." + </p> + <p> + "You don't seem to mind it much." + </p> + <p> + "What's the use of fretting?" said Sam. "I'm expecting a legacy from my + uncle." + </p> + <p> + "How much?" + </p> + <p> + "Five dollars." + </p> + <p> + "That isn't very large. I hope you won't have to wait for it too long." + </p> + <p> + "No, I hope not. I guess I'll get along." + </p> + <p> + "Did you get any lunch?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, I bought three apples." + </p> + <p> + "Did they fill you up?" asked Budd, with a smile. + </p> + <p> + "There's a little room left," answered Sam, "if you'd like to try the + experiment." + </p> + <p> + "There's a peanut, then." + </p> + <p> + "Thankful for small favors. I'm afraid it'll be lonely if you don't give + me another." + </p> + <p> + "Take that, then; it's the last one I have." + </p> + <p> + "He's a good-natured boy, after all," thought the young clerk. "Some boys + would have been offended with me for having refused to lend." + </p> + <p> + He did not understand the cause of Sam's good spirits, but thought him + unusually light hearted. + </p> + <p> + When the office closed, and Sam was released from duty, he took his way at + once to a small pawn office with which he had become familiar in the + course of his varied career, though he had not often possessed anything of + sufficient value to pawn. + </p> + <p> + The pawnbroker, a small old man, a German by birth, scanned Sam + attentively, regarding him as a possible customer. + </p> + <p> + "How do you do, my boy?" he said, politely. + </p> + <p> + "Oh, I'm tiptop. Have you got any money to give away?" + </p> + <p> + "What shall I give it for?" asked the old man. + </p> + <p> + "I've got a ring here," said Sam, "that I want to pawn." + </p> + <p> + "Show it to me." + </p> + <p> + The pawnbroker started in surprise and admiration when his eye fell on the + sparkling brilliant. + </p> + <p> + "Where did you get it?" he asked. + </p> + <p> + "It was left by my grandmother," said Sam, promptly. + </p> + <p> + The pawnbroker shrugged his shoulders, not believing a word of the story. + </p> + <p> + "Isn't it a nice ring?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + "So so," answered the old man. "I have seen much better. How much do you + want for it?" + </p> + <p> + "How much will you give me?" + </p> + <p> + "Two dollars," answered the old man. + </p> + <p> + "Then you won't get it," said Sam. "You won't get it for a cent under + five." + </p> + <p> + "That is too much," said the old man, from force of habit. "I'll give you + four." + </p> + <p> + "No, you won't. You'll give me five; and I won't sell it for that, + neither. I may want to get it back, as it was my aunt's." + </p> + <p> + "You said your grandmother left it to you," said the old man, shrewdly. + </p> + <p> + "So she did," answered Sam, unabashed; "but she left it to my aunt first. + When my aunt died it came to me." + </p> + <p> + Without dwelling upon the efforts which the pawnbroker made to get the + ring cheaper, it is sufficient to say that Sam carried his point, and + marched out of the store with five dollars and a pawn ticket in his + pocket. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0007" id="link2HCH0007"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VII. — TWENTY-FIVE DOLLARS REWARD. + </h2> + <p> + Henry Martin was rather surprised at not receiving from Sam another + application for a loan that evening. He had watched Sam's rate of + expenditure, and decided that he must be at the bottom of his purse. He + was surprised, therefore, to find that his roommate ordered an unusually + expensive supper, and paid for the same out of a two-dollar bill. + </p> + <p> + "I didn't think you were so rich, Sam," he remarked. + </p> + <p> + "I can manage better than you think I can," said Sam, with an important + air. + </p> + <p> + "I am glad to hear it. I want you to get along." + </p> + <p> + "I guess I'll get along. Here's the fifty cents I was to pay you this + week." + </p> + <p> + "You were not to pay it till Saturday." + </p> + <p> + "Never mind. I'll pay it now." + </p> + <p> + Henry Martin was surprised, but his surprise was of an agreeable + character. He was convinced that Sam must have obtained money from some + other quarter, but decided not to inquire about it. He would wait till Sam + chose to tell him. + </p> + <p> + "Are you going back to the room, Sam?" he inquired. + </p> + <p> + "No; I'm going to the theater. Won't you go, too?" + </p> + <p> + "No; I don't want to give up my studies." + </p> + <p> + "One evening won't matter." + </p> + <p> + "Perhaps not, but I will wait till some other time." + </p> + <p> + "You must have a sweet time working all day, and studying all night," said + Sam, rather contemptuously. + </p> + <p> + "Not quite all night," answered Henry, smiling. + </p> + <p> + "You don't take any time for amusement." + </p> + <p> + "I am looking forward to the future. I want to rise in the world." + </p> + <p> + "So do I; but I ain't going to kill myself with work." + </p> + <p> + "I don't think you ever will, Sam. I'll be willing to insure you from + dying in that way." + </p> + <p> + Sam laughed. "I guess you're right there," he said. "Well, if you won't + go, I'll leave you. I s'pose you'll be asleep when I get home, so + good-night." + </p> + <p> + "Good-night, Sam," said Henry, good-humoredly. + </p> + <p> + "I wonder how soon he'll be wanting to borrow money again?" he thought. + </p> + <p> + The next morning, when Sam reached the office, he found William Budd + glancing at the <i>Herald.</i> + </p> + <p> + "You are late," said the young clerk. + </p> + <p> + "I was out late last evening," said Sam, apologetically. + </p> + <p> + "At a fashionable party, I suppose?" + </p> + <p> + "Not exactly. I was at the theater." + </p> + <p> + "I thought you were out of money yesterday." + </p> + <p> + "Oh, I raised a little." + </p> + <p> + "It seems to me you are rather extravagant for your means." + </p> + <p> + "I guess I'll come out right," said Sam, carelessly. + </p> + <p> + "By the way, you haven't found a diamond ring, have you?" asked Budd, his + eyes fixed upon the paper. + </p> + <p> + Sam was startled, but his fellow clerk was scanning the paper, and did not + observe his embarrassment. + </p> + <p> + "What makes you ask that?" Sam inquired. + </p> + <p> + "Nothing; only you'd be in luck if you did." + </p> + <p> + "Why would I?" + </p> + <p> + "Here's an advertisement from a man who has lost such a ring, offering + twenty-five dollars reward to the finder." + </p> + <p> + "Twenty-five dollars!" ejaculated Sam, in excitement. "Does he say where + he lost it?" + </p> + <p> + "Supposed to have been lost in Wall Street." + </p> + <p> + "Wall Street!" repeated Sam. "It must be the one I found," he thought. + </p> + <p> + "Yes; I don't suppose there's much chance of his getting it back again." + </p> + <p> + "Let me see the advertisement," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "There it is," said Budd, handing him the paper. + </p> + <p> + Sam read it carefully, and impressed the address upon his memory—No. + 49 Wall Street. The advertiser was John Chester. + </p> + <p> + "Are you going out to look for it?" asked William, in joke. + </p> + <p> + "I guess there wouldn't be much show for me. Probably somebody has picked + it up already." + </p> + <p> + "No doubt." + </p> + <p> + "Shall I go to the post office?" + </p> + <p> + "Of course not till after you have swept the office. Did you expect me to + do that?" + </p> + <p> + Sam probably never swept so quickly before. He was anxious to get out, and + see what chance he had of earning the twenty-five dollars, for he was + convinced that the ring advertised for was the one he had found. He was + provoked to think he had been so quick in pawning it. If he only had it in + his possession now he would have nothing to do but to call on Mr. Chester + and receive twenty-five dollars. With that amount he would feel as rich as + a millionaire. Now the problem was to get hold of the ring, and this, in + Sam's circumstances, was not an easy problem to solve. Of the five dollars + he had received from the pawnbroker he had but three left, and it was idle + to expect to recover it unless he should pay the full price and the + commission besides. + </p> + <p> + "What shall I do?" thought Sam, perplexed. "Here is a chance to make + twenty dollars extra if I only had three dollars more." + </p> + <p> + A bright idea dawned upon him. If he would only get his week's wages in + advance he would be able to manage. He would broach the subject. + </p> + <p> + "Do you think, Mr. Budd, Mr. Dalton would be willing to pay me my week's + wages to-day instead of Saturday?" he inquired. + </p> + <p> + "I know he wouldn't. It's contrary to his rule." + </p> + <p> + "But it is important for me to have the money to-day," pleaded Sam. "Don't + you think he would do it if I told him that?" + </p> + <p> + Budd shook his head. + </p> + <p> + "It wouldn't be a good plan to ask him," he said. "He would conclude that + you were living beyond your means, and that he doesn't like." + </p> + <p> + "Couldn't you lend me the money?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + "I told you yesterday I couldn't, that is, I am not willing to. I don't + approve of the way you spend your money." + </p> + <p> + "It's only for this time," said Sam. "I'll never ask you again." + </p> + <p> + "I may as well be frank with you," said the young man. "If you were + economical, and were short o money from sickness, or any other cause which + you could not control, I would say 'Yes'; but while you complain of your + salary as insufficient, you play billiards, and spend the evening at the + theater; and these things I don't approve. I didn't do that when I was in + your position. How do I know but you want your money in advance to spend + in the same way?" + </p> + <p> + "I don't," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "What do you want of it, then?" + </p> + <p> + "The fact is," said Sam, "it's to get something out of the pawnbroker's." + </p> + <p> + "What is it?" + </p> + <p> + "It's—a coat," said Sam, forced to tell a lie. + </p> + <p> + "When did you pledge it?" + </p> + <p> + "Yesterday." + </p> + <p> + "And you spent the money going to the theater," said Budd, sarcastically. + </p> + <p> + "Yes," said Sam, confused. + </p> + <p> + "Then you ought to be ashamed of yourself." + </p> + <p> + "I won't do it again, if you will lend me money to get it out." + </p> + <p> + "You can wait till Saturday, when you receive your wages. You have a coat + on, and certainly cannot need the other. I didn't know that you had + another, by the way." + </p> + <p> + Sam was beginning to see that he had only got himself into a scrape by his + false statement, and he did not know how to extricate himself. + </p> + <p> + "I need it before Saturday," he said. + </p> + <p> + "Why do you? Won't this do?" + </p> + <p> + "The fact is," said Sam, "there's a fellow wants to buy it from me, and he + wants it to-day, or he won't take it." + </p> + <p> + "Why do you want to sell your clothes, Sam?" + </p> + <p> + "Because I need the money." + </p> + <p> + "It seems to me you are managing very poorly. Rather than economize, you + pawn your coat, and then try to sell it. So you are continually getting + yourself into trouble." + </p> + <p> + "I know it," said Sam, "but I don't mean to do it again." + </p> + <p> + "If you'll take my advice you will leave your coat where it is till you + are able to redeem it. Don't think of selling it, for a new one would cost + you more than you will get for it." + </p> + <p> + This advice was good, but it did not apply to Sam's case, since he had no + coat to pawn. It will easily be understood, therefore, that it proved + unsatisfactory to him. He didn't reply, but finished his sweeping, and + then, putting on his hat, he went to the post office for letters. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0008" id="link2HCH0008"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VIII. — AN UNEXPECTED OBSTACLE. + </h2> + <p> + As Sam walked rapidly to the post office he tried to think of some way of + raising the money he needed. If his credit had been better Henry Martin + might have accommodated him; but Sam was conscious that he had not treated + his roommate in such a way as to inspire confidence. Then it occurred to + him that he might obtain the ring back by giving the pawnbroker what money + he had, and leaving his vest on deposit with him. At any rate, it would do + no harm to try. + </p> + <p> + There was no time to go round to the pawnbroker's now, for his employer + was very particular about receiving his letters promptly, and so great a + delay might lead to his dismissal. He waited, therefore, until dinner time + and then went round. + </p> + <p> + The pawnbroker recognized him at once, and regretted to see him. He knew + the value of the ring, and was afraid Sam wished to redeem it. + </p> + <p> + "What can I do for you?" he asked, pretending not to know him. + </p> + <p> + "I was here yesterday," said Sam. "Don't you remember me?" + </p> + <p> + "I have so many come in I can't remember them all." + </p> + <p> + "But I left a ring here." + </p> + <p> + "A ring?" repeated the pawnbroker, vacantly. "What kind of a ring?" + </p> + <p> + "A ring with a stone set in it." + </p> + <p> + "Oh? you left it here." + </p> + <p> + "Yes, and you gave me five dollars on it." + </p> + <p> + "Did I? Then I gave you too much." + </p> + <p> + Sam was glad to hear this. Evidently the man, so he thought, did not + understand the value of the ring, and would be glad to let him have it + again. It was for his interest to let him think so. + </p> + <p> + "I guess you're right," he said. "The ring wasn't worth much, but my + grandfather left it to me, and so I like it." + </p> + <p> + "You said it was your grandmother yesterday," remarked the pawnbroker, + shrewdly. + </p> + <p> + "Did I? Well, it's all the same," said Sam, getting over the little + difficulty. "I should like to have it again." + </p> + <p> + "Have you got the receipt?" asked the pawnbroker, to gain time. + </p> + <p> + "Yes, I've got it here." + </p> + <p> + The man looked discomfited, but Sam's next words freed him from anxiety. + </p> + <p> + "I want to ask of you a favor," said Sam. "I haven't got money enough + here, but I'll pay you what I've got and bring you the rest tomorrow." + </p> + <p> + "Oh, no, you won't," said the old man, smiling, and wagging his head. "Do + you think I am a fool? That isn't the way I do business, my boy." + </p> + <p> + "But I swear to you I will bring you the money," said Sam, earnestly. + "I'll give you a little extra besides, to pay you for waiting." + </p> + <p> + "You are very kind," said the pawnbroker, revealing his yellow teeth in a + cunning smile; "but I can't do it." + </p> + <p> + Sam had one other resource. + </p> + <p> + "Then," he proposed, "I'll pay you all the money I have, and give you my + vest besides to keep till to-morrow." + </p> + <p> + "How much money have you got?" + </p> + <p> + "Three dollars." + </p> + <p> + "And your vest is worth about twenty-five cents." + </p> + <p> + "Twenty-five cents!" repeated Sam, looking insulted. "Do you think I would + wear a twenty-five cent vest?" + </p> + <p> + "It is all it is worth to me. I lent you five dollars, and you want to put + me off with three dollars and a quarter." + </p> + <p> + "But I would come round to-morrow and give you the money." + </p> + <p> + "Shall you have the money to-morrow?" inquired the dealer. + </p> + <p> + "Yes," answered Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Where will you get it?" + </p> + <p> + "I ain't obliged to tell that. It don't make no difference to you." + </p> + <p> + "Well, if you get the money to-morrow you can come round to-morrow," said + the old man, with the air of one who had announced his ultimatum. + </p> + <p> + "But I want it to-day, particular," persisted Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Why do you want it to-day, particular?" asked the pawnbroker, looking + curious. + </p> + <p> + "I'm going to a party to-night," said Sam, whose imagination was always to + be relied upon. "I want to wear the ring there." + </p> + <p> + "Did you expect to go to the party without a vest?" queried the old man. + </p> + <p> + "Oh, I've got another at home," said Sam, composedly. + </p> + <p> + "You'll have to do without the ring till you bring me the money," said the + pawnbroker, finally. + </p> + <p> + Sam saw from his manner that he was in earnest, and as perplexed as ever + he left the shop. + </p> + <p> + "What am I going to do now?" he thought. "It's a shame to give up the + reward on account of that mean old man. Why can't he trust me, I'd like to + know? Does he think I would cheat him?" + </p> + <p> + Then a new fear disturbed Sam. + </p> + <p> + The pawnbroker might see the reward, and himself go to the advertiser and + claim it. + </p> + <p> + "I wonder whether he takes the <i>Herald?</i>" thought our hero. + </p> + <p> + Something must be done, and at once. It was quite impossible to let such a + golden chance slip by. So, finally, he determined to see Henry Martin, and + if absolutely necessary tell him the whole story, and get him to accompany + him to the pawnbroker's shop. + </p> + <p> + On his way back he happened to overtake Henry in the street, and broached + the subject to him. Henry listened to him attentively. + </p> + <p> + "So that is where you got your supply of money from, Sam?" he said. + </p> + <p> + "Yes." + </p> + <p> + "I thought you must have raised some somewhere, or you would have been + borrowing of me." + </p> + <p> + "I want to borrow three dollars of you now, or three fifty, to make sure I + have enough." + </p> + <p> + "You had no right to pawn that ring, Sam. You ought to have remembered + that it was not yours." + </p> + <p> + "I couldn't help it. I was out of money. Besides, I didn't know whose it + was." + </p> + <p> + "It was your duty to find out, or try to find out." + </p> + <p> + "Could I go round the city asking everybody if the ring belonged to them?" + </p> + <p> + "No, but you could have advertised it in some paper.". + </p> + <p> + "How could I when I was dead broke? You know I couldn't." + </p> + <p> + "Well, what do you propose to do now?" + </p> + <p> + "I want you to lend me money enough to get back the ring. Then I'll go + round to Wall Street and return it and get the twenty-five dollars reward, + and pay you back every cent I owe you." + </p> + <p> + Henry reflected. + </p> + <p> + "I don't know but that's the best way," he said; "but I must go with you + to see that it's all right." + </p> + <p> + "Of course you can. I want you to," said Sam, relieved. + </p> + <p> + "We can't go now, for there isn't time. Come into my place as soon as you + get away, and we'll go round together." + </p> + <p> + "All right, Henry. You're a trump, and no mistake. I thought you'd help me + out." + </p> + <p> + Sam's cheerfulness returned, and he went to work with more alacrity. All + the afternoon he was forming plans for the disposal of the reward when it + came into his hands. + </p> + <p> + About a quarter after five the two boys entered the pawnbroker's office. + </p> + <p> + The latter was not particularly pleased to see Sam, and his countenance + showed it. + </p> + <p> + "I guess I'll take that ring, mister," said Sam, in an independent tone. + </p> + <p> + "What ring?" + </p> + <p> + "Oh, you know well enough." + </p> + <p> + "Have you brought the money?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes; I've got it here." + </p> + <p> + "It will be five dollars and a half." + </p> + <p> + "That is too much, but I'll give it to you; so just hand it over." + </p> + <p> + "Wait a minute, my friend," said the pawnbroker. "Where did you get the + ring?" + </p> + <p> + "I've told you already." + </p> + <p> + "You said your grandmother left it to you; but I don't believe it." + </p> + <p> + "I can't help what you believe. Just hand it over." + </p> + <p> + "I have a strong suspicion, my young friend, that it is stolen." + </p> + <p> + "It's a lie!" said Sam, angrily. + </p> + <p> + "I'm not sure about that. I think I'll call a policeman." + </p> + <p> + Here Henry Martin interfered. + </p> + <p> + "Did you think it was stolen when you advanced money on it?" he asked. + </p> + <p> + "Yes, I did," said the pawnbroker. "Your friend's story was too thin." + </p> + <p> + "Then," said Henry, quietly, "you've got yourself into trouble. You can be + arrested for receiving stolen goods." + </p> + <p> + The pawnbroker turned pale. He knew very well that he was in a dilemma. + </p> + <p> + "My friend didn't tell you the truth," continued Henry. "He found the + ring, and now he has found the owner. He wants to return it, and that is + why he is here. Unless you give it up, I will myself call a policeman." + </p> + <p> + Henry's quiet, assured manner produced its effect. With great reluctance + the pawnbroker produced the ring, the charges were paid, and the two boys + retired triumphant. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0009" id="link2HCH0009"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IX. — RESTORING THE RING. + </h2> + <p> + "Now," said Henry, "we had better go down to Wall Street and see the + advertiser at once. If we can restore the ring to-night we shall avoid the + risk of losing it." + </p> + <p> + "What makes you say we?" asked Sam, uneasily. "You don't expect any of the + reward, do you?" + </p> + <p> + "I only expect you to pay me back what you owe me, Sam. The ring was found + by you, and you are entitled to the reward." + </p> + <p> + Sam looked relieved. + </p> + <p> + "Of course I'll pay you all I owe you, as soon as I get the twenty-five + dollars," he said. + </p> + <p> + "Have you got the advertisement? Can you tell the name and number of the + advertiser?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, his name is John Chester, and his office is at No. 49 Wall Street." + </p> + <p> + "Good. We must go down directly, or he will be gone." + </p> + <p> + The boys hurried to the office, which was on the third floor of the + building. A young man, of eighteen or nineteen, was in sole possession. It + may be remarked, by the way, that Mr. Chester was a lawyer, and this young + man had just entered the office as student. + </p> + <p> + "That can't be Mr. Chester," said Henry, in a low voice, as the young man + turned upon their entrance, and fixed his eyes inquiringly upon them. + </p> + <p> + "I'll ask," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Are you Mr. Chester?" he inquired. + </p> + <p> + The youth looked flattered at being mistaken for his employer. + </p> + <p> + "Mr. Chester has gone home," he answered, consequentially; "but, perhaps, + I can do well. Do you come on business?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Ahem! law business, I suppose," said the lawyer's assistant, looking + wise. "State your case, and I may be able to assist you. Is it a case of + trespass, or do you wish to obtain a habeas corpus, or a caveat, or a <i>nisi + prius?</i>" + </p> + <p> + "What a lot he knows!" thought Sam, respectfully. "I don't want none of + those things." + </p> + <p> + "Perhaps you want to obtain a divorce," said the budding barrister, in a + jocular tone. "I am afraid we can't manage that for you." + </p> + <p> + "We want to see Mr. Chester on particular business," said Henry Martin. + </p> + <p> + "Well, you can't see him to-night. He's gone home." + </p> + <p> + "Where does he live?" + </p> + <p> + "He don't see clients at his house. It won't be any use going there." + </p> + <p> + "I guess he'll see us. We'll take the risk." + </p> + <p> + "What is your business about?" asked the young man, with curiosity. + </p> + <p> + "It's private," said Henry. + </p> + <p> + "Very important, no doubt," said the disappointed neophyte. + </p> + <p> + "Mr. Chester will think so," said Sam. "Where did you say he lived?" + </p> + <p> + "Did you come about the ring?" asked the young man, with a sudden thought. + </p> + <p> + "What ring?" asked Sam, cunningly. + </p> + <p> + "Mr. Chester lost a ring in Wall Street yesterday and advertised it in the + <i>Herald.</i> I didn't know but you had found it." + </p> + <p> + "Suppose we had?" said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Then you can give it to me, and I'll take it up to Mr. Chester." + </p> + <p> + "Thank you, but if I've found it I'll carry it up myself." + </p> + <p> + "Have you got it?" + </p> + <p> + "You can ask Mr. Chester about it to-morrow morning. Where does he live?" + </p> + <p> + "I've a great mind not to tell you," said the law student, resentfully. + </p> + <p> + "Then I'll find out in the 'Directory' and let Mr. Chester know you + wouldn't tell us." + </p> + <p> + Upon this Sam got the desired information. + </p> + <p> + He was told that Mr. Chester lived in West Thirty-fifth Street. + </p> + <p> + "Let us go," said Henry. + </p> + <p> + Sam followed him out. + </p> + <p> + "Shall we go up there to-night?" he asked. + </p> + <p> + "Yes; it is no doubt very valuable, and the sooner we get it into the + hands of the owner, the better." + </p> + <p> + They took the University Place cars, and in a little more than half an + hour reached Thirty-fifth Street. They heard the neighboring clocks strike + six as they rang the bell. + </p> + <p> + The door was opened by a colored man. + </p> + <p> + "Does Mr. Chester live here?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Yes," was the reply. + </p> + <p> + "Can I see him?" + </p> + <p> + "He's just gone in to dinner." + </p> + <p> + "I only want to see him a minute." + </p> + <p> + "Mr. Chester don't like to be disturbed when he's at dinner. You can come + round again in an hour." + </p> + <p> + Sam looked at Henry for advice. + </p> + <p> + "Tell Mr. Chester," said Henry, "that we have found something belonging to + him, and wish to return it to him." + </p> + <p> + "You haven't found his ring?" said the servant, excited. + </p> + <p> + "Yes, we have; but we will only deliver it into his hands." + </p> + <p> + "Come right in. Just stand here in the hall, and I'll tell him." + </p> + <p> + Presently a pleasant-looking man of middle age came from the dining-room, + and looked inquiringly from one to the other. + </p> + <p> + "Which is the boy that has my ring?" he asked. + </p> + <p> + "I'm the one," said Sam, promptly. + </p> + <p> + "Show it to me, if you please." + </p> + <p> + "You promised a reward of twenty-five dollars," said Sam, with anxiety. + </p> + <p> + "Certainly. If the ring is mine, you shall have the reward." + </p> + <p> + Thereupon Sam produced the ring. + </p> + <p> + Mr. Chester received it with great satisfaction. + </p> + <p> + "Yes, it is the one," he said. "Where did you find it?" + </p> + <p> + Sam described the place as well as he could. + </p> + <p> + "So you saw my advertisement?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, sir; a friend of mine read it to me this morning." + </p> + <p> + "Why didn't you bring it to my office before?" + </p> + <p> + Sam hesitated, but Henry said, in a low voice: "Tell the truth, Sam." + </p> + <p> + "The fact is," said he, "I pawned it, and it was some trouble for me to + get it again." + </p> + <p> + "You pawned it! How much did you get on it?" + </p> + <p> + "Five dollars." + </p> + <p> + "Five dollars! Why, the ring cost six hundred dollars!" + </p> + <p> + Henry and Sam looked at each other in blank astonishment. How could that + little ring be worth so much? + </p> + <p> + "I am glad we didn't know how much it was worth," said Henry. "It would + have made us feel nervous." + </p> + <p> + "I am surprised that the pawnbroker gave it back to you at all," said Mr. + Chester. "He must have known something of its value." + </p> + <p> + "He didn't want to give it up. He said it was stolen, and he would call + the police." + </p> + <p> + "What did you say, then?" + </p> + <p> + "Henry asked him if he thought it was stolen when I brought it to him, and + he said yes. Then Henry threatened to have him taken up for receiving + stolen goods." + </p> + <p> + "Good!" said Mr. Chester, laughing. "Your friend would make a good lawyer. + At any rate, I am glad I have got it back. Have you had dinner, boys?" + </p> + <p> + "No, sir," answered Henry. + </p> + <p> + "Then come in and dine with me. My family are all away except my wife, and + there is plenty of room." + </p> + <p> + "Thank you, sir," said Henry Martin. "We will accept your invitation." + </p> + <p> + "You can hang your hats up, and follow me." + </p> + <p> + Sam began to feel bashful, but he obeyed directions, and followed Mr. + Chester into a handsome dining-room in the rear extension, where a lady + was already sitting at one end of the table. + </p> + <p> + "I bring you two guests, Mrs. Chester," said her husband. "These two young + gentlemen have brought me my diamond ring." + </p> + <p> + "You are, indeed, fortunate in recovering it," said his wife. "Young + gentlemen, you can sit, one on this side, the other opposite. I think, + John, you will have to introduce them by name." + </p> + <p> + "Really, that is more than I can do," said the lawyer, laughing. + </p> + <p> + "My name is Henry Martin," said Henry, who was perfectly self-possessed. + </p> + <p> + "Mine is Sam Barker," said the young outlaw. + </p> + <p> + "Shall I send you some soup, Mr. Martin?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, thank you." + </p> + <p> + "And you, Mr. Barker?" + </p> + <p> + Sam stared and wanted to laugh. It seemed so droll to be called "Mr. + Barker," but he managed to answer properly. + </p> + <p> + Mr. Chester was a man of some humor, and he enjoyed Sam's evident + embarrassment. He took pains to be ceremoniously polite. Sam, who was used + to the free and easy ways of a restaurant, hardly knew how to act. Henry + Martin, though now thrown upon his own exertions, had been well brought + up, and betrayed no awkwardness. + </p> + <p> + At the close of the meal, to which Sam, despite his bashfulness, did full + justice, Mr. Chester opened his pocket-book and produced twenty-five + dollars in bills. + </p> + <p> + "Is this to be divided between you?" he inquired. + </p> + <p> + "No, sir," said Henry; "Sam found the ring. It is all for him." + </p> + <p> + "Allow me to offer you five dollars, also," said the lawyer, who was + pleased with Henry's manner. + </p> + <p> + "Thank you, sir, I would rather not take it." + </p> + <p> + "At all events, if I can ever be of any service to you, let me know." + </p> + <p> + "Thank you, sir." + </p> + <p> + Soon afterward the boys left the house. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0010" id="link2HCH0010"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER X. — SAM'S INVESTMENT. + </h2> + <p> + "What a fool you were not to take the money he offered you!" said Sam when + they were in the street. + </p> + <p> + "Why should I? I didn't find the ring. I had no claim to it." + </p> + <p> + "No matter, if he was willing to give it to you. He can afford it." + </p> + <p> + "I have no doubt of it; but I didn't want to take it." + </p> + <p> + "You ain't much like me, Henry. You wouldn't catch me refusing." + </p> + <p> + "I presume not," said Henry, smiling. + </p> + <p> + "I say, wasn't that a tiptop dinner?" said Sam, smacking his lips as he + thought of it. "It beats the restaurant all hollow. We'd have had to pay a + dollar apiece for such a lot of things, and then they wouldn't have been + so good." + </p> + <p> + "That's so, Sam. We can't expect to live like that every day." + </p> + <p> + "There's one thing seems funny, Henry—them bowls of water they bring + on at the end to wash your hands in. I was just goin' to drink mine when I + saw Mr. Chester wash his fingers in his. It don't seem nice to have wash + bowls on the dinner-table." + </p> + <p> + "We never have been much into fashionable society, Sam. I've no doubt + there are a good many things that would seem strange to us if we did." + </p> + <p> + "When I am rich, I'll live just like Mr. Chester," said Sam, + enthusiastically. + </p> + <p> + "We have never been much into fashionable society, Sam. I've no doubt + there are a good many things that would seem strange to us if we did." + </p> + <p> + "When I am rich, I'll live just like Mr. Chester," said Sam, + enthusiastically. + </p> + <p> + "If you ever want to be rich, you must save up money." + </p> + <p> + "I can't now." + </p> + <p> + "Why can't you save up part of these twenty-five dollars?" + </p> + <p> + "I owe part of it to you." + </p> + <p> + "Only about five dollars." + </p> + <p> + "I've got to get along till the end of the week." + </p> + <p> + "You ought to be able to save fifteen dollars, at any rate. I'll go with + you to the savings-bank, and you can put it in to-night, I know a bank + that keeps open till eight o'clock." + </p> + <p> + Sam hesitated, and looked reluctant. + </p> + <p> + "I guess I'll wait and see how much I need to carry me through the week," + he said. + </p> + <p> + "At any rate, pay me what you owe me, and I'll deposit a part of it on my + own account." + </p> + <p> + Settlement was made, and Henry, accompanied by Sam, went round to the + Sixpenny Savings-Bank, then established on Astor Place, in a part of the + Mercantile Library Building. It is kept open every day in the week from 10 + A. M. till 8 P. M., thus affording better accommodation to depositors than + most institutions of the kind. Sam had never been in a savings-bank + before, and he looked about him with curiosity. + </p> + <p> + Henry took the five-dollar bill which Sam had paid him, and handed it with + his bankbook to the receiving clerk, saying: "I want to deposit three + dollars of this." + </p> + <p> + An entry was made in the book, which was returned to him, with two dollars + change. + </p> + <p> + Henry turned away. + </p> + <p> + "Is that all?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Yes, that is all." + </p> + <p> + "Supposin' you wanted to draw out money, what would you do, then?" + </p> + <p> + "Go to that other clerk, and tell him how much you wanted to draw. He + would give you a paper to sign, and then he'd give you the money." + </p> + <p> + "How much money have you got here now, Henry?" + </p> + <p> + "Thirty-five dollars," answered his companion, with pardonable pride. + </p> + <p> + "That's about twice as much as I have got here." + </p> + <p> + "Yes; don't you think you had better take out a book?" + </p> + <p> + "I guess I will come next week," said Sam, hesitating. + </p> + <p> + "You have no idea how independent it makes me feel," said Henry. "Now, if + I am sick I know I shan't have to suffer, for a time at least. I could + live for seven or eight weeks on what I've got here in the bank." + </p> + <p> + "That's so. I wish I had thirty-five dollars." + </p> + <p> + "You may have it after a while if you'll do as I do—be economical + and saving." + </p> + <p> + "I'll think about it," said Sam. "I'd like to have something to fall back + upon in my old age." + </p> + <p> + Henry commended this plan, though he knew Sam too well to have much hope + of his carrying it out. As it turned out, not a dollar of the reward which + he had been paid found its way to the savings-bank. How it was disposed of + we shall see. + </p> + <p> + The next day, as Sam was going to the office, he met a young man with whom + he had lately become acquainted. + </p> + <p> + "How are you, Sam?" he asked. + </p> + <p> + "Tiptop," answered Sam. + </p> + <p> + "How does the world use you?" + </p> + <p> + "Pretty well. I've just made some money." + </p> + <p> + "How much?" + </p> + <p> + "Twenty-five dollars." + </p> + <p> + "That isn't bad. How did you do it?" + </p> + <p> + "I found a diamond ring in Wall Street, and got the money for a reward." + </p> + <p> + "Have you got it now?" + </p> + <p> + "Most of it." + </p> + <p> + "What are you going to do with it?" + </p> + <p> + "Henry Martin advises me to put it in the savings-bank." + </p> + <p> + "Who is Henry Martin?" + </p> + <p> + "He is a boy that rooms with me." + </p> + <p> + "Take my advice, and don't do it." + </p> + <p> + "Why not? Would the bank break?" + </p> + <p> + "I don't know as it would; but what good would it do?" + </p> + <p> + "They give you interest, don't they?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, but it's only six per cent. The interest on twenty-five dollars + would only come to a dollar and a half in a year. That's too slow for me." + </p> + <p> + "What would you advise me to do, then?" asked Sam. "Is there any way of + making money?" + </p> + <p> + "I'll tell you what I'd do if I were you. I'd buy part of a ticket in the + Havana lottery." + </p> + <p> + "Could I make money that way?" + </p> + <p> + "Say you bought a fifth of a ticket; that would come to ten dollars. Now + the biggest prize is a hundred thousand dollars!" + </p> + <p> + It almost took away Sam's breath to think of such a large sum. + </p> + <p> + "I couldn't draw that, could I?" he asked, eagerly. + </p> + <p> + "You might draw a fifth of it; that would be twenty thousand dollars." + </p> + <p> + "Why, that would make me rich!" exclaimed Sam, in excitement. "I'd never + have to work no more." + </p> + <p> + "Besides, there are other prizes a great many, only smaller." + </p> + <p> + "I'd be pretty sure to draw something, wouldn't I?" + </p> + <p> + "You'd stand just as good a chance as anybody." + </p> + <p> + "Have you got any tickets in the lottery?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, I bought a fifth of a ticket yesterday." + </p> + <p> + "Where do they sell? 'em?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + His companion told him. + </p> + <p> + "I guess I'll go round and buy one," he said. "It must be better than + putting the money in the savings-bank." + </p> + <p> + "That's what I think. You may not get a big prize the first time, to be + sure, but it's worth waiting for." + </p> + <p> + Sam was not much of a financier, nor did he know how little real chance + there was of drawing the large prize he desired. He did not know that it + was about the most foolish use he could make of his money. He was deceived + by the consideration that somebody would win the prize, and that his + chance was as good as anybody. It is always unlucky for a boy or young man + when he yields for the first time to the fatal fascination of the lottery. + He may fail time after time, but continue to hug the delusion that the + next time will bring him luck. There are clerks in New York and other + large cities who have not only squandered all their own savings, but + abstracted money from their employers, led on by this ruinous passion. + </p> + <p> + During his noon intermission Sam went round to the lottery office, and + returned with the coveted ticket. + </p> + <p> + He put it away with great complacency, and gave himself up to dreams of + future wealth. If he could only win that twenty thousand dollars, how rich + he would be! How he would triumph over Henry, with his poor thirty-five + dollars in the savings-bank! + </p> + <p> + "Poor Henry! I'll do something for him, if I only win the prize," he + thought. "Maybe I'll buy out some big business, and make him my clerk, + with a good salary. Won't it be jolly?" + </p> + <p> + No doubt it would, but Sam was counting chickens that were not very likely + to be hatched. + </p> + <p> + There was another bad consequence of his purchase. It made him lavish of + the money he had left. It amounted to nine dollars and some odd cents. Had + he followed Henry's advice, a part of this would have been deposited in + the bank; but Sam's dreams of wealth led him to look upon it as a mere + trifle, hardly worth taking into account. So day by day it melted away + till there was none left. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0011" id="link2HCH0011"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XI. — HENRY BECOMES A MERCHANT. + </h2> + <p> + While Sam was impatiently awaiting the drawing of the Havana lottery, + Henry; too, made an investment, but of an entirely different character. + </p> + <p> + He was in the employ of a shipping house, which dispatched vessels to + different parts of the world with assorted cargoes. The head of the firm + was James Hamilton, a man who stood deservedly high, not only in the + mercantile world, but as a citizen. He had served his native city as an + alderman, and had been offered the nomination for mayor by the party to + which he belonged, but had declined, on account of the imperative claims + of his private business. + </p> + <p> + Mr. Hamilton had long noticed, with a feeling of approval, Henry Martin's + faithful performance of duty. Though he had not promoted him rapidly, he + was observing him carefully, fully determined to serve him in the future + if he should deserve it. This Henry did not know. His employer was not a + man of many words, and he was not aware that he had attracted his + attention. Sometimes even he felt depressed by the thought that he was + getting on so slowly. But it did not so affect him as to make him careless + or neglectful of his duties. Even if he did not obtain promotion, he meant + to deserve it. + </p> + <p> + One morning, about this time, a clerk came to Henry, and said: "Mr. + Hamilton wishes to see you in his private office." + </p> + <p> + Henry was a little startled. The idea came to him that he might have done + something which had displeased his employer, and that he was to be + reprimanded, perhaps discharged. This would be so disastrous to him that + the thought of it made him turn pale. Still, think as he might, he could + not call to mind any error he had committed, and this somewhat encouraged + him. + </p> + <p> + He entered the office, saying, respectfully: "Did you wish to see me, + sir?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes," said the merchant, looking up from his writing; "sit down, please." + </p> + <p> + It may be remarked that it was Mr. Hamilton's custom to be as polite to + his subordinates as to his social equals. + </p> + <p> + Henry sat down. + </p> + <p> + "How long have you been in my employ, Henry?" asked the merchant. + </p> + <p> + "I am now on my fourth year." + </p> + <p> + "How old are you?" + </p> + <p> + "Nearly sixteen, sir." + </p> + <p> + "You entered upon your business career very early." + </p> + <p> + "Yes, sir, earlier than I wished, but I was obliged to earn my living, and + had no choice." + </p> + <p> + "Have you parents living?" + </p> + <p> + "No, sir." + </p> + <p> + "Are you entirely dependent upon what I pay you for your support?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, sir." + </p> + <p> + "I hope you don't get into debt?" + </p> + <p> + "No, sir; I have even saved a little money." + </p> + <p> + "Indeed!" said his employer, with interest. "What have you done with it?" + </p> + <p> + "Deposited it in the Sixpenny Savings Bank." + </p> + <p> + "That is well. How much have you saved?" + </p> + <p> + "Thirty-five dollars. It isn't much, but it is a beginning." + </p> + <p> + "It is a good deal for a boy in your circumstances to save," said Mr. + Hamilton, with emphasis. "How much do I pay you?" + </p> + <p> + "Five dollars a week." + </p> + <p> + "I suppose you consider that small pay?" + </p> + <p> + Henry smiled. + </p> + <p> + "Any addition will be acceptable," he answered; "but I don't complain of + it." + </p> + <p> + "It shall be raised to seven at once," said the merchant. + </p> + <p> + "Thank you, sir," said Henry, his face showing the delight he felt. "You + are very kind. I shall feel quite rich now." + </p> + <p> + "I suppose you will now live in a little better style," suggested Mr. + Hamilton. + </p> + <p> + "I don't think I shall, sir. I shall increase my savings." + </p> + <p> + "That is well. I commend your self-denial and prudence. How much interest + does the savings-bank pay you?" + </p> + <p> + "Six per cent., sir." + </p> + <p> + "I will propose a different investment. I am about to send a cargo of + goods to Rotterdam. The venture will, I think, prove a paying one. Would + you like to join in it?" + </p> + <p> + Henry stared at his employer in surprise. How could he, a boy with + thirty-five dollars capital, join in such an enterprise? + </p> + <p> + "I don't see how I can," he replied. "I am afraid you take me for a + capitalist." + </p> + <p> + "So you are," said his employer. "Have you not money in the bank?" + </p> + <p> + Henry smiled. + </p> + <p> + "I don't think that will go very far," he said. + </p> + <p> + "Perhaps not, and, therefore, if you are going to take part in my venture, + I suggest that you borrow five hundred dollars." + </p> + <p> + Henry was surprised once more. He began to think Mr. Hamilton was out of + his head. Yet he did not look so. On the contrary, as he smiled kindly + upon Henry, he looked what he was, a shrewd, kindly, long-headed man of + business. Still, he had just advised an almost penniless boy to borrow + five hundred dollars. + </p> + <p> + "I don't know anybody that would lend me so much money," said Henry. + </p> + <p> + "Why don't you apply to me?" suggested his employer. + </p> + <p> + "Would you lend me five hundred dollars?" asked the boy, in surprise. + </p> + <p> + "Am I to regard that as an application?" inquired Mr. Hamilton. + </p> + <p> + "Yes, sir," said Henry, "if you think it well for me to borrow it." + </p> + <p> + "Then I answer yes, upon conditions. First, let me explain why I advise + you to borrow. I have little doubt that you will find the venture a + profitable one. Next, you may place your savings-bank book in my hands as + security. Thirty-five dollars will pay a year's interest on the five + hundred dollars I lend you; so my interest is secure." + </p> + <p> + "But suppose the speculation shouldn't pay, Mr. Hamilton?" + </p> + <p> + "As to that, I know so much about it that I am willing to take the risk. I + do not scruple to say that if the money were to be placed in your hands + for investment, according to your own judgment, I should have some doubts + as to your being able to repay it to me at the end of the year." + </p> + <p> + "Probably you are right, sir," said Henry. + </p> + <p> + "But, as it is, I am willing to take the risk. Do you think of any + objections?" + </p> + <p> + "I was only thinking," said Henry, "that I might want to save up more + money from my wages; but if you have the book I could not have them + entered." + </p> + <p> + "There will be no trouble about that. Though you leave this book with me, + you can start another account in another savings-bank. Indeed, I would + advise you to do so. There is an old saying: 'Never put all your eggs in + one basket.' So it may be as well to divide your money between two banks." + </p> + <p> + "I didn't think of that, sir. I will follow your advice." + </p> + <p> + "I don't know that I have any more to say to you. We understand each other + now. I will put you down on my books as a partner, to the extent of five + hundred dollars, in my Rotterdam shipment, and you may place the + savings-bank book in my hands tomorrow." + </p> + <p> + "Thank you, sir. I am very grateful to you for your kind interest in me." + </p> + <p> + "That is a good boy one of the right stamp," soliloquized the merchant. "A + boy who has the prudence and self-denial to save money out of a weekly + income of five dollars is bound to succeed in life. I will push him as he + deserves." + </p> + <p> + "Well, Henry," asked the clerk, curiously, "have you been receiving a + lecture from the boss?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes," answered Henry, smiling. + </p> + <p> + "Did he blow you up?" + </p> + <p> + "Not very high." + </p> + <p> + "You've been with him full twenty minutes." + </p> + <p> + "We were discussing important business," said Henry. + </p> + <p> + "I hope it was satisfactory to you." + </p> + <p> + "Very much so." + </p> + <p> + "You haven't had your pay raised, have you?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes." + </p> + <p> + "How much?" + </p> + <p> + "From five to seven dollars a week." + </p> + <p> + "That's a good raise. I wonder whether I'm to be raised, too." + </p> + <p> + "Perhaps so." + </p> + <p> + "I hope so, for I'm fifty dollars in debt, and don't see how I am to pay + it." + </p> + <p> + "You get twelve dollars a week, don't you?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes; but what's twelve dollars?" + </p> + <p> + "I have been living on five." + </p> + <p> + "And you don't owe anything?" + </p> + <p> + "Not a cent." + </p> + <p> + "Blessed if I see how you do it! I need fifteen, and I ought to have it." + </p> + <p> + "He's like Sam," thought Henry. "If Mr. Hamilton finds out that he is in + debt, he won't stand much chance of having his wages raised. I'm glad I've + got something ahead. It makes me feel independent. I hope I shall make + something on my borrowed money." + </p> + <p> + So Henry and Sam have both made investments. It remains to be seen how + they will come out. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0012" id="link2HCH0012"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XII. — HOW SAM SUCCEEDED. + </h2> + <p> + Sam did not tell Henry of his purchase of a lottery ticket, being well + aware that his roommate would not approve such an investment. + </p> + <p> + "I'll wait till the lottery is drawn, and then if I get a prize I'll tell + him about it. He can't say anything, then." + </p> + <p> + Such were Sam's thoughts. He knew, of course, that he might draw a blank; + but he did not take much account of that. He lived in a dream of wealth + till the day when the result was to be made known. On a certain day the + lucky numbers were to be published in the <i>Herald</i>, and for this + issue Sam was anxiously waiting. + </p> + <p> + The number of his ticket was 7,567. + </p> + <p> + "Seven is a lucky number," said the acquaintance who induced him to buy. + "Your number begins and ends with a seven. It's likely to draw something." + </p> + <p> + Sam listened to this prediction with complacency. He did not reflect upon + the absurdity of one number being luckier than another, and congratulated + himself that he had been so fortunate as to get a number containing two + sevens. + </p> + <p> + Sam was not usually an early riser. As a general thing he lay in bed as + late as he dared to; but on the particular morning which was to terminate + his suspense he jumped out of bed at half-past five o'clock. + </p> + <p> + "What are you going to do, Sam?" inquired Henry, opening his eyes. + </p> + <p> + "I'm going to get up," answered Sam. + </p> + <p> + "What's up? Do you have to go to work earlier than usual?" + </p> + <p> + "No, that isn't it," answered Sam, evasively. "I'm tired of lying abed." + </p> + <p> + "Rather strange!" thought Henry. "Can it be possible that Sam is turning + over a new leaf?" + </p> + <p> + He did not give much credence to this, but concluded that Sam had a + particular reason, which he would learn in due time. + </p> + <p> + Sam dressed hastily, and walked round to the <i>Herald</i> office, and + purchased a copy of the paper, which he unfolded eagerly. He did not + immediately find the list of lucky numbers, but at length his eye rested + on them. He looked eagerly through the long list, hoping to see number + 7,567 in it, but in vain. A prize of fifty dollars was drawn by 7,562; but + that was the nearest approach to good fortune. + </p> + <p> + Poor Sam! His heart sank within him. He had been dreaming golden dreams of + fortune for a week past, but now he was brought down to the cold and + barren reality. All his money was gone except a dollar, on which he must + live for two days and a half, till his weekly wages were due. + </p> + <p> + "It's a shame!" muttered Sam, in bitter disappointment. "I was sure my + ticket would win something. Wasn't there two sevens in it? I believe they + cheated." + </p> + <p> + It was too early yet for breakfast, and he sauntered about idle and + purposeless. Suddenly he came upon the young man upon whose advice he had + purchased his ticket. He, too, had a <i>Herald</i> in his hand, but was + not looking particularly elated. + </p> + <p> + "He hasn't got anything, either," thought Sam, shrewdly. + </p> + <p> + Just then he caught sight of Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Did you draw a prize?" he asked. + </p> + <p> + "No, I did not," said Sam, gloomily. "I wish I hadn't bought a ticket. + That ten dollars is just throwed away. I wish I had it back." + </p> + <p> + "Better luck next time." + </p> + <p> + "What good'll that do me?" inquired Sam. "I'm dead broke. I haven't got + money enough to buy another ticket. Didn't you tell me I was sure to win + with two sevens in my number?" + </p> + <p> + "I didn't say you were sure. I only said it was a lucky number." + </p> + <p> + "Well, I wish I had my money back, that's all. I've only got a dollar to + last me till Saturday night." + </p> + <p> + "I ain't much better off myself, Sam; but it's no use giving up. Of course + a feller can't be sure to win a big prize the first time. It's worth + trying five or six times." + </p> + <p> + "Where's the money coming from? Ten dollars don't grow on every bush." + </p> + <p> + "Can't you borrow?" + </p> + <p> + "My credit ain't good." + </p> + <p> + "Then, save up till you have enough money." + </p> + <p> + "How am I to save when I only get five dollars a week?" + </p> + <p> + "Well, I am sorry for you, Sam; but I'm just as bad off as you are." + </p> + <p> + "Are you going to buy another ticket?" + </p> + <p> + "As soon as I can." + </p> + <p> + The two parted, and Sam began to reflect. + </p> + <p> + "Perhaps he is right. I couldn't expect to draw a prize the very first + time. I wish I could get money enough to buy another ticket. Henry could + lend me it as well as not; but I know he wouldn't. He'd just give me a + lecture for buying a ticket at all. I wonder if there is any way." + </p> + <p> + There seemed to be none except to try Henry, and, small as the chance was, + he decided to do it. + </p> + <p> + Henry was just thinking of getting up when Sam returned. + </p> + <p> + "Back so soon, Sam?" he said. "Have you had breakfast?" + </p> + <p> + "Not yet." + </p> + <p> + "I see you have the Herald there. What's the news?" + </p> + <p> + "I haven't looked to see." + </p> + <p> + "You don't generally buy a morning paper." + </p> + <p> + "No; but there was something I wanted to look at this morning." + </p> + <p> + "You haven't found another ring, and bought the <i>Herald</i> to see + whether it's advertised?" + </p> + <p> + "No; I wish I could find something." + </p> + <p> + "Have you thought about putting part of your money in the savings-bank, + Sam?" + </p> + <p> + "How can I, when it's all gone?" + </p> + <p> + "Twenty dollars gone in little more than a week!" exclaimed Henry, in + genuine amazement. + </p> + <p> + "Yes," answered Sam, rather confused. + </p> + <p> + "What on earth did you do with it all?" + </p> + <p> + "I guess I must have spent about ten dollars going to the theater, and so + on." + </p> + <p> + "What has become of the other ten dollars then?" + </p> + <p> + "I bought a lottery ticket," said Sam, little uncomfortably. + </p> + <p> + "Well, you were foolish!" said Henry. "What made you do it?" + </p> + <p> + "A friend of mine advised me to. He had one himself." + </p> + <p> + "He couldn't have been much of a friend of yours. I suppose you didn't + draw anything?" + </p> + <p> + "No." + </p> + <p> + "I didn't expect you would." + </p> + <p> + "Other people did, though," said Sam, inclined to uphold the lottery + system. "Do you see that long list of prizes?" + </p> + <p> + "I never knew anybody that drew a prize," said Henry, quietly, "though + I've known a good many who bought tickets." + </p> + <p> + "Forbes tells me if I buy another ticket I'm pretty sure to get + something." + </p> + <p> + "Then, you'd better not mind what Forbes says." + </p> + <p> + "Of course somebody must draw prizes," said Sam, obstinately. + </p> + <p> + "It's a poor way to get money, even if you could win one." + </p> + <p> + "I'd risk that. I'd like to buy another ticket." + </p> + <p> + Henry shrugged his shoulders. + </p> + <p> + "I don't think you are very wise, Sam. It is well you haven't any more + money to throw away." + </p> + <p> + This was not promising, but Sam did not mean to give it up. + </p> + <p> + "Henry," he said, "I wish you'd lend me ten dollars." + </p> + <p> + "What for?" + </p> + <p> + "I want to buy one more ticket." + </p> + <p> + "I can't lend it." + </p> + <p> + "I should think you might. If I don't get anything this time I'll never + buy again." + </p> + <p> + "I can't oblige you, Sam." + </p> + <p> + "You mean you won't," said Sam, sulkily. + </p> + <p> + "No; it happens to be true that I can't." + </p> + <p> + "Haven't you thirty-five dollars in the savings-bank?" + </p> + <p> + "I had." + </p> + <p> + "You haven't spent the money?" + </p> + <p> + "I have invested it." + </p> + <p> + "How?" + </p> + <p> + "I've given the book to my employer as security to pay interest on a + loan." + </p> + <p> + Then, seeing that Sam's curiosity was aroused, he proceeded to explain + that he had borrowed five hundred dollars of his employer to pay for a + share in a mercantile venture. + </p> + <p> + "Do you think you'll make any money out of it?" asked Sam, eagerly. + </p> + <p> + "I hope to." + </p> + <p> + "About how much?" + </p> + <p> + "Perhaps I may make a hundred dollars." + </p> + <p> + "I wish I had that much." + </p> + <p> + "I suppose you would buy ten lottery tickets," suggested Henry, smiling. + </p> + <p> + Sam admitted he should invest a part that way. + </p> + <p> + "I prefer to invest my money in legitimate business," said Henry. + </p> + <p> + "I don't know about that," said Sam. "I might have drawn the + twenty-thousand-dollar prize. That's better than a hundred dollars." + </p> + <p> + "So it is; but if I keep on I have a good deal better chance of getting up + to twenty thousand dollars than you." + </p> + <p> + "I wish my boss would lend me five hundred dollars," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "I wouldn't advise him to," said Henry, smiling. "Now let us go to + breakfast." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0013" id="link2HCH0013"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIII. — HENRY'S GOOD FORTUNE. + </h2> + <p> + Three months passed. To Henry Martin they passed very satisfactorily. At + his new rate of payment he was able to lay up two dollars a week without + denying himself anything absolutely necessary to his comfort. At the end + of this period, therefore, he had twenty-six dollars on deposit in a new + savings-bank. Of his venture he had heard nothing. He remained perfectly + easy about this, however, knowing that in due time he would hear from it. + Mr. Hamilton, he observed, took more notice of him than formerly. He + frequently greeted him, in passing through to his office, with a pleasant + word or smile; and Henry felt justified in concluding that he was in favor + with him. + </p> + <p> + It was after the interval of time already mentioned that he again received + a summons to the counting-room. + </p> + <p> + Mr. Hamilton had a long paper before him closely filled with figures. + </p> + <p> + "Sit down. Henry," he said. + </p> + <p> + "Thank you, sir." + </p> + <p> + "You remember our conversation three months since, I suppose?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, sir; perfectly." + </p> + <p> + "You consented to take a share in a venture was sending out to Rotterdam?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, sir." + </p> + <p> + "I have just received a statement of it, and, you are interested, I have + called you in to let you know how it has turned out." + </p> + <p> + "Thank you, sir," said Henry, eagerly. + </p> + <p> + "I find that, after deducting all expenses, your share of the profits will + amount to one hundred dollars." + </p> + <p> + "One hundred dollars!" exclaimed Henry, in astonishment and delight. + </p> + <p> + "Yes. I think we have been very successful." + </p> + <p> + Henry felt flattered by that word "we." It seemed to associate him, humble + office boy as he was, with the eminent merchant who employed him. + </p> + <p> + "That is better than the savings-bank, sir," said Henry. + </p> + <p> + "Yes, it is; but I ought to add that it is not always so sure. All + ventures do not turn out so profitably. To return to your affairs I shall + charge you interest on the five hundred dollars you borrowed of me, at the + rate of seven per cent. You have had the use of the money for three + months." + </p> + <p> + "Then the interest will amount to eight dollars and three quarters," said + Henry, promptly. + </p> + <p> + "Quite right; you are very quick at reckoning," said Mr. Hamilton, looking + pleased. + </p> + <p> + "That is not a difficult sum," answered Henry, modestly. + </p> + <p> + "I did not suppose you knew much about computing interest. You left school + very young, did you not?" + </p> + <p> + "At twelve, sir." + </p> + <p> + "You had not studied interest then, had you?" + </p> + <p> + "No, sir; I have studied it since." + </p> + <p> + "At evening-school?" + </p> + <p> + "No, sir; I studied by myself in the evening." + </p> + <p> + "How long have you done that?" + </p> + <p> + "For two years." + </p> + <p> + "And you keep it up regularly?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, sir; occasionally I take an evening for myself, but I average five + evenings a week at studying." + </p> + <p> + "You are a remarkable boy," said the merchant, looking surprised. + </p> + <p> + "If you flatter me, sir, I may grow self-conceited," said Henry, smiling. + </p> + <p> + "You have some right to feel satisfied with yourself. Tell me what was + your object in commencing this course of work." + </p> + <p> + "I picked up at a bookstore on Nassau Street an old book containing the + lives of some men who rose from obscurity; and I found that many of them + studied by themselves in early life, being unable to attend school. It + seemed to me that education was necessary to success, and, as I had + nothing else to depend upon, I began to work evenings." + </p> + <p> + "Did you not find it irksome? Were you not tempted sometimes to give it + up?" + </p> + <p> + "Just at first; but afterward I got to enjoy it." + </p> + <p> + Here Mr. Hamilton asked Henry a few questions, with a view of testing his + knowledge both as to extent and accuracy; and the result was so + satisfactory as more and more to prepossess him in favor of the boy. + </p> + <p> + He returned to business. + </p> + <p> + "It appears," he said, "that, interest deducted, you have ninety-one + dollars and a quarter to your credit with me. You are at liberty to draw + it, if you wish." + </p> + <p> + "What would you advise me to do, Mr. Hamilton?" asked Henry. + </p> + <p> + "You had better leave it in my hands for such use as I may think likely to + prove profitable. I shall dispatch a vessel to Marseilles in a week. Would + you like to take a share in this venture?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, sir." + </p> + <p> + "Then, I will assign six hundred dollars to you. Five you may continue to + borrow of me. One is your own." + </p> + <p> + "Not quite, sir. You remember the interest." + </p> + <p> + "That need not be charged till the end of the year. I will still retain + the savings-bank book you left with me as a guaranty. Is that + satisfactory?" + </p> + <p> + "Entirely so, sir." + </p> + <p> + "Have you been able to save up anything lately?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, sir; I have twenty-six dollars on depost in another bank." + </p> + <p> + "Very good. You are, then, provided for in any case of emergency." + </p> + <p> + Henry went back to work. + </p> + <p> + His reflections, as may be imagined, were very pleasant. He figured up + what he was worth, and it stood thus: + </p> + <p> + Six-penny Savings Bank.................... $35 00 + </p> + <p> + Second bank account....................... 26 00 + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +Proceeds of venture (net)................. 91 25 + ———- + $152 25 +</pre> + <p> + Thus he figured up a grand total of one hundred and fifty-two dollars and + twenty-five cents, making a gain in three months of one hundred and + seventeen dollars and twenty-five cents. + </p> + <p> + "Why, at this rate," thought Henry, "I shall soon be rich." + </p> + <p> + Of course, he owed a large part of this sum to the favor of his employer; + but this, again, was earned by his fidelity and economy—two + qualities which I wish were more common among boys of his age. + </p> + <p> + Returning to his room he looked for his savings-bank book, but to his + dismay it was nowhere to be found. + </p> + <p> + "Where can it be?" he asked himself, perplexed. "Perhaps Sam has seen it." + </p> + <p> + But Sam had not yet returned from the store, though it was past his usual + time. + </p> + <p> + "It is very strange," thought Henry. "I am sure it was at the bottom of my + trunk. Can the trunk have been opened?" + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0014" id="link2HCH0014"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIV. — THE SAVINGS BANK BOOK. + </h2> + <p> + During the three months, which to Henry brought good fortune, Sam had + grown no richer. Indeed, just at this time he was very "hard up." He had + applied to Henry for a loan, but as he was already indebted to his more + prudent roommate, the latter declined to lend. + </p> + <p> + "I think you are mean, Henry," said Sam, in disappointment. + </p> + <p> + "I can't help it, Sam. You can live on five dollars a week just as well as + I can." + </p> + <p> + "You've got a lot of money in the bank," said Sam, reproachfully. + </p> + <p> + "Because I am more prudent than you." + </p> + <p> + "I thought you were a friend of mine." + </p> + <p> + "So I am; but I cannot encourage your extravagance. It wouldn't be a + friendly thing to do." + </p> + <p> + "Oh, it's easy enough for you to find excuses; you don't want to lend, + that's all." + </p> + <p> + "I don't want to give, for that is what it would amount to." + </p> + <p> + Sam saw that it would be of no use to persist in his request, and he went + out sulkily. + </p> + <p> + That day he found a bunch of keys in the street. This was not a very + valuable discovery, and he was tempted at first to throw them down again, + when an idea struck him. He dropped the keys into his pocket, and when his + lunch hour came, instead of going to a restaurant, as usual, he hurried + back to his boarding-house. + </p> + <p> + The landlady met him as he was going upstairs. + </p> + <p> + "Have you lost your place?" she asked, suspiciously; for in this case Sam + would probably be unable to pay his weekly rent. + </p> + <p> + "Oh, no," said Sam. "I left something at home, that's all." + </p> + <p> + He entered his room, and carefully locked the door behind him. + </p> + <p> + Then he got down on his knees, and, one after the other, he tried the lock + of Henry's trunk with the keys he had found. The fifth opened it. + </p> + <p> + Sam blushed with shame, as he saw the inside of the trunk, with its + contents neatly arranged. In spite of his faults he had some honorable + feelings, and he felt that he was engaged in a contemptible business. He + was violating the confidence of his friend and roommate, who had been + uniformly kind to him, though he had declined to lend him money latterly. + Sam admitted to himself that in this refusal he was justified, for he knew + very well that there was very little chance of repayment. + </p> + <p> + Sam hoped to find some money in the trunk; but in this hope he was + destined to be disappointed. Henry was in the habit of making a weekly + deposit in the savings-bank, and therefore he had no surplus stock of + money. But at the bottom of his trunk was his savings-bank book. Sam + opened it, and his eyes sparkled when he counted up the deposits, and + found that they amounted to twenty-six dollars. + </p> + <p> + "I didn't think Henry had so much money," he said to himself. + </p> + <p> + He thrust the book into his pocket, and hurriedly locked the trunk. He + went downstairs, and hastened to the bank, which, unlike the Sixpenny + Savings Bank, was located downtown, and not far from the City Hall. Henry + had selected it on account of its nearness. + </p> + <p> + Sam entered the banking house, and went to the window of the paying clerk. + He had accompanied Henry to the bank more than once, and knew just where + to go. + </p> + <p> + "How much do you want?" asked the clerk, in a business-like tone. + </p> + <p> + "Twenty dollars," replied Sam, who had made up his mind not to take the + whole. This was not due to any particular consideration, but on the way he + had read the rules of the bank, and ascertained that a week's notice would + be necessary before the whole account could be withdrawn. + </p> + <p> + The clerk filled an order for twenty dollars, and pushed it over to Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Sign that," he said. + </p> + <p> + Sam hastily signed the name of "Henry Martin," and passed it back. + </p> + <p> + The clerk went to a large book, and compared the signature with the one + recorded therein. Now, there was a considerable difference between Sam's + and Henry's handwriting, and he detected it at once. + </p> + <p> + "You are not Henry Martin," he said, on his return. + </p> + <p> + Sam was astonished at this discovery, but was too much alarmed to deny it. + </p> + <p> + "No, sir," he said. + </p> + <p> + "What is your name?" + </p> + <p> + "Sam Barker." + </p> + <p> + "What made you sign the name of Henry Martin?" asked the bank officer, + suspiciously. + </p> + <p> + "He is my roommate." + </p> + <p> + "Did he ask you to draw this money for him?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes," answered Sam. + </p> + <p> + "He ought to have known that we would not pay it except upon his written + order." + </p> + <p> + "He thought it would do just as well if I signed his name," said Sam, + growing bolder. + </p> + <p> + "Then, he was mistaken." + </p> + <p> + "Can't you give me the money, then?" + </p> + <p> + "No, he must come himself." + </p> + <p> + "All right!" said Sam. "I'll tell him." + </p> + <p> + He spoke so naturally that the clerk was inclined to think his suspicions + were needless, and that Sam was really an authorized agent of the real + depositor. But when he got into the street, Sam's vexation found vent. + </p> + <p> + "Everything goes against me," he grumbled. "It hasn't done me a bit of + good taking this book. I shall only have the trouble of putting it back + again. I can't do it now, for I must go back to the store, without my + lunch, too." + </p> + <p> + He counted upon replacing the book before it was missed; but Henry reached + home first, and discovered his loss, as related in the preceding chapter. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0015" id="link2HCH0015"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XV. — SAM IS FOUND OUT. + </h2> + <p> + Henry was not a little disturbed at the disappearance of his bank-book. He + felt confident that he had laid it away in his trunk, and in that case it + must have been stolen. But who possessed a key to the trunk? Could it be + Sam? Henry recalled Sam's application for a loan, and he feared that it + was really he. He determined to make inquiries as soon as his roommate + came home. + </p> + <p> + He had scarcely formed this determination when Sam entered. + </p> + <p> + "You are home early, Henry," he said. + </p> + <p> + "No; it is you who are late." + </p> + <p> + "I didn't get out quite as soon as usual." + </p> + <p> + "I wonder whether he has missed the bankbook," thought Sam. "If he'd only + go out, I'd put it back where I took it from." + </p> + <p> + Sam was soon informed as to the bank-book being missed. + </p> + <p> + "I can't find my bank-book anywhere, Sam," said Henry, looking searchingly + at his companion. + </p> + <p> + "Can't you? Where did you put it?" asked Sam, trying to look unconcerned. + </p> + <p> + "In my trunk." + </p> + <p> + "Then it must be there now." + </p> + <p> + "It is not. I have looked carefully." + </p> + <p> + "Then, you didn't put it there. You must be mistaken." + </p> + <p> + "No, I am not." + </p> + <p> + "You may have dropped it out of your pocket on the way from the bank." + </p> + <p> + "No; I remember distinctly putting it in my trunk." + </p> + <p> + Sam shrugged his shoulders. + </p> + <p> + "I suppose you know best; but if you put it there, it must be there now." + </p> + <p> + "Unless it has been taken from my trunk," said Henry, significantly. + </p> + <p> + "Just so," said Sam, readily. "Perhaps the landlady has taken it, or + Bridget, the chambermaid." + </p> + <p> + "I don't think they have." + </p> + <p> + "Will you lose the money if you don't find the book?" + </p> + <p> + "No; I can report my loss at the bank, and they will give me a new one." + </p> + <p> + "Then you're all right." + </p> + <p> + "I don't like the idea of my book being taken. The same one who took the + old book may take the new one." + </p> + <p> + "Well, I haven't got any bank-book to worry about," said Sam. "Are you + going out to supper?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes. Then, you don't know anything about my book?" + </p> + <p> + "I! Of course not!" answered Sam. "What should I know of it?" + </p> + <p> + "I don't know. Come, then, we'll go to supper." + </p> + <p> + Sam saw that he was suspected, and he knew that he deserved it, but he did + not want Henry to ascertain definitely that such was the fact, He wanted + to return the book as soon as he could without observation, but for this + he must wait a while. + </p> + <p> + When supper was over, they took a walk of half an hour, and then Henry + started to return to his room. + </p> + <p> + "I'll stay out a little longer," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Are you going to the theater?" asked Henry. + </p> + <p> + "Not unless you lend me the money," said Sam. "I'm hard up myself." + </p> + <p> + "You generally are." + </p> + <p> + "Of course I am. How can I help it on such a mean salary?" + </p> + <p> + "I don't know what to think," said Henry to himself. "If Sam has the book + he hasn't drawn any money on it, or he would go to the theater. Perhaps he + is innocent." + </p> + <p> + Sam stayed out late. He did not go to the theater, being, as he said, + short of money, but he lounged away the evening in billiard saloons, and + it was a quarter past eleven before he got back to his room. When he + entered Henry was fast asleep. Sam congratulated himself upon this. He + felt that now was his chance to return the book. He might have replaced it + in the trunk, but as Henry had thoroughly searched it, he would at once + suspect that it bad been replaced. Besides, Henry might wake up, and + detect him in the act. + </p> + <p> + After some consideration, Sam put it into Henry's inside coat pocket, and + then, undressing himself, went to bed. + </p> + <p> + "I've got clear of it now," he thought, "and whatever Henry suspects, he + can't prove anything." + </p> + <p> + The next morning, as Henry was dressing, he chanced to put his hand in his + coat pocket, and drew out the book. + </p> + <p> + "What's that?" asked Sam, who had been watching him. + </p> + <p> + "It's my savings-bank book," answered Henry. + </p> + <p> + "Where did you find it?" + </p> + <p> + "In my pocket." + </p> + <p> + "Then, you didn't put it in your trunk, after all?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, I did." + </p> + <p> + "That's foolish. If you had, it wouldn't have got into your pocket." + </p> + <p> + Henry did not reply, but, examining the book, discovered to his + satisfaction that no money had been withdrawn. + </p> + <p> + "You see you were wrong," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "At any rate, I am glad to get the book back again," said Henry, quietly. + </p> + <p> + "I wonder if he suspects anything," thought Sam. + </p> + <p> + Henry did suspect, but he was determined to verify his suspicions before + saying a word on the subject. + </p> + <p> + During the day he managed to get away from the store long enough to visit + the savings-bank. He went at once to the desk where payments were made, + and, showing his book, asked the clerk if he remembered whether any one + had presented it the day before. + </p> + <p> + "Yes," was the answer. "A friend of yours wanted to draw out some money on + your account; but of course we did not pay it without your order." + </p> + <p> + "I am glad you didn't." + </p> + <p> + "Then you did not send the boy who presented it?" + </p> + <p> + "No." + </p> + <p> + "I thought it might be so." + </p> + <p> + "How much did he want to draw?" + </p> + <p> + "Twenty dollars." + </p> + <p> + Henry looked serious. This certainly looked bad for Sam. He did not like + to think that a boy to whom he had always been kind would so abuse his + confidence. + </p> + <p> + "I shall take better care of my book in future," he said. "The boy had no + authority from me to draw money." + </p> + <p> + "We saw that the signature was not correct, and refused to honor the + draft." + </p> + <p> + Henry made a deposit of two dollars, increasing the amount to twenty-eight + dollars, and then left the bank. On his way back to the store, he made up + his mind that he would no longer room with Sam. Even if he increased his + expenses, he could not consent to have for a roommate one who had made an + attempt to defraud him. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0016" id="link2HCH0016"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVI. — SAM LOSES HIS PLACE. + </h2> + <p> + "Mr. Dalton wants you to go to the bank, and make a deposit," said William + Budd, to Sam, on the forenoon of the same day. + </p> + <p> + "All right," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Be particularly careful, as the deposit is unusually large." + </p> + <p> + "Oh, yes, I'll be careful." + </p> + <p> + Sam received the checks and drafts, amounting to several thousand dollars, + and started for the Fourth National Bank, on Nassau Street. When he had + accomplished a part of the distance, he met an old acquaintance, whom he + had known in his boot-blacking days. + </p> + <p> + "How are you, Sam?" said Tim Brady. "I haven't seen you for a long time." + </p> + <p> + "I'm all right, Tim. I haven't seen you, either. Where have you been?" + </p> + <p> + "To Boston," answered Tim, briefly. + </p> + <p> + "You have!" exclaimed Sam, interested. "How did you like it?" + </p> + <p> + "I don't like it as well as York." + </p> + <p> + "Why not? Ain't it a nice place?" + </p> + <p> + "'Tisn't half as big as York. Besides, there ain't half so much fun. There + ain't no Old Bowery there, nor Tony Pastor's. I didn't know what to do + with myself nights." + </p> + <p> + "What were you doing? Did you black boots?" + </p> + <p> + "No," answered Tim. "I was in a store on Dock Square." + </p> + <p> + "What sort of a store?" + </p> + <p> + "Clothing store." + </p> + <p> + "How did you get the place?" + </p> + <p> + "It is kept by a cousin of the old woman. He wrote that he'd take me if + I'd come on. So I went; but I didn't like it." + </p> + <p> + "Where did you live?" + </p> + <p> + "With him. He had a house in Chelsea, just over the river, like Brooklyn + is. I got my board and a dollar a week." + </p> + <p> + "That ain't much," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "No, I should say not. I had to pay my way over the ferry out of it, too. + It didn't leave me no money for cigars nor nothing." + </p> + <p> + "How long were you there?" + </p> + <p> + "About three months. I would not have stayed so long, only I couldn't get + money to get back." + </p> + <p> + "You got it at last; or did you walk back?" + </p> + <p> + "Walk? I guess not. It's three or four hundred miles." + </p> + <p> + This was not quite exact, but near enough for a guess. + </p> + <p> + "How much did it cost you to come back?" + </p> + <p> + "Five dollars." + </p> + <p> + "That's a good deal. Where did you get so much?" + </p> + <p> + "I found it in the street one day," answered Tim, with a little + hesitation. + </p> + <p> + "How long have you been back?" + </p> + <p> + "About a week. I've been looking round for you. Where do you hang out?" + </p> + <p> + "I've got a room of my own," answered Sam, with an air of importance. + </p> + <p> + "You have! You're in luck. What are you doin'?" + </p> + <p> + "I've got a place with Dalton & Co., on Pearl Street." + </p> + <p> + "What business? + </p> + <p> + "Merchant. He's awful rich. Just look at that!" + </p> + <p> + Sam displayed his bundle of checks. + </p> + <p> + "I don't see nothin' particular except some bits of paper." + </p> + <p> + "You don't know anything about business, Tim. Them's checks." + </p> + <p> + "Are they?" + </p> + <p> + "They're good for a lot of money. Here's a check for twelve hundred + dollars, and there's others besides." + </p> + <p> + "That piece of paper worth twelve hundred dollars!" said Tim, + incredulously. + </p> + <p> + "Yes." + </p> + <p> + "What are you going to do with it?" + </p> + <p> + "Take it to the bank." + </p> + <p> + "What bank?" + </p> + <p> + "Fourth National Bank." + </p> + <p> + Tim looked at Sam with respect. He must certainly occupy a responsible + business position if he was trusted with such a large amount of money. + </p> + <p> + Sam, in putting back his checks, was careless enough to drop the + twelve-hundred-dollar check. He hurried off, unconscious of his loss, and + Tim quietly secured it. He ought to have restored it to Sam, as he easily + might have done; but an idea struck him. He would instead carry it round + to Mr. Dalton, and in all probability secure a reward for his honesty. + This was sharp practice, and hardly consistent with friendship for Sam; + but Tim was a boy not particularly scrupulous, who cared more for number + one than for any friend. He went into a store near by, ascertained the + number of Mr. Dalton's place of business, and hurried down there. + </p> + <p> + "Is the boss in?" he asked of William Budd, whom he first encountered. + </p> + <p> + "Yes." + </p> + <p> + "I'd like to see him." + </p> + <p> + "What for?" + </p> + <p> + "Important business," answered Tim. + </p> + <p> + Budd looked at him rather incredulously. + </p> + <p> + "If you want to apply for a place, it's no use. We've got a boy already." + </p> + <p> + "That ain't my business. I've picked up something in the street that + belongs to Mr. Dalton, I'm thinkin'." + </p> + <p> + "What is it?" + </p> + <p> + "A check." + </p> + <p> + "Sam must have dropped it," thought William, instantly. "Let me see it," + he said, aloud. + </p> + <p> + "I'll show it to the boss," said Tim, obstinately. + </p> + <p> + "Come on, then." + </p> + <p> + "Here is a boy, Mr. Dalton, who thinks he has found something belonging to + you," said the young man. + </p> + <p> + Mr. Dalton looked up. + </p> + <p> + "What is it, my boy?" he said. + </p> + <p> + "It's a check," said Tim, and, taking off his ragged hat, he handed the + paper to Mr. Dalton. + </p> + <p> + "It's Nesbitt's check for twelve hundred dollars!" exclaimed the merchant. + "Where did you find it?" + </p> + <p> + "In Nassau Street." + </p> + <p> + "How could it be there, Mr. Budd?" asked Mr. Dalton. + </p> + <p> + "I sent Sam to the bank not long since. He must have dropped it. It is not + the first time he has been careless." + </p> + <p> + "I am afraid we shall have to discharge him. How does he perform his + duties generally?" + </p> + <p> + "Not very satisfactorily, sir." + </p> + <p> + "Send him to me as soon as he returns. Now, my boy, what is your name?" + </p> + <p> + "Tim Brady, sir." + </p> + <p> + "Did you know the value of this check?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, sir; it's worth twelve hundred dollars." + </p> + <p> + "How did you know where to bring it?" + </p> + <p> + "I saw the name, and looked in the 'Directory' to find your place of + business." + </p> + <p> + "You are a good and honest boy." + </p> + <p> + "Thank you, sir; I try to be," said Tim, meekly. + </p> + <p> + "You have done me a service. Here are ten dollars." + </p> + <p> + "Thank you, sir," said Tim, joyfully. "You're a gentleman." + </p> + <p> + Mr. Dalton smiled. + </p> + <p> + "Always keep honest. 'Honesty is the best policy.'" + </p> + <p> + "I think so myself, sir," said Tim. + </p> + <p> + Tim retired quite elated. From a corner nearly opposite he watched for + Sam's return. + </p> + <p> + "He looks sober," said Tim to himself. "It's likely he'll get 'bounced.' I + wonder will I stand a chance for his place." + </p> + <p> + "Sam," said William Budd, on his entrance, "Mr. Dalton wants to see you." + </p> + <p> + Sam looked startled. He had ascertained his loss, and was perplexed and + troubled about it. + </p> + <p> + Mr. Dalton looked up as he entered. + </p> + <p> + "Have you been to the bank, Samuel?" he asked. + </p> + <p> + "Yes, sir." + </p> + <p> + "Did you deposit all the checks given you?" + </p> + <p> + "I lost one check some way," stammered Sam. + </p> + <p> + "You must have been very careless," said his employer, in a tone of + reproof. + </p> + <p> + "I don't think I was," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "You must have been. Did you not know that you had charge of a large + amount?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, sir." + </p> + <p> + "Then, knowing this, you should have been particularly careful." + </p> + <p> + "I'll go back and look for it, sir." + </p> + <p> + "Fortunately there is no need of this, as it was picked up and brought + here by an honest boy. It was a check for twelve hundred dollars." + </p> + <p> + "Then, you've got it again?" said Sam, relieved. "Shall I go round to the + bank and carry it?" + </p> + <p> + "No, I shall not again trust you to go to the bank. Indeed, I am sorry to + say that I cannot retain you in my employ." + </p> + <p> + "I hope you'll keep me," said Sam, alarmed. + </p> + <p> + "I cannot do it in justice to myself. Call Mr. Budd." + </p> + <p> + William Budd entered. + </p> + <p> + "Mr. Budd," said Mr. Dalton, "I think you told me you had a cousin who + desired a place." + </p> + <p> + "Yes, sir." + </p> + <p> + "Tell him to come here to-morrow. I have discharged Sam." + </p> + <p> + "Thank you, sir." + </p> + <p> + "I do not forget, Sam," continued the merchant, "that you once rendered me + a service in bringing home my little boy. I regret that I cannot keep you + in my employ. To compensate you for the disappointment, I will give you + twenty-five dollars, and you are at liberty to go at once if you desire + it." + </p> + <p> + Sam's eyes sparkled with pleasure. He felt so rich that he cared little + for the loss of his place. + </p> + <p> + "Thank you, sir," he said. + </p> + <p> + "I wish you good luck, Samuel," said Mr. Dalton, good-naturedly. + </p> + <p> + Again Sam thanked him, and left the store looking so cheerful that Tim, + who was watching for his appearance, was quite bewildered. + </p> + <p> + "He seems glad he's 'bounced,'" thought Tim. "I'll go and ask him about + it." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0017" id="link2HCH0017"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVII. — TIM IS UNMASKED. + </h2> + <p> + Before Sam had gone far Tim Brady managed to throw himself in his way. + </p> + <p> + "Where are you goin', now?" he asked. "Have you been to the bank?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes," answered Sam. "I lost one of them checks." + </p> + <p> + "You don't say!" said hypocritical Tim. + </p> + <p> + "It was the twelve-hundred-dollar one." + </p> + <p> + "What did the boss say? Did he blow you up?" inquired Tim, puzzled by + Sam's cheerful manner. + </p> + <p> + "Yes; I'm 'bounced.'" + </p> + <p> + "You don't seem to care much," said Tim, watching him curiously. + </p> + <p> + "No, I don't. I'm tired of the old place." + </p> + <p> + "What are you goin' to do? Are you goin' back to boot blackin'?" + </p> + <p> + "No," answered Sam, scornfully; "I should say not." + </p> + <p> + "You ain't goin' to retire on a fortune, are you?" + </p> + <p> + "Look here, Tim," said Sam, displaying a roll of bills. "What do you say + to that?" + </p> + <p> + "Did you save all that?" asked Tim, in great astonishment. + </p> + <p> + "No; Mr. Dalton just gave it to me." + </p> + <p> + "Give it to you when he 'bounced' you?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes; you see, I found his little boy in the street one day, and took him + home. He give me a place for that, and now that I'm sacked he's give me + this money." + </p> + <p> + "I say, Sam, you're in luck. How much is there?" + </p> + <p> + "Twenty-five dollars." + </p> + <p> + "You couldn't lend a feller five dollars?" said Tim, insinuatingly. + </p> + <p> + "Yes, I could," answered Sam, cooly; "but I won't." + </p> + <p> + "Why not?" + </p> + <p> + "I want it all myself." + </p> + <p> + "You might let me have a little," pleaded Tim. + </p> + <p> + "I'll give you a square meal," said Sam, "but I can't do no more. I'm + goin' to Boston." + </p> + <p> + "What's put in into your head to go to Boston?" + </p> + <p> + "You have." + </p> + <p> + "Well, I hope you'll like it better than I do." + </p> + <p> + "Which way would you go?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Fall River line. They're got nice steamers." + </p> + <p> + "When do they go?" + </p> + <p> + "Five o'clock." + </p> + <p> + "All right. I'll go this afternoon." + </p> + <p> + "You'll be comin' back soon," said Tim. + </p> + <p> + "Maybe I will, but I want to see the place. I ain't never traveled much, + and now I'm goin'." + </p> + <p> + "You'd better stay, and take me to Tony Pastor's to-night." + </p> + <p> + Sam shook his head. + </p> + <p> + "Oh, yes, you'd like me to spend all my money on you; but I don't see it." + </p> + <p> + "You needn't be so afraid. I've got some money, too," said Tim, nettled. + </p> + <p> + "You've got fifty cents, I s'pose." + </p> + <p> + "Does that look like fifty cents?" + </p> + <p> + Tim displayed the ten dollars he had received from Mr. Dalton for + restoring the lost check. + </p> + <p> + Sam was astonished beyond measure. + </p> + <p> + "Where did you get that money?" he asked. + </p> + <p> + "It's some I had over when I failed," + </p> + <p> + "And with all that money in your pocket you asked me for five dollars!" + exclaimed Sam, with justifiable indignation. + </p> + <p> + "Why shouldn't I? Haven't you got more than I have?" + </p> + <p> + Tim began to see that he had made a mistake in proclaiming his riches; + especially when Sam added that he might buy his own dinner—that he + wasn't going to treat him. + </p> + <p> + "You promised you would," said Tim. + </p> + <p> + "I didn't know you had so much money. I thought you was hard up. You're a + fraud." + </p> + <p> + "So are you," said Tim, resentfully. + </p> + <p> + "I don't want no more to do with you." + </p> + <p> + Tim was nettled. He wanted to be revenged, and his secret slipped out. + </p> + <p> + "You needn't feel so big," he said. "I got you 'bounced.'" + </p> + <p> + Here was much cause for astonishment. + </p> + <p> + "You got me 'bounced'?" repeated Sam, in surprise. + </p> + <p> + "Yes, I did. I found that check you dropped, and took it round to your + boss. He give me this ten dollars, and 'bounced' you." + </p> + <p> + This was too much for Sam's equanimity. That a boy who had so injured him + should try to wheedle money and a treat out of him struck him as so + atrocious, that he felt action to be imperative. A sudden movement of the + foot upset Tim; and Sam, without waiting to see how he relished his + downfall, fled round a corner before Tim could retaliate. + </p> + <p> + "He's the meanest boy I ever knew!" thought our retreating hero. "He got + me sacked, and then wanted me to treat him. I guess he won't ask me + again." + </p> + <p> + Sam was still determined to go to Boston that afternoon. Before he went he + wanted to say good-by to Henry Martin, and, as the boat would sail before + business hours was over, he decided to go round to the store where he was + employed. + </p> + <p> + Henry was just leaving the store on an errand when Sam came up. It was the + first time they had met since Henry's discovery of Sam's attempt to + appropriate his savings. He could hardly be expected to feel very friendly + toward him. + </p> + <p> + "I'll walk along with you, Henry," said Sam; "I want to talk with you." + </p> + <p> + "And I want to talk with you," said Henry, coldly. "I've found out all + about my bankbook." + </p> + <p> + "Have you?" replied Sam, disconcerted. + </p> + <p> + "Yes; I've found out that you opened my trunk and took it out, then went + to the bank and tried to get twenty dollars on it. And all the while you + were rooming with me, and pretending to be my friend." + </p> + <p> + Sam felt conscience-stricken. The enormity of his act flashed upon him. + Still, he wanted to extenuate his conduct. + </p> + <p> + "It's true, Henry," he admitted, "and I ought to be ashamed of myself. But + I didn't get any money, after all, and I returned the book to you." + </p> + <p> + "I know that; but it was only because they wouldn't let you have anything + on it." + </p> + <p> + "Don't think too hard of me, Henry," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "I can't help thinking hard of you. You wanted to rob me." + </p> + <p> + "I only wanted to borrow the money." + </p> + <p> + "Without my leave." + </p> + <p> + "I meant to return it to you as soon as I could. The fact is, Henry, I was + awful hard up." + </p> + <p> + "That's your own fault. As for returning the money, I hope you don't think + me quite such a fool as to believe that." + </p> + <p> + Sam was really disturbed. He saw that Henry was perfectly justified in + being angry, and that his representation was the correct one. + </p> + <p> + "I'm very sorry I did it," he said. "I hope you'll forgive me." + </p> + <p> + "I'll forgive you, but we can no longer occupy the same room. I will move + out and leave the room to you, or you can move out and leave the room to + me." + </p> + <p> + "I'll move, Henry. That's what I came to speak to you about. I came to bid + you good-by." + </p> + <p> + "There is no need of saying good-by. We shall see each other again." + </p> + <p> + "No, we shan't—for a good while, anyway. I'm just goin' to Boston." + </p> + <p> + "What?" exclaimed Henry in astonishment. + </p> + <p> + "I'm goin' on this afternoon." + </p> + <p> + "Why, Sam, what's up?" + </p> + <p> + Sam explained. + </p> + <p> + "I don't know whether it's a good plan," said Henry, when he had ended. + </p> + <p> + "Nor I," said Sam; "but I'm goin', anyway. If I don't like it, I'll come + back somehow. Good-by!" + </p> + <p> + "Good-by, and good luck, Sam!" said Henry, offering his hand. + </p> + <p> + "Sam's a strange boy!" he said to himself, as he pursued his way alone. + "It's hard to tell how he's coming out. I hope he'll get wiser as he grows + older." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0018" id="link2HCH0018"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVIII. — THE FALL RIVER BOAT. + </h2> + <p> + When Sam left Henry, somehow he felt in lower spirits than before. He had + become attached to his roommate in spite of the difference in character + between them, and Henry's reproaches seemed to throw a new light upon his + conduct. He felt it the more because he was about to leave him. + </p> + <p> + "I did treat him mean," he admitted to himself, his conscience touched, + for the first time, perhaps, in years. "I'm glad they wouldn't let me have + any of his money at the bank. I won't act so mean again." + </p> + <p> + It is not to be supposed that this repentant mood lasted long. As Sam + neared the wharf from which the Fall River line of steamers left for + Boston, his thoughts were on the journey he was about to take, and his + spirits rose. + </p> + <p> + The steamer was moored alongside the wharf, perhaps halfway down. There + was a confused mass of trunks, bales and baggage of various kinds on the + pier waiting to be stowed away on board. It was early, but a few + passengers were already on board, and others were passing over the gang + plank at intervals. Sam thought he would go on board, too, and look about + a little. He had never been on board one of these steamers, and was + curious to see the accommodations. He went upstairs, and found himself in + a long and elegantly furnished saloon, with lines of staterooms on either + side. Three passengers were seated on sofas or in armchairs. Two were + engaged in reading an afternoon paper, and the third, a girl of about + fifteen, had her attention absorbed by a bird cage containing a canary. + </p> + <p> + She looked up as Sam passed, and asked pleasantly: "Is it almost time for + the boat to start, sir?" + </p> + <p> + It was the first time Sam had been addressed as "sir," and he felt + flattered. + </p> + <p> + "I guess not," he said. "There's only a few people on board. I don't think + it'll start for an hour." + </p> + <p> + "I wish it would go soon," said the girl. "I am in a hurry to get home." + </p> + <p> + "Do you live in Boston?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Yes; I've been to visit my uncle in Brooklyn, and now I'm going back. Are + you going to Boston, too?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes," answered Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Do you live there?" + </p> + <p> + "No; I never was there." + </p> + <p> + "I suppose you've got relations there?" said the young lady, in an + inquiring tone. + </p> + <p> + "No; I'm going on to see if I can't get a place." + </p> + <p> + The young girl surveyed him with interest. + </p> + <p> + "Do you have to earn your own living?" she asked. + </p> + <p> + "Yes." + </p> + <p> + "You are young to do that." + </p> + <p> + "Oh, I've had to earn my living ever since I was eleven or twelve." + </p> + <p> + "You don't mean it. Why, what did you do?" + </p> + <p> + "I was clerk in a store on Pearl Street," said Sam, who did not care to + mention his previous experience as a bootblack and newsboy. + </p> + <p> + "Well, I hope you'll get a good place. I've got a brother almost as old as + you, but he'd never think he could earn his own living; his name is + Frank." + </p> + <p> + "What's his last name?" asked Sam, bluntly. + </p> + <p> + "Stockton—I am Julia Stockton." + </p> + <p> + "My name is Sam Barker," said Sam, thinking such confidence ought to be + requited. + </p> + <p> + "I've got a cousin Sam," Julia remarked, "but I never knew any one of the + name of Barker before." + </p> + <p> + "Is that your bird?" inquired Sam, by way of prolonging the conversation. + </p> + <p> + "Yes; he sings sweetly, sometimes, but I guess he's frightened now. I'm + glad he's with me, it isn't quite so lonely. I never traveled alone + before. Are you used to traveling alone, Mr. Barker?" + </p> + <p> + "I never traveled much," answered Sam, trying to look dignified, on first + being addressed as Mr. Barker; "but I don't mind being alone." + </p> + <p> + "That's because you're a boy. Boys can take care of themselves better than + girls. Do you know what time we get to Boston?" + </p> + <p> + "No, I don't; but I'll inquire," said Sam. "Shall I find you here?" + </p> + <p> + "Oh, yes, I'll be here." + </p> + <p> + Sam went down below, and noticed that some were already procuring tickets + at the captain's office. It struck him that he might as well obtain his. + Accordingly he joined the line, and when his turn came inquired for a + ticket. + </p> + <p> + "Fall River or Boston?" asked the man in charge. + </p> + <p> + "Boston." + </p> + <p> + "Five dollars." + </p> + <p> + "That's pretty steep," thought Sam. "I shall have only twenty dollars + left." + </p> + <p> + A ticket was handed him, with 159 on it. + </p> + <p> + "What's that for?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + "It's the number of your berth." + </p> + <p> + "When will we get to Boston?" + </p> + <p> + "Between six and seven in the morning." + </p> + <p> + As Sam turned away he was accosted by a newsboy: "Papers, sir?" + </p> + <p> + An idea struck Sam. He would get a picture paper for his new acquaintance. + It was probably the first mark of attention he had ever paid to a girl, + but the idea pleased him, and he bought a <i>Harper's Weekly</i>, and + carried it upstairs. + </p> + <p> + He found Miss Julia Stockton sitting where he had left her. She smiled + pleasantly when she saw Sam. + </p> + <p> + "I bought you a picture paper," he said, feeling a little awkward. "I + thought you might like to read it." + </p> + <p> + "Oh, thank you. You are very kind. Did you find out when we would reach + Boston?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, Miss Julia. We shall get there between six and seven in the + morning." + </p> + <p> + "That's pretty early. I hope papa will be at the depot waiting." + </p> + <p> + "At the depot? Does the boat go into a depot?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + Julia laughed. "Oh, no," she said. "Did you think we went all the way by + boat?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, I thought so." + </p> + <p> + "We go the last fifty miles by cars—that is, from Fall River." + </p> + <p> + "All the better," said Sam. "That will give us a little variety." + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, the passengers were pouring in, and the cabin was getting full. + </p> + <p> + "I guess I'll go out on deck," said Sam; "I want to see the boat start." + </p> + <p> + "I should like to, ever so much." + </p> + <p> + "Come with me, then. I'll take care of you," said Sam, manfully. "Let me + carry your cage. It's too heavy for you." + </p> + <p> + So the two went out on deck together. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0019" id="link2HCH0019"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIX. — MUTUAL CONFIDENCES. + </h2> + <p> + The reader who has followed Sam's fortunes closely may wonder how a boy so + shabbily dressed as Sam, could be treated as an equal by a young lady of + good family. This leads me to explain that about a month before Sam had + been presented with a neat suit of clothes, originally made for a nephew + of his employer, but which had proved too small. Thus it happened that, + with the exception of his hat, which was rather the worse for wear, our + hero presented quite a respectable appearance. + </p> + <p> + Julia Stockton remained outside with Sam till the boat rounded the + Battery, and for three-quarters of an hour longer. Sam was very well + qualified to answer her numerous questions about the different places they + passed. + </p> + <p> + "What is that island?" asked Julia. + </p> + <p> + "That is Blackwell's Island," answered Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Is that where the penitentiary is?" she inquired, with interest. + </p> + <p> + "Yes, it is that long stone building." + </p> + <p> + "How gloomy it is!" said Julia, with a shudder. "How can people be so + wicked as to need to go to such a place?" + </p> + <p> + Sam winced. He knew very well that he had done things, or, at any rate, + planned them, which would have entitled him to a place in the prison they + were now passing. + </p> + <p> + "How ashamed I should be if I were ever sent there, and Julia should know + it!" he thought. + </p> + <p> + "What makes you look so sober?" asked Julia. + </p> + <p> + "I was pitying the poor people who are confined there." + </p> + <p> + "It must be horrid, but I suppose it can't be helped. I don't see how + anybody can want to steal." + </p> + <p> + Sam thought he could understand. It was not so long since he himself had + tried to appropriate the property of another; but he only determined that + this should not happen again. He could not consent to forfeit the good + opinion of Julia Stockton, and the class to which she belonged. A new + ambition began to stir in Sam's soul—the ambition to lead a + thoroughly respectable life, and to rise to some creditable position. + </p> + <p> + "I will turn over a new leaf, I really will," he said to himself. "I'll be + a very different boy from what I have been." + </p> + <p> + They remained outside a while longer, till the steamer had passed through + the channel into the broader waters of the Sound, and then re-entered the + cabin. The gong for supper had already sounded. + </p> + <p> + "Won't you go down to supper?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Yes, I think I will. You will come, too?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, I will go, too," answered Sam, feeling complimented by the + invitation. + </p> + <p> + As they were approaching the stairs, Julia dropped a scarf from her neck. + It was picked up by a gentleman, who handed it to Sam, with the remark, + "Your sister has dropped her scarf." + </p> + <p> + "He takes you for my sister," said Sam, turning to Julia with evident + pleasure. + </p> + <p> + "I am afraid you wouldn't own me for a sister," said Julia, smiling + coquettishly. + </p> + <p> + "I should be proud to have such a sister," said Sam, earnestly. + </p> + <p> + "Would you, really?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, I would." + </p> + <p> + "I am afraid you only say so to compliment me." + </p> + <p> + "I mean it; but I am sure you would not want me for a brother." + </p> + <p> + "I don't know," said Julia, with a roguish glance. "Do you always behave + well?" + </p> + <p> + "I am afraid I don't always." + </p> + <p> + "Nor I either," returned Julia, in a burst of confidence. "I used to play + tricks on my governess sometimes." + </p> + <p> + "I don't think that is so very wicked," said Sam. "Won't you tell me about + some of them?" + </p> + <p> + "After supper I will; but I wouldn't like to have anybody else hear." + </p> + <p> + They sat down to the table side by side, and made a satisfactory repast. + Sam tried to pay for Julia's, but here the young lady was firm. She + insisted on paying her own bill, as indeed propriety required. + </p> + <p> + When the supper was over, they returned to the saloon. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0020" id="link2HCH0020"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XX. — TOO LATE FOR THE TRAIN. + </h2> + <p> + A stateroom had been engaged for Julia, but Sam did not feel justified in + paying a dollar extra for such a luxury, when he was already entitled to a + comfortable berth. + </p> + <p> + "Do you know when we reach Fall River?" asked the young lady. + </p> + <p> + "About half-past four in the morning, and the cars start by five." + </p> + <p> + "That's awful early!" exclaimed Julia, in dismay. "How shall I wake up in + time?" + </p> + <p> + "The gong will sound," answered Sam; "but if that don't wake you, I'll + pound on your door." + </p> + <p> + "I wish you would. What should I do if I were left?" + </p> + <p> + "You could wait for the next train." + </p> + <p> + "But I should not have you to go with me, Sam—Mr. Barker, I mean." + </p> + <p> + "I wish you would call me Sam. I like it better than Mr. Barker." + </p> + <p> + "Then I will," said Julia, frankly. "It does seem stiff to call you Mr. + Barker." + </p> + <p> + "If you should be too late for the first train, I will wait, too," said + Sam, answering what she had said before. + </p> + <p> + "Will you? I should like that; but won't it put you out?" + </p> + <p> + "Oh, no," said Sam, laughing; "there isn't any very important business to + call me early to Boston. I had just as lieve wait as not." + </p> + <p> + "But you won't have to. I am sure the gong will wake me up. But you'll + come to the door, and go into the cars with me." + </p> + <p> + "Oh, yes, I'll be on hand." + </p> + <p> + "Then, good-night, Sam. I hope you'll have a good sleep." + </p> + <p> + "I shall sleep like a top; I always do. Good-night, Julia." + </p> + <p> + So they parted. + </p> + <p> + "He seems to be a real nice boy, and very polite," thought Julia. "I + should feel very lonely without him." + </p> + <p> + "She's a tiptop girl," thought Sam. "I never saw one I liked so well + before." + </p> + <p> + Sam had never had a sister, and his acquaintance with girls had been + exceedingly limited. This was necessarily the case in the rough street + life he had led in New York. Julia was a new revelation to him. He was + quite too young to be in love, but he certainly liked Julia very much, and + thought how pleasant it would be to have such a sister. + </p> + <p> + "She says she's got a brother," thought Sam. "I wonder what sort of a boy + he is, and whether he will like me? I suppose I never shall see him + though, or Julia either, after we get to Boston." + </p> + <p> + This thought was rather disheartening, and made Sam feel sober. But he + brightened up at the thought that he should be in the same city, and + should, therefore, have some chance of meeting his pretty traveling + acquaintance. + </p> + <p> + The berth Sam was to occupy was on one side of the dining-room. The tables + were now cleared, and there was nothing to prevent his retiring. He took + off his shoes and his coat, and, without undressing himself any further, + got into the berth. It was not long before he was asleep. He did not wake + until morning, and then not voluntarily. On opening his eyes he saw one of + the attendants on the boat at his bedside. + </p> + <p> + "You must sleep pretty sound," said the attendant. + </p> + <p> + "Did you wake me up?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Yes; but I had hard work to do it." + </p> + <p> + "Is it time to get up?" + </p> + <p> + "I should think it was. Didn't you hear the gong?" + </p> + <p> + "No." + </p> + <p> + "It sounded loud enough. Well, you'd better hurry, or you'll be too late + for the cars." + </p> + <p> + This roused Sam. He thought of Julia, and jumped out of the birth. He + quickly put on his coat and shoes, and went up two flights of stairs to + the saloon, on either side of which were the staterooms. + </p> + <p> + He went to Julia's—No. 11—near the forward end of the boat, + and found the door shut. + </p> + <p> + He knocked, but was not immediately answered. + </p> + <p> + "Julia must have overslept herself, too," he thought. + </p> + <p> + He knocked again, and presently he heard her ask, in the tone of one just + waking up, "Who's there?" + </p> + <p> + "It's I—it's Sam," he answered. "Are you dressed?" + </p> + <p> + "No. What time is it?" + </p> + <p> + "It's very late. Didn't you hear the gong?" + </p> + <p> + "No; is it morning?" + </p> + <p> + "The cars are almost ready to start." + </p> + <p> + "Oh, dear; what shall I do?" exclaimed Julia, in dismay. + </p> + <p> + "Dress as quick as you can, and we may be in time." + </p> + <p> + After the lapse of five minutes the door opened, and the young lady + appeared. + </p> + <p> + "I'm so sorry, Sam," she said, excusing herself. "Shall we be in time?" + </p> + <p> + "We'll go down and see," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + They went below, and out over the gangway, but were only just in time to + see the long train speeding on its way. + </p> + <p> + "We are left!" said Julia, mournfully. + </p> + <p> + "Well," said Sam, philosophically, "it can't be helped, can it?" + </p> + <p> + "Shall we have to stay here all day?" inquired the young lady, alarmed. + </p> + <p> + "Oh, no; there is another train at half-past six, but it is a slower train + than this." + </p> + <p> + "When will it reach Boston?" + </p> + <p> + "At nine o'clock. I asked the steward just now. It won't make very much + difference. We'll get to the city pretty early." + </p> + <p> + "Father will be down to the depot, and when he doesn't see me he'll think + I am not coming. Then how am I to get home?" + </p> + <p> + "I'll be with you," said Sam, valiantly. "I'll see that you get home all + right." + </p> + <p> + "Will you?" said Julia, brightly. "Then I don't mind so much. How stupid I + was not to wake up!" + </p> + <p> + "I didn't wake up either. One of the men woke me up. I ran up as quick as + I could, but it was too late." + </p> + <p> + "I got very tired yesterday," said Julia, apologetically. "That was what + made me sleep so sound. When did you say the next train went?" + </p> + <p> + "At six-thirty." + </p> + <p> + "What shall we do till then?" + </p> + <p> + "You can lie down if you want to, and I will call you in time." + </p> + <p> + "I don't dare to," said Julia. "Besides, I don't feel sleepy now." + </p> + <p> + They decided to sit down and while away the time, and were not at a loss + for topics of conversation. At half-past six they had taken their places + in the cars, in the full anticipation of a pleasant journey. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0021" id="link2HCH0021"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXI. — ARRIVED IN BOSTON. + </h2> + <p> + At nine o'clock the train entered the Old Colony depot. As they entered, + Julia began to show signs of uneasiness. + </p> + <p> + "I am afraid there will be no one here to meet me," she said. + </p> + <p> + "Then I'll see you safe home," said Sam, rather hoping that it would be + necessary for him to do so. + </p> + <p> + They got out of the cars and walked slowly along, Julia scanning every + face anxiously, in the hope of seeing her father or brother. But she could + see no familiar face. + </p> + <p> + "They must have been at the first train, and gone home," she said, in + disappointment. + </p> + <p> + "Have a carriage, sir?" asked the hackman. + </p> + <p> + "I guess you'd better take one," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Will you ride, too? I should be afraid to go alone." + </p> + <p> + "Yes, I will go, too," answered Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Any baggage?" asked the hackman. + </p> + <p> + "I've got a trunk," said Julia; "I got it checked." + </p> + <p> + "Give me the check, and I'll see to it." + </p> + <p> + "Shall I?" asked Julia, appealing to Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Yes, it'll be all right. How much will you charge?" + </p> + <p> + "Where do you want to be carried?" + </p> + <p> + "No.—-, Mount Vernon Street," answered Julia. + </p> + <p> + "I guess that's about right," said Sam, agreeably surprised with the + smallness of the charge in comparison with the extortionate demands of New + York hackmen. He considered it only gallant to offer to pay the hack fare, + and was glad it would not be too heavy a tax on his scanty resources. + </p> + <p> + The trunk was soon secured, and Sam and Julia entered the hack. + </p> + <p> + "It seems so good to be in dear old Boston again," said Julia, with a + young girl's warmth of feeling. + </p> + <p> + "I suppose it does," said Sam, "but I never was here. I don't think the + streets are as wide as they are in New York." + </p> + <p> + "Oh, we've got some wide streets," said. Julia, jealous of the fair fame + of her native city. "This isn't the best part of Boston, by any means. + Wait till you see the common." + </p> + <p> + "Shall we pass it?" + </p> + <p> + "I don't know," said Julia; "I guess we shall." + </p> + <p> + They did, in fact, go through a side street to Tremont, and drove + alongside of the common. + </p> + <p> + "What do you think of that?" asked Julia, triumphantly. + </p> + <p> + "Is that the common?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes; isn't it pretty?" + </p> + <p> + "It's small," answered Sam. "Is it the biggest park you have got?" + </p> + <p> + "Isn't it big enough?" retorted Julia. + </p> + <p> + "It's nothing to Central Park." + </p> + <p> + "Perhaps it isn't quite as large," admitted Julia, reluctantly; "but it's + got bigger trees, and then there's the frog pond. There isn't any frog + pond in Central Park." + </p> + <p> + "There's a lake there." + </p> + <p> + "And then there's the Old Elm, too," continued Julia, "It was standing + hundreds of years before America was discovered." + </p> + <p> + "I don't see how that can be known," said Sam, shrewdly. "Who said so?" + </p> + <p> + "It's an Indian tradition, I suppose." + </p> + <p> + "Where is it? I should like to see it." + </p> + <p> + It was pointed out; but it's appearance neither contradicted nor confirmed + Julia's assertion in regard to its antiquity. + </p> + <p> + "What is that big building on the hill?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Oh, that's the State House. You can go up to the dome and see the view + from there. It's grand." + </p> + <p> + "Isn't Bunker Hill monument round here somewhere?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + "It over in Charlestown, only about two miles off." + </p> + <p> + "I must go over there some time. I knew a boy that went up there." + </p> + <p> + "What was his name?" + </p> + <p> + The boy referred to by Sam was a bootblack named Terry O'Brien—a + name which Sam conveniently forgot when questioned by Julia, as he was + anxious to have her think that he had moved in good society in New York. + </p> + <p> + Mount Vernon Street was now close at hand. The hack stopped before a + nice-looking swell-front house, such as used to be in favor with + Bostonians, and Julia exclaimed, joyfully: "There's mother looking out of + the window!" + </p> + <p> + Sam descended and helped Julia out. + </p> + <p> + "Now mind," said Julia, "you're coming in. I want to introduce you to + mother." + </p> + <p> + She took out her purse to pay the driver. + </p> + <p> + "Let me attend to that," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "No," said Julia, decidedly, "mother wouldn't like to have me. The + carriage was got on my account, and I ought to pay for it." + </p> + <p> + The hackman was paid, and Julia and Sam walked up the front steps. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0022" id="link2HCH0022"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXII. — FIRST EXPERIENCES IN BOSTON. + </h2> + <p> + "Mamma," said Julia, after the first greeting was over, "this young + gentleman is Mr. Sam Barker, who has been very polite to me." + </p> + <p> + "I am much indebted to you, Mr. Barker," said Mrs. Stockton, cordially + extending her hand, "for your kindness to my daughter." + </p> + <p> + "Oh, it's nothing," said Sam, embarrassed. "I didn't do anything." + </p> + <p> + "I met him on the boat, mamma, and he saw me on the train, and when there + was nobody to meet me he came home with me in the hack." + </p> + <p> + "Your father was at the depot on the arrival of the first train," said + Mrs. Stockton. "As you did not come then, he concluded you did not start + yesterday afternoon. He was surprised that you did not telegraph him." + </p> + <p> + "I did come, mamma; but, would you believe it, I slept so sound I didn't + hear the gong, nor Sam either. Did you, Sam?" + </p> + <p> + "We both slept pretty sound," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Well, Julia, I am glad you got through without accident. Have you had any + breakfast?" + </p> + <p> + "Not a mouthful, mamma. I'm as hungry as a bear." + </p> + <p> + "I will have some sent up at once. Mr. Barker, I hope you will join my + daughter at breakfast." + </p> + <p> + "Thank you," said Sam, not without satisfaction, for he certainly did feel + frightfully hungry. + </p> + <p> + A substantial breakfast was brought up, and, unromantic as it may seem, + both Sam and Julia made great havoc among the eatables. + </p> + <p> + "I don't think I ever felt so hungry in the whole course of my life," said + Julia. "Did you, Sam?" + </p> + <p> + "I never did, either," said Sam, with his mouth full. + </p> + <p> + "My dear," said Mrs. Stockton, "Mr. Barker will think you very familiar. + It is not the custom to use a gentleman's first name on such short + acquaintance." + </p> + <p> + "I feel as if I had known Sam ever so long. He asked me to call him by his + first name." + </p> + <p> + Mrs. Stockton smiled. Considering Sam's youth, she did not think it + necessary to press the matter. + </p> + <p> + "Is this your first visit to Boston, Mr. Barker?" she inquired. + </p> + <p> + "Yes, ma'am." + </p> + <p> + "I hope you will like it." + </p> + <p> + "I think I shall, ma'am." + </p> + <p> + "Are you a New Yorker?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, ma'am." + </p> + <p> + "I know something of New York. In what part of the city do you live?" + </p> + <p> + Sam was rather embarrassed. He did not like to mention the unfashionable + street where he had lodged. + </p> + <p> + "I boarded downtown," he answered, indefinitely; "to be near my business." + </p> + <p> + "You are young to have been in business." + </p> + <p> + "I was a clerk in a Pearl Street store," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Are you visiting Boston on business?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, ma'am. I shall try to find a place here." + </p> + <p> + "I hope you may succeed." + </p> + <p> + "Thank you, ma'am." + </p> + <p> + By this time breakfast was over, and Sam rose. + </p> + <p> + "I think I'll be going," he said. + </p> + <p> + Julia did not seek to detain him. The fact was, that after her absence + there were quite a number of things she wanted to do, among others to + unpack her trunk. + </p> + <p> + "What hotel are you going to stop at?" she inquired. + </p> + <p> + "I haven't made up my mind," answered Sam, embarrassed. He well knew that + it would be very foolish for him to engage board at a first-class hotel. + </p> + <p> + "Parker's is a good hotel," suggested Julia. "It's on School Street, not + far from here." + </p> + <p> + "I would recommend a boarding-house," said Mrs. Stockton. "The Parker + House is expensive, and, if Mr. Barker is going to stay for some time he + may wish to get along more economically." + </p> + <p> + "I think I shall," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Be sure and call again," said Julia, extending her hand. + </p> + <p> + "We shall be glad to see you again, Mr. Barker," said Mrs. Stockton, + cordially. "Mr. Stockton will wish to thank you for your attention to + Julia." + </p> + <p> + Sam thanked her, and went out into the street. He had enjoyed a good + breakfast, and been cordially received by a lady who evidently stood high + socially; and these circumstances contributed to put him in good spirits. + </p> + <p> + "I like Boston," he thought. "The people take more notice of a fellow than + they do in New York." + </p> + <p> + Sam was generalizing upon his very limited experience, and perhaps might + be led hereafter to change his views. + </p> + <p> + "Julia spoke of Parker's Hotel," he said to himself. "I guess I'll inquire + where it is, and take a look at it." + </p> + <p> + "Where is Parker's Hotel?" he asked of a boy who overtook him near the + State House. + </p> + <p> + "It's on School Street. I'm going as far as Tremont Street myself, and you + can come along with me," answered the boy. + </p> + <p> + "Thank you," said Sam. "I am a stranger in Boston, and don't know my way." + </p> + <p> + "Are you going to stop at Parker's?" + </p> + <p> + "I don't think I shall; I am afraid they will charge too much." + </p> + <p> + "It's pretty high-priced," said his new acquaintance. + </p> + <p> + "Do you know what they charge for a room?" + </p> + <p> + "A dollar and a half and two dollars a day—that is, for the common + rooms." + </p> + <p> + "That's too much for me." + </p> + <p> + "Then you've got your meals to pay for besides." + </p> + <p> + "I shall try to find a boarding-house," said Sam. "Do you know of any?" + </p> + <p> + "There's an acquaintance of mine, a clerk, who boards on Harrison Avenue." + </p> + <p> + "Where is that?". + </p> + <p> + "Not far from Washington Street—up near the Boston and Albany + depot." + </p> + <p> + "Is it near the depot where I came in from New York?" + </p> + <p> + "How did you come?" + </p> + <p> + "By the Fall River line." + </p> + <p> + "Then it isn't far away. I'll give you the number if you want it." + </p> + <p> + "I wish you would." + </p> + <p> + "Here's Tremont Street," said the guide, "and that is the Parker House." + </p> + <p> + "Thank you," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + He went into the hotel, and, ascending a short staircase, found himself in + the office. On one side was a writing-room, on the other a reading-room. + </p> + <p> + "It looks like a good hotel," thought Sam. "I should like it if I could + afford to stay here." + </p> + <p> + Sam went into the reading-room, and saw lying on a chair a file of a New + York paper. It seemed in this strange place like a familiar friend. He was + reading the local news, when some one addressed him in a nasal voice: "I + say, yeou, do yeou live round here?" + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0023" id="link2HCH0023"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIII. — SAM FINDS A ROOMMATE. + </h2> + <p> + Looking up, Sam's glance rested on a young man, of rustic dress and + manners, which made him seem quite out of place in a fashionable hotel. + </p> + <p> + "No," answered Sam. "I am a stranger in Boston. I came from New York." + </p> + <p> + "You don't say! It's an all-fired big city, isn't it?" said the + countryman. + </p> + <p> + "It is very large," said Sam, patronizingly. + </p> + <p> + "I live in the country," said the other—quite needlessly, so Sam + thought—"up in New Hampshire. I've come down here to get a job." + </p> + <p> + "So have I," responded Sam, with new interest in his companion. + </p> + <p> + "Are you boardin' here?" asked the countryman. + </p> + <p> + "No; I am going to try to find a boarding-place. The prices are too steep + here." + </p> + <p> + "Let me go with you," said the young man, eagerly. + </p> + <p> + Sam thought, on the whole, it would be pleasanter to have company, and + accepted this proposal. + </p> + <p> + They bought a copy of the Boston <i>Herald</i> and picked out a list of + boarding-houses which appeared to come within their means. Among these + were two on Harrison Avenue. One of these was the very house which had + already been mentioned to Sam by his boy acquaintance of the morning. + </p> + <p> + "Do you know your way round the city?" asked Sam of his companion. + </p> + <p> + "A little," said the other. + </p> + <p> + "Do you know how to go to Harrison Avenue?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, I know that." + </p> + <p> + "Is it far?" + </p> + <p> + "Not very far. We can walk easy enough." + </p> + <p> + "That's all right, then. Let us go." + </p> + <p> + The two set out on their expedition, walking up Washington Street as far + as Essex, and, turning there, soon entered Harrison Avenue. They beguiled + the time on the way by conversation. + </p> + <p> + "What, was you calc'latin' to find to do?" asked the countryman. + </p> + <p> + "I was clerk in a store in New York," said Sam; "I'd like to get into a + store here." + </p> + <p> + "So should I." + </p> + <p> + Sam privately thought him too countrified in appearance for the position + he desired, but did not say so. + </p> + <p> + "Have you had any experience?" he asked, curiously. + </p> + <p> + "Oh, yes; I used to drive the wagon for a grocery store, to hum." + </p> + <p> + Sam privately doubted whether this experience would be of any particular + value to his new acquaintance. However, he had not much faith in his own + qualifications, and this concerned him more. + </p> + <p> + "What's your name?" inquired Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Abner Blodgett," was the reply. "What's yours?" + </p> + <p> + "Sam Barker." + </p> + <p> + "You don't say! There's a doctor in our town by the name of Barker; any + relation?" + </p> + <p> + "I guess not. I never heard of a doctor in our family." + </p> + <p> + Presently they reached the number indicated. Sam rang the bell. + </p> + <p> + "You are looking for a boarding-place," he explained. "We saw your + advertisement in the <i>Herald.</i>" + </p> + <p> + "Walk in," said the servant. "I'll tell Mrs. Campbell." + </p> + <p> + Mrs. Campbell presently appeared; a shrewd-looking Scotch lady, but kindly + in expression. + </p> + <p> + "You are looking for a boarding place, gentlemen?" she inquired. + </p> + <p> + "Yes, ma'am." + </p> + <p> + "I have one single room and one double one. For the single room I have + eight dollars a week; for the double one fourteen, that is, seven dollars + for each gentleman. Do you two gentlemen wish to room together?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes," answered Blodgett, immediately; "if you are willing," he added + aside, to Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Let us look at the rooms," said Sam, "and then we can tell better." + </p> + <p> + "Walk up this way, gentlemen," said Mrs. Campbell. + </p> + <p> + She led the way first to the double room. It was a square room, the second + floor back, and looked quite neat and comfortable. Sam liked the + appearance of it, and so apparently did Abner Blodgett. + </p> + <p> + "Ain't it scrumptious, though?" he said, admiringly. "We ain't got many + rooms like that to hum." + </p> + <p> + "I suppose you are from the country, sir?" said Mrs. Campbell, with a + good-natured smile. + </p> + <p> + "Yes," said Blodgett, "I'm from New Hampshire; away up near Mount + Washington." + </p> + <p> + "Let me see the single room," requested Sam. + </p> + <p> + The single room was shown; but it was, of course, much smaller, and the + furniture was inferior. + </p> + <p> + "We'd better take the big room together," said Abner. + </p> + <p> + Sam hesitated a moment. He was not very particular, but he did not + altogether fancy the appearance of Mr. Blodgett. + </p> + <p> + "How much do you charge for the large room for a single person?" he asked. + </p> + <p> + "I couldn't take less than eleven dollars," said the landlady. + </p> + <p> + It was, of course, impossible for Sam to pay any such sum, and he + reluctantly agreed to occupy the room jointly with Mr. Blodgett. + </p> + <p> + "When will you move in?" asked Mrs. Campbell. + </p> + <p> + "To-day," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "I must ask you to pay something in advance, to secure the room, + gentlemen." + </p> + <p> + Sam had no luggage beyond a small bundle, and he answered at once, "I'll + pay a week in advance." + </p> + <p> + "Thank you, sir." + </p> + <p> + Sam handed the landlady ten dollars and received in return three. + </p> + <p> + "I'll pay you to-morrow," said Blodgett. "I've got to get the money from + my cousin." + </p> + <p> + "I'll wait till to-morrow to oblige you," said the landlady, "but no + longer." + </p> + <p> + "Oh, I'll have the money then," said Abner, confidently. + </p> + <p> + "Will you be here to dinner, gentlemen?" + </p> + <p> + "When do you have dinner?" + </p> + <p> + "At six o'clock. We used to have it in the middle of the day, but it was + inconvenient to some of our boarders, and we changed it." + </p> + <p> + "We have dinner to hum, where I live, at noon," said Abner. + </p> + <p> + "We have lunch at half-past twelve, if you choose to come." + </p> + <p> + "I guess we will," said Abner. "We'll go out and take a walk, Mr. Barker, + and come back in time." + </p> + <p> + "Just as you say," answered Sam. + </p> + <p> + After a walk they returned to lunch. Sam was usually possessed of a good + appetite, but he stared in astonishment when he saw Blodgett eat. That + young man appeared to have fasted for a week, and ate accordingly. + </p> + <p> + "What's the matter with you, Mr. Barker? You don't eat nothin'," he said. + </p> + <p> + "I had a late breakfast," said Sam. "I guess you'll get your money's + worth." + </p> + <p> + "I mean to. Seven dollars is an awful lot to pay for board. Up to hum they + don't charge but three." + </p> + <p> + "Then I wish they'd open a branch boarding-house here." + </p> + <p> + "Suppose we go over to Bunker Hill?" said Sam, after lunch. "I want to see + the monument." + </p> + <p> + "Just as you say," said Abner. + </p> + <p> + "We can ask the way." + </p> + <p> + "There's some cars go over that way, I've heerd," said Abner. + </p> + <p> + As they were walking down Washington Street a young man, rather flashily + attired, stopped Blodgett, whom he appeared to recognize. + </p> + <p> + "What's in the wind now?" he asked. "Who have you got in tow?" + </p> + <p> + "It's my friend, Mr. Barker." + </p> + <p> + "How do you do, Mr. Barker?" said the young man, who appeared very much + amused about something. + </p> + <p> + "How's your father, the deacon?" he inquired of Blodgett, and laughed + again. + </p> + <p> + "Pretty smart," said Blodgett. + </p> + <p> + "Just give him my respects when you write, will you?" + </p> + <p> + "I won't forget," + </p> + <p> + The new acquaintance winked, and went his way. Sam was rather surprised at + his manner, and also at the fact of his countrified companion being + apparently on intimate terms with a person so different in appearance. + </p> + <p> + "Who is that?" he asked. + </p> + <p> + "That's a young man from our town," said Mr. Blodgett. "He's been living + in Boston for five or six years. He's got a good place in Milk Street." + </p> + <p> + "What sort of a fellow is he?" + </p> + <p> + "You don't say nothin' about it," said Abner, looking about him as if + fearing to be overheard; "but I'm afraid he's a fast young man." + </p> + <p> + "Shouldn't wonder," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "I've heard that he plays cards!" added Abner, in a horrified whisper. + </p> + <p> + "Very likely," said Sam, amused. + </p> + <p> + He had had some suspicions of his companion, occasioned by the apparent + good understanding between him and the young man they had met, but this + remark dissipated them. He felt amused by the verdancy of Abner Blodgett, + and anticipated a good deal of entertainment from his remarks. + </p> + <p> + They took the horse cars to Bunker Hill; Sam paid the fare both ways, as + his companion did not expect to have any money till tomorrow. He did not + relish lending, his own stock of money being so scanty; but Abner was so + confident of being in funds the next day that he did not refuse. He was + interested in the view from the summit of the monument, and spent an + additional hour in exploring Charlestown. When the two got back to Boston + they found the afternoon well advanced and the dinner hour near. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0024" id="link2HCH0024"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIV. — AN UNPLEASANT SURPRISE. + </h2> + <p> + After dinner Sam and his roommate took a walk. As they passed the Boston + theater, Abner proposed going in; but Sam knew very well that the expense + of both tickets would come upon him, and declined. + </p> + <p> + "I am tired," he said; "I've been walking about all day, and, besides, I + got up very early in the morning. I would rather go home and go to bed." + </p> + <p> + "Lend me a dollar, and I'll go," said Abner. "I don't feel sleepy." + </p> + <p> + "Not much," answered Sam. "When you've got your money, it will be time + enough to go to the theater; but if you haven't got any more than I have, + you'd better not go to the theater much." + </p> + <p> + The reader may be surprised at such sensible advice proceeding from Sam; + but he had begun to feel the responsibilities of life more keenly than + ever before. For the first time, too, he saw how foolish he had been in + the past, and felt an eager desire to win a respectable position. He was + sanguine and hopeful, and felt that it was not too late to turn over a new + leaf. + </p> + <p> + "All right," said Abner. "I can wait till another evening, but I thought + I'd like to go to the theater, seein' as I never went there." + </p> + <p> + "Never went to the theater!" exclaimed Sam, with a gratifying sense of + superiority. "I've been ever so many times in New York." + </p> + <p> + "I've been to the circus," said Abner. "There was one come round last + summer to our place. Is the theater any like the circus?" + </p> + <p> + "No," said Sam; "but the circus is pretty good. I like to see it myself. + You miss a good many things by living in the country." + </p> + <p> + "Did you ever live in the country?" inquired Abner. + </p> + <p> + "A good many years ago," answered Sam. "The fact is, I was born there, but + I got tired of it and went to New York." + </p> + <p> + Presently fatigue overpowered Sam, and he announced his intention of + returning to the boarding-house, and going to bed. + </p> + <p> + "I won't go yet," said Abner. "I'll be along pretty soon." + </p> + <p> + Sam did not lie awake long after once getting into bed. The early hour at + which he had risen on the boat, and the miles he had traveled during the + day were too much for him, and he sank into a dreamless sleep. + </p> + <p> + At eleven o'clock Abner Blodgett opened the door and softly entered. + </p> + <p> + He approached the bed on tiptoe, fearing to wake Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Poor fool!" he muttered, smiling disagreeably; "he thinks I am a verdant + rustic, while I am able to turn him round my little finger. There's + nothing about city life that I don't know. I can give him points and + discount him as far as that goes, even if he has been living in New York + for years. Fast asleep!" he continued, listening to Sam's regular + breathing. "No danger of his waking up till morning. I may as well see + what money he's got." + </p> + <p> + He coolly felt in Sam's pocket, and drew out his pocket-book, eagerly + examining the contents. + </p> + <p> + "Only ten dollars and a half!" he muttered, in disappointment. "That + hardly pays me for my trouble. However, it's better than nothing. Let me + see if there is anything more." + </p> + <p> + But this appeared to be all the money Sam possessed, and he put it in his + pocket, grumbling. + </p> + <p> + "I guess it'll be safe for me to go to bed, and sleep till near morning," + Abner said to himself. "The boy sleeps soundly, and he won't be awake till + six or seven." + </p> + <p> + He proved to be correct. Sam slept like a log, and was not conscious when, + at a quarter of six, Abner hurriedly dressed, and left the house with all + of poor Sam's available funds. + </p> + <p> + "It's a pity he payed for his board in advance," thought Abner. "I would + have got seven dollars more. It's money thrown away." + </p> + <p> + Abner hoped to get out of the house without being seen by any one, but he + was destined to be disappointed. + </p> + <p> + As he was slipping out of the front door the landlady herself came + downstairs. + </p> + <p> + "You are going out early, Mr. Blodgett," she remarked, in some surprise. + </p> + <p> + "Yes, ma'am," said Abner. "I'm used to gettin' up early in the country. + I'm goin' to take a walk before breakfast." + </p> + <p> + "Your young friend thought he wouldn't go out with you?" + </p> + <p> + "He got pretty tired yesterday. He's sound asleep." + </p> + <p> + "There's something about that man I don't like," thought Mrs. Campbell. "I + don't believe he's so verdant as he pretends to be. He must pay me + something on account to-day, or I won't keep him." + </p> + <p> + "Good-by old woman!" muttered Abner, as he closed the door, and entered + the street. "I don't care about seeing you or your house again. I shall + get my breakfast somewhere else." + </p> + <p> + Mr. Blodgett walked rapidly till he reached a shabby-looking brick + tenement house not far from Dover Street. This he entered with a pass-key, + and going up to a room which he generally occupied, proceeded to change + his clothes for others more comfortable to city style. This alone changed + his appearance greatly; but not satisfied with this, he took from a bureau + drawer a black silky mustache and carefully attached it to his upper lip. + Then he looked complacency in the glass, and said, with a smile: "I think + my young friend from New York won't recognize me now. If we meet, and he + suspects anything, I can easily put him off the scent." + </p> + <p> + Sam woke up about seven o'clock. He opened his eyes, and looked about him + in momentary bewilderment, not immediately remembering where he was. As + recollection dawned upon him, he looked for Abner Blodgett, but nothing + was to be seen of him. The appearance of the bed, however, showed that he + had occupied it. + </p> + <p> + "He has got up," thought Sam. "I wonder if it is very late." + </p> + <p> + A church clock began to strike, and he counted the strokes. + </p> + <p> + "Seven o'clock!" he said. "Well, that isn't very late, but I may as well + get up. I've slept like a top all night long. I suppose I was sound asleep + when my roommate came to bed. I guess he's gone to take a walk before + breakfast." + </p> + <p> + Sam jumped out of bed and began to dress. As he was drawing on his pants, + he thrust his hand mechanically into his pocket to feel for his money. He + did so without the faintest suspicion of his loss. When he discovered that + his pocket-book was not in its usual place he grew anxious and hurriedly + examined his other pockets. + </p> + <p> + But in vain! + </p> + <p> + Then he looked on the floor. Possibly it might have slipped out of his + pocket and be lying on the carpet. Again his search was vain. + </p> + <p> + Then, for the first time, suspicion of his roommate entered his mind. Sam + was no stranger to the tricks and wiles of a large city, and he saw + clearly now how he had been cheated. + </p> + <p> + "It's that skunk Abner Blodgett!" he exclaimed, indignantly. "He's + regularly done me! I'll bet he's no more a countryman than I am. I just + wish I had him here. I'd pound him." + </p> + <p> + Sam was indignant, but not discouraged. He did not give up his money for + lost yet. He determined to seek Abner everywhere, and unmask him when + found. If he did not recover his money it would not be for want of trying. + </p> + <p> + As he finished dressing the breakfast-bell rang and he went down to the + dining-room. + </p> + <p> + Though he had lost his money he had not lost his appetite. + </p> + <p> + When he entered the dining-room he found himself first in the field. + </p> + <p> + "Good-morning, Mr. Barker," said the landlady. "You are early, but not so + early as Mr. Blodgett. He left the house a little before six." + </p> + <p> + "Did you see him?" asked Sam, eagerly. + </p> + <p> + "Yes, and spoke with him." + </p> + <p> + "What did he say?" + </p> + <p> + "He said he was used to getting up early in the country, and was going out + for a walk. Hasn't he returned?" + </p> + <p> + "No," answered Sam, "and I don't believe he will." + </p> + <p> + "What makes you say that?" asked the landlady, noticing a significance in + his tone. + </p> + <p> + "I mean that he's gone off with all my money," said Sam, bluntly. + </p> + <p> + "You don't say so!" ejaculated the landlady. "Why, I thought he was more + likely to be taken in himself. Wasn't he from the country?" + </p> + <p> + "That's what he said; but I don't believe it. I think he was in disguise." + </p> + <p> + "I thought he was an old friend of yours." + </p> + <p> + "I never saw him before yesterday. He came up to me in the Parker House + yesterday morning." + </p> + <p> + "What wickedness there is in the world, I do declare! Did he take all your + money?" + </p> + <p> + "Every cent," said Sam. "I'm glad I paid you a week in advance, or I + should be badly off." + </p> + <p> + "I wouldn't have turned you out, Mr. Barker," said the landlady, kindly. + "I have a hard time to get along myself, and it makes me sympathize with + them that has had ill luck." + </p> + <p> + Good Mrs. Campbell was not quite grammatical, but she was kind-hearted, + and that is better. + </p> + <p> + "Thank you," said Sam; "but all the same I'm glad you've got the seven + dollars instead of Blodgett. I'm going to try to find him, and if I do + I'll have the money back, unless he has spent it all." + </p> + <p> + "Be careful, Mr. Barker. He's stronger than you are, and he might do you + some harm." + </p> + <p> + "I'll risk it," said Sam, who, with all his defects, was not wanting in + courage. "I want nothing better than to come across him." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0025" id="link2HCH0025"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXV. — IN PURSUIT OP A PLACE. + </h2> + <p> + Sam was more angry than discouraged when he reflected upon the imposition + which had been practiced upon him. His indignation was excited when he + considered how his confidence had been betrayed. Presently it occurred to + him that Abner had served him no worse than he intended to serve his + roommate in New York. The thought made him ashamed. + </p> + <p> + "I didn't think I was acting so mean," he said to himself. "I am glad + Henry didn't lose anything by me." + </p> + <p> + Another thought followed, and one which inspires confidence in Sam's + reformation: "I'd rather have the money stolen from me than steal it from + somebody else." + </p> + <p> + It was quite true that Sam's conscience had become more sensitive than + formerly. His meeting with Julia Stockton on board the Fall River boat had + kindled in him a new and honorable ambition to attain a respectable + position in society. In a strange city, separated from his street + acquaintances, it really seemed as if he stood some chance of realizing + his hope, when he was met at the outset with this discouraging loss. + </p> + <p> + But Sam was not discouraged. He had been dependent upon his own resources + for too many years to give up easily. Moreover, he was hopeful and + sanguine by temperament, and determined to make the best of his position. + There was this to encourage him. He had paid a week's board in advance, + and therefore was sure of regular meals, and a comfortable lodging for six + days to come. In that time he might get a situation. + </p> + <p> + "As you are alone, Mr. Barker," said Mrs. Campbell, "I am afraid I must + put you into the single room. I may have opportunities to let this to two + persons." + </p> + <p> + "All right," said Sam, "but I have only paid seven dollars. You said you + should expect eight for the small room." + </p> + <p> + "No matter about that for this week," said the landlady. "You have been + unfortunate, and I will take that into consideration." + </p> + <p> + "Thank you. When I'm a rich merchant I'll make it up to you." + </p> + <p> + "I hope you will become one, for your own sake," said Mrs. Campbell, + smiling. + </p> + <p> + When breakfast was over, Sam strolled out into the streets. He felt that + the sooner he got something to do the better. Certainly in his situation + there was no time to lose. He had found out that the leading retail stores + were on Washington Street, and it seemed to him a good plan to begin + there. + </p> + <p> + The first he selected was a dry-goods store. He entered, and looked about + him, inquiringly. A salesman asked him, briskly: "What can I show you + to-day?" + </p> + <p> + "If you'll show me a situation where I can make a living, you'll oblige + me," answered Sam. + </p> + <p> + "We don't keep such goods for sale," said the salesman, smiling. + </p> + <p> + "Then perhaps you give them away. Can I speak to the boss?" + </p> + <p> + "There he is," said the young man—"at the end of the store." + </p> + <p> + "What is his name?" + </p> + <p> + "Hunter." + </p> + <p> + Sam was not bashful. He went up to Mr. Hunter and called him by name. + </p> + <p> + "Can I speak to you on business?" he asked. + </p> + <p> + "What kind of business?" + </p> + <p> + "I want a place," said Sam, bluntly. + </p> + <p> + "We are not engaging any new clerks at present. Where do you live?" + </p> + <p> + "I have just come from New York." + </p> + <p> + "Did you have any experience there in the dry-goods line?" + </p> + <p> + "No, sir." + </p> + <p> + "Then you know nothing about it." + </p> + <p> + "Oh, yes, sir; I can tell calico from silk." + </p> + <p> + "That's more than I can always do," said Mr. Hunter, jocosely. "I took you + for silk, and I find you to be calico." + </p> + <p> + "You've got me there," said Sam. "Then you can't give me anything to do?" + </p> + <p> + "I don't think it would be for my advantage to engage you. Do you think + so?" + </p> + <p> + "I think it would be for mine," said Sam. "I guess I will look further." + </p> + <p> + "I am afraid I don't know much about business," thought Sam. "I wish I + knew what I am fit for, and I'd go for it." + </p> + <p> + He kept on his way down Washington Street, and entered the next large + store, where he repeated his request for a place. Here he was not so well + treated. + </p> + <p> + "Clear out, you young loafer!" was the rude response. + </p> + <p> + "Thank you," said Sam, coolly. "You're extremely polite." + </p> + <p> + "I don't waste my politeness on such fellows as you," said the clerk, + disagreeably. + </p> + <p> + "I wouldn't," retorted Sam. "You don't seem to have any to spare." + </p> + <p> + "I guess I don't stand much chance there," he considered. "I wouldn't want + to be in the same store with that hog, anyway." + </p> + <p> + The next store was devoted to millinery. Just outside was a small piece of + paper on which Sam read "Little Girl Wanted." + </p> + <p> + He went in. Those in charge of the store he found to be females. + </p> + <p> + "You've got a notice in the window for help," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Yes," was the reply. "Do you want it for your sister?" + </p> + <p> + "I think not," replied Sam. "I haven't any sister, to begin with." + </p> + <p> + "Then what is your business?" + </p> + <p> + "I want a place for myself." + </p> + <p> + "Did you read the notice? It says 'Little Girl Wanted.' Are you a little + girl?" + </p> + <p> + "Not that I am aware of," said Sam; "but I can do a little girl's work." + </p> + <p> + "Perhaps you would not be willing to take a little girl's pay." + </p> + <p> + "How much is the pay?" + </p> + <p> + "Two dollars a week." + </p> + <p> + "Declined with thanks," said Sam, promptly. "I don't like to disappoint + you, but that wouldn't pay for my wardrobe." + </p> + <p> + The lady smiled. "I'm sorry I can't do anything for you," she said, + amused. + </p> + <p> + "So am I," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + Presently he discovered a sign, "Boy Wanted," and this inspired in him + some hope. He entered, and made known his wishes. + </p> + <p> + "You are altogether too large," said a brisk-looking man, eying him + rapidly. "We want a boy of twelve." + </p> + <p> + "Can't I do as much as a boy of twelve?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Probably you can. Do you reside with your parents?" + </p> + <p> + "No, sir." + </p> + <p> + "Where do you live?" + </p> + <p> + "I board on Harrison Avenue." + </p> + <p> + "How much do you pay for board?" + </p> + <p> + "Seven dollars a week." + </p> + <p> + "Have you any means of your own?" + </p> + <p> + "No." + </p> + <p> + "Then you don't want a situation with us. We give only three dollars a + week." + </p> + <p> + By this time Sam began to feel a little despondent. + </p> + <p> + There were situations for small girls and small boys, but none for him. + </p> + <p> + "Why didn't I stay a small boy?" he reflected. + </p> + <p> + But, after all, it is a question whether three dollars would defray the + expenses of even a small boy. + </p> + <p> + "Boston don't seem to be much of a business place, after all," thought + Sam; but, perhaps, it was hardly fair to draw such a conclusion from his + own failure to procure a situation. Sam made one or two more ineffectual + applications, which did not tend to improve his spirits. As he came out of + the last one, he saw, to his great joy, Julia Stockton passing by. She + recognized him at the same moment. + </p> + <p> + "Good-morning, Mr. Barker," she said, frankly, holding out her hand. "Are + you out shopping this morning?" + </p> + <p> + "It'll be some time before I go shopping," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Why so?" + </p> + <p> + "I had all my money stolen last night." + </p> + <p> + "You did! What a shame! Tell me all about it," said Julia, sympathizingly. + </p> + <p> + Sam told his story, the young lady showing her warm sympathy in her + expressive face. + </p> + <p> + "How will you get along without money?" she asked. + </p> + <p> + "I must get a place right off," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "If—if you wouldn't mind," said Julia, in an embarrassed tone, "I + have five dollars that I have no use for. Won't you let me lend it to + you?" + </p> + <p> + Sam, to his credit be it spoken, declined the tempting proposal. + </p> + <p> + "I am just as much obliged to you, Miss Julia," he said, "but I can get + along somehow. I have got my board paid for a week in advance, and + something will turn up in that time, I am sure." + </p> + <p> + "Won't you take it, then? I really don't need it," said Julia, earnestly. + </p> + <p> + "If I get very hard up, I'll remember your kind offer," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "You'll be sure to do it, Sam?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, I'll be sure." + </p> + <p> + "I must bid you good-morning now," said Julia. "I'm going into Loring's + Library to get a new book. Here it is, close by. I am glad I met you." + </p> + <p> + "Thank you," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Don't forget to call at the house. Mamma will be glad to see you." + </p> + <p> + "I would feel more like calling, if I had a place," thought Sam, soberly. + "She's a bully girl and no mistake, but I wouldn't like to take money from + her. It's the first time I ever refused five dollars that I can remember." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0026" id="link2HCH0026"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXVI. — ABNER BLODGETT AGAIN. + </h2> + <p> + The next day in his wanderings Sam entered the Parker House. He had no + definite object in view, but, feeling tired, thought he would sit down a + few minutes in the reading-room. + </p> + <p> + "This is where that fellow roped me in," he thought. "I wish I could get + hold of him." + </p> + <p> + After sitting for quarter of an hour, he strolled downstairs into the + billiard room. He stood on the threshold for a moment, when a familiar + voice struck his ear. His heart beat rapidly with excitement, for he + recognized it as the voice of Abner Blodgett. He glanced eagerly about to + find him, but he could see no one resembling the young man from the + country who had victimized him. + </p> + <p> + "I don't believe two voices can be so much alike," he said to himself. "I + must look more carefully." + </p> + <p> + The voice was heard again, and this time Sam perceived that the speaker + was playing billiards on the second table to the right. But it did not + appear to be Abner. His personal appearance was very different, and he had + a black mustache. But when Sam scanned the upper part of the face, he saw + a strong resemblance. He suspected the truth at once, Abner was disguised. + </p> + <p> + "He's spending my money," said Sam to himself, indignantly. "No wonder he + can afford to play billiards when he gets his money so easy. I won't lose + sight of him." + </p> + <p> + By this time Abner—for it was he—had finished his game, and + laid down his cue. He had no money to pay, for he had beaten his + adversary. He sauntered up to the door, and was about to pass Sam, whom he + had not noticed, when our hero laid his hand upon his arm. + </p> + <p> + "I want to speak to you, Mr. Blodgett," he said, "on very particular + business." + </p> + <p> + Abner started when he recognized Sam, and changed color slightly, but + immediately his disguise occurred to him, and he decided to brazen it out. + </p> + <p> + "Excuse me, sir," he answered, coolly. "Did you address me?" + </p> + <p> + He changed his voice as well as he could in uttering these words, and this + confirmed Sam's previous suspicion. + </p> + <p> + "I said I should like to speak to you on business, Mr. Blodgett," Sam + repeated, in an emphatic tone. + </p> + <p> + "You have made a mistake in the person," said Abner, shrugging his + shoulders. "My name is not Blodgett." + </p> + <p> + "And I suppose your first name is not Abner?" said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Certainly not." + </p> + <p> + "Well, all I can say is, you have changed your name within two days." + </p> + <p> + "Come out into the street, and I will talk to you," said Abner, not + wishing the conversation to be heard. + </p> + <p> + Sam followed him upstairs, and they went into School Street together. + </p> + <p> + "What did you say my name was?" asked Abner, with an air of amusement. + </p> + <p> + "Abner Blodgett." + </p> + <p> + "Ha, ha! that's a capital joke—the best I've heard lately." + </p> + <p> + "You told me you were from the country," Sam continued. + </p> + <p> + "Really, I should think you must be from the country yourself, to make + such a mistake." + </p> + <p> + "I am from the city of New York, if you call that the country," said Sam, + in rather an important tone. + </p> + <p> + "I am sorry for you, but you've made a great mistake about me, my dear + young friend. My name is John Warburton, and I am a student of Harvard + College, in Cambridge. I only just came into Boston this morning. I + haven't been here before for a week." + </p> + <p> + He spoke so volubly and confidently that Sam was staggered for a minute. + Was it possible that he was mistaken, after all? Was this really a Harvard + student, whose voice happened to resemble that of Abner Blodgett? Abner + saw that he was mystified, and a gleam of exultation appeared in his face. + When Sam detected this, he felt sure that he had got the right man, after + all. Abner even ventured to ask: "Why do you wish to see this Abner + Blodgett, whom I have the honor of resembling?" + </p> + <p> + "Because," said Sam, bluntly, "he stole my money." + </p> + <p> + "Stole your money!" repeated Abner, with mock indignation. "Do you dare to + take me for a thief—me, a Harvard student, belonging to one of the + first families! Why, it is an insult and an outrage! I have a great mind + to chastise you." + </p> + <p> + "I don't know whether you belong to one of the first or one of the second + families," answered Sam, unterrified; "and I don't believe you are a + Harvard student at all. Just give me back them ten dollars you stole out + of my pocket or I'll make it hot for you." + </p> + <p> + "You young scamp!" said Abner, now really angry; "you've insulted me long + enough. Now, clear out, or I'll kick you!" + </p> + <p> + "Kick away," said Sam; "but first give me my money." + </p> + <p> + "This is an outrage," said Abner, who noticed the approach of a policeman; + "but if you are really in want I'll give you fifty cents, though you don't + deserve it." + </p> + <p> + "I don't want your fifty cents, I want the money you stole from me," + persisted Sam, who was not to be bought so cheap. + </p> + <p> + "For Heaven's sake, hush!" said Abner, nervously. "One of the professors + is inside, and I am afraid he'll come out and hear you. Here's the fifty + cents." + </p> + <p> + "That won't go down, Mr. Blodgett," said Sam. "How much of my money have + you got left?" + </p> + <p> + By this time the policeman was within hearing distance. Sam saw him now, + and determined to press his claim vigorously. + </p> + <p> + "I'll complain to that policeman," he said, "if you don't give up my + money." + </p> + <p> + "Hush!" said Abner. "Wait till he goes by, and we'll arrange it." + </p> + <p> + "No, we won't," said Sam, stoutly. "Do you want me to call him?" + </p> + <p> + The policeman was now passing them. He glanced casually at the pair, + rather to the discomfort of Abner, whose face was not wholly unknown to + the force. + </p> + <p> + "What do you say?" demanded Sam, in a significant tone. + </p> + <p> + "I'll lend you five dollars," said Abner, desperately. "It's all I've got + now." + </p> + <p> + "Hand it over, then," said Sam, who had not expected to get back so much + of the stolen property. + </p> + <p> + Abner drew out a bill from his pocket, and passed it over. + </p> + <p> + "Is that all you've got left, Mr. Blodgett?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Don't call me Blodgett. It isn't my name. I told you my name was John + Wharton, of Harvard College." + </p> + <p> + "You said Warburton five minutes since," said Sam, dryly. + </p> + <p> + "You didn't understand me," said Abner, rather embarrassed. "The names + sound alike." + </p> + <p> + "I don't believe any of the names belong to you. Now, when are you going + to pay the rest of that money?" + </p> + <p> + "I told you I knew nothing of your money," said Abner. + </p> + <p> + "Then why did you give me that five dollars back?" + </p> + <p> + "Out of charity." + </p> + <p> + "Then I wish you'd give me a little more out of charity." + </p> + <p> + "I have only enough to get me back to Cambridge." + </p> + <p> + "By the way, Mr. Blodgett," said Sam, slyly, "what do you use to make your + mustache grow so quick?" + </p> + <p> + "Nothing at all. What makes you ask?" + </p> + <p> + "When I saw you two days ago you had none. It's grown pretty well for so + short a time." + </p> + <p> + "I can't stop talking with you any longer. I must go out to Cambridge. I + have a recitation in Latin in two hours." + </p> + <p> + "May I go out with you? I would like to see the college." + </p> + <p> + "Can't see it to-day," said Abner. "It isn't open to the public on + Saturday." + </p> + <p> + "That's strange. I can go to Cambridge, can't I?" + </p> + <p> + "If you want to; but there isn't anything to see except the college." + </p> + <p> + "He don't want me to find him out," thought Sam. "I'm bound to go if he + goes." + </p> + <p> + "I guess I'll go," he said, quietly. "Come along." + </p> + <p> + Abner unwillingly started with his unwelcome companion, and walked slowly + to Bowdoin Square. + </p> + <p> + "There's the cars," he said, "just in front of the Revere House. Jump in, + and I'll be with you in a minute." + </p> + <p> + As he said this he dodged round a corner and Sam found himself alone. + </p> + <p> + "Just as I expected," thought he. "That fellow isn't a Harvard student any + more than I am. I'm lucky to get back part of my money. Perhaps I'll get + the rest out of him some time." + </p> + <p> + He got into the car which had been pointed out to him and inquired of the + driver: "Does this car go to Harvard College?" + </p> + <p> + "It is a Mount Auburn car, but you can get out at Harvard Square." + </p> + <p> + "I guess it's all right," said Sam to himself. "I might as well go out and + see Harvard, as I've got nothing else to do." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0027" id="link2HCH0027"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXVII. — SAM IS INITIATED INTO A COLLEGE SOCIETY. + </h2> + <p> + Before Sam reached Harvard Square he caught sight of the college yard and + the numerous buildings of brick and stone which had been erected within it + for the accommodations of the students. + </p> + <p> + "It's a pretty big place," thought Sam. His ideas of a college were very + vague. He had fancied that it consisted of one large brick building, like + the New York public schools. + </p> + <p> + "I wonder what they want of so many buildings, anyway?" said Sam to + himself. "There must be a lot of students." + </p> + <p> + He got out at Harvard Square, and crossing the street entered the college + yard, or campus, as it is sometimes more ambitiously called. There were + very few students about, for it was Saturday, when there was a morning + exercise only, and, the rest of the day being a holiday, many of the + students were accustomed to go to Boston, or to visit their friends + elsewhere. Sam knew nothing of this, and was surprised to see so few young + men about. + </p> + <p> + Now it happened that three sophomores, having nothing more important to + occupy their attention, had made up their minds, by way of a lark, to play + a trick on some freshman, who, from inexperience, looked like an easy + victim. For convenience's sake I will call them Brown, Jones and Robinson. + </p> + <p> + As these three young men were walking arm-in-arm in front of University + Hall, they saw Sam approaching. Of course, where the classes are so large, + it is impossible for all to be personally acquainted, which accounts for + their instantly mistaking Sam for a freshman. + </p> + <p> + "There's a fresh," said Brown. "He looks green enough for our purpose. + Suppose we take him?" + </p> + <p> + "All right," said Jones. "He'll do." + </p> + <p> + Sam was rather surprised when the three college boys stopped and Brown + addressed him. + </p> + <p> + "What is your name, sir?" + </p> + <p> + "Barker," answered Sam. + </p> + <p> + "All right!" said Robinson, in a low voice. "There's a Barker in the + freshman class. I've noticed his name in the catalogue." + </p> + <p> + "I believe, Mr. Barker," said Brown, "that you belong to the freshman + class." + </p> + <p> + "That's a good joke," said Sam to himself. "I'll see it through." + </p> + <p> + He was not a little flattered at being mistaken for a collegian, and + nodded assent. + </p> + <p> + "We have heard of you, Mr. Barker," said Jones, in the most favorable + manner. "We belong to the senior class, and at our last meeting we elected + you unanimously a member of the Alpha Zeta Society." + </p> + <p> + "You don't say so!" exclaimed Sam, really astonished. + </p> + <p> + "We have inquired of the faculty concerning your scholarship, and have + been told that you are one of the best scholars in the class." + </p> + <p> + "If that's so," thought Sam, "the class don't know much." + </p> + <p> + "There are plenty that know more than me," said Sam, aloud. + </p> + <p> + "All your modesty, Mr. Barker," said Robinson. "We are convinced that you + are a first-class man, and will be an acquisition to our society." + </p> + <p> + "What does it all mean?" Sam began to wonder. + </p> + <p> + "We are a committee of the society appointed to initiate you by the usual + impressive ceremonies," said Brown. "It is very fortunate we have met with + you, for Saturday is our day for initiations." + </p> + <p> + "Is it?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes; have you any particular engagement for the next hour?" + </p> + <p> + "Not as I know of." + </p> + <p> + "Then we will at once proceed to the society room and take you to the + initiation. Are you ready?" + </p> + <p> + "I haven't made my will yet," said Sam, humorously. + </p> + <p> + The three sophomores looked at each other doubtfully. Perhaps their + intended butt was not as verdant as they supposed. + </p> + <p> + "That formality is not necessary," said Jones, after a pause, "unless you + desire to leave any money to the society." + </p> + <p> + "I guess I'll join first, and see how I like it," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Quite reasonable," said Brown, in a tone of satisfaction. + </p> + <p> + "We'd better not lose any time," said Robinson. + </p> + <p> + "Follow us, Mr. Barker," said Brown. + </p> + <p> + "All right, gentlemen." + </p> + <p> + Robinson offered his arm, and the four proceeded to one of the older + college halls, and ascended to a room on the third floor. + </p> + <p> + "Ain't they sold, though!" thought Sam, with an inward chuckle. "They + think I'm a student, and I'll find out all about their society—I + can't think of the outlandish name." + </p> + <p> + The door was locked, and then Brown said: "Mr. Barker, you will not object + to be blindfolded, of course." + </p> + <p> + "Go ahead," said Sam. "If that's the regular thing, I'm agreeable." + </p> + <p> + He was blindfolded by Brown and seated in the center of the room. He heard + various movements, lasting for perhaps five minutes. Then the bandage was + removed, and Sam saw that his three companions were metamorphosed. All + wore masks. The light of day had been shut out, and four candles were + burning on the table. In the center was a skull, and beside it was a large + book, a photograph book, by the way. + </p> + <p> + "Barker," said one of the masked figures in a sepulchral voice, "do you + desire to join our mystic band?" + </p> + <p> + "You bet!" answered Sam. + </p> + <p> + "No levity," was the stern reply. "Before you are admitted you must swear + solemnly not to divulge the secrets of the association." + </p> + <p> + "I won't," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "'Tis not enough. You must swear!" + </p> + <p> + "All right, I swear." + </p> + <p> + "Kiss this book, and swear with uplifted hand." + </p> + <p> + Sam did so. + </p> + <p> + "Do you know what will be the penalty if you violate the oath?" + </p> + <p> + "I'll be 'bounced,' I expect." + </p> + <p> + "Worse than that. Do you see this skull?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, I do." + </p> + <p> + "It is the skull of a freshman who joined our society five years since, + and divulged the secrets." + </p> + <p> + "What did he die of?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + "He disappeared," said Brown, impressively. "He was found dead in his bed + one morning, with a dagger in his heart." + </p> + <p> + "You don't say so!" said Sam, impressed in spite of himself. + </p> + <p> + "It was a fitting punishment. Don't incur it." + </p> + <p> + "I won't," said Sam. "I don't know anything to tell anyway." + </p> + <p> + "You shall know all. Our society was founded hundreds of years ago by the + emperor Charlemagne." + </p> + <p> + This didn't impress Sam as much as was expected, since he had never heard + of the Emperor Charlemagne. + </p> + <p> + "Kings, nobles, prime ministers have belonged to our mystic ranks," + proceeded Brown. + </p> + <p> + "Then I wonder they elected me in?" thought Sam. + </p> + <p> + "That book," indicating the photograph album, "contains the records of the + society." + </p> + <p> + "May I look into it?" + </p> + <p> + "No," said Jones, hurriedly, laying his hand upon the book. "The time may + come, but not yet." + </p> + <p> + "Just as you say," said Sam, submissively. "I'm in no hurry." + </p> + <p> + "Bandage his eyes once more," said Brown. + </p> + <p> + Robinson advanced, and tied a handkerchief over our hero's eyes. + </p> + <p> + "Now stand up." + </p> + <p> + Sam stood up. + </p> + <p> + Brown proceeded to read a chorus from Euripides, which impressed Sam as + much as anything yet, for the Greek seemed but a strange and barbarous + jargon to his unaccustomed ears. + </p> + <p> + "Do you understand what I have said?" asked Brown, at the close of his + reading. + </p> + <p> + "Not entirely," said Sam, + </p> + <p> + "Then your education has been neglected. But it matters not. Raise him." + </p> + <p> + Jones and Robinson proceeded to lift Sam, one by the head, the other by + the heels, rather to his alarm. + </p> + <p> + "What's your game?" he demanded, resisting. + </p> + <p> + "No harm is intended. It is one of the necessary formalities." + </p> + <p> + "Go ahead, then." + </p> + <p> + The two students bore Sam about the room, chanting discordantly as they + went. At length they set him down again in a chair. Then Brown passed his + hand several times over Sam's face, explaining that this was one of the + necessary formalities also. Then the bandage was taken off, and a Greek + book was handed to Sam. + </p> + <p> + "We will test your scholarship," said Brown. "Read." + </p> + <p> + Sam stared at the Greek page in bewilderment, turning the book upside + down, but not finding it any more intelligible. + </p> + <p> + "I can't read this stuff," he said. + </p> + <p> + "You need not render it into English," said Brown. "Pronounce it in the + original." + </p> + <p> + "I can't," said Sam, helplessly. + </p> + <p> + The three looked at each other. + </p> + <p> + "You can't read Greek?" said Brown. + </p> + <p> + "Of course I can't." + </p> + <p> + "Then how did you get into college?" + </p> + <p> + "I walked in." + </p> + <p> + "I mean, how could you be admitted without knowing Greek?" + </p> + <p> + "I wasn't admitted. I never was here in my life before." + </p> + <p> + "What! Are you not Barker, of the freshman class?" asked the three + sophomores in chorus. + </p> + <p> + "My name is Barker—Sam Barker—but I don't belong to any + class." + </p> + <p> + "What made you say you did?" + </p> + <p> + "Just for fun." + </p> + <p> + "Sold!" exclaimed the three in concert. "I guess this has gone far + enough," said Brown. "Let's unmask." + </p> + <p> + Masks were removed, the curtains raised, Sam was invited to wash his face, + which Brown, in his manipulations, had blacked, and there was a hearty + laugh all round. Sam was invited to tell his story and did so. The three + students were wealthy, and took up a contribution for his benefit, + amounting to ten dollars. + </p> + <p> + "I'll come round another day for half price," said Sam, humorously. + </p> + <p> + "The next time we initiate a freshman, it'll be the genuine article. All + the same, we've had some fun. Won't you stay and dine with us? We shall + have dinner in an hour." + </p> + <p> + "Thank you," said Sam, "I'm agreeable." + </p> + <p> + "We'll take you round to see the college before dinner. We can't do less + by a member of the Alpha Zeta Society." + </p> + <p> + Sam laughed. "I guess you'll have to put down the name on a piece of + paper," he said, "or I'll forget what society I belong to." + </p> + <p> + Sam's good humor and droll observations made him a favorite with the three + students. He learned, to his surprise, that Brown was a cousin of Julia + Stockton, whose acquaintance he had made on the Fall River boat. + </p> + <p> + "I was in town yesterday, and Julia mentioned you—said you were very + polite to her. It is very strange we should run across each other so soon + after." + </p> + <p> + "That's so," said Sam, and, calling to mind the ten dollars in his pocket, + he could not help adding to himself: "It's mighty lucky, too." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0028" id="link2HCH0028"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXVIII. — BROWN'S PLAN. + </h2> + <p> + Brown, Jones and Robinson roomed in one of the college dormitories, but + took their meals at a private boarding-house not far from the college + yard. Memorial Hall had not yet been erected, and there was no public + dining-place, as now. They paid a high price and enjoyed in return a + luxurious table. About twenty students boarded at the same place, but less + than half that number were present when Sam and the three sophomores + entered the house. + </p> + <p> + "Leave your hat on the rack," said Brown, "and follow me." + </p> + <p> + He led the way into the dining-room and seated Sam beside himself. + </p> + <p> + "Is that your brother, Brown?" asked Bates, a classmate who sat opposite. + </p> + <p> + "Yes," answered Brown. "Do you think he looks like me?" + </p> + <p> + "He seems more intelligent," said Bates. + </p> + <p> + "Thank you. I owe you one." + </p> + <p> + "There's something about his left eyebrow that reminds me of you," said + Bates, reflectively. "Yes, I should know he was your brother." + </p> + <p> + "I never saw him before," continued Brown. "He's been traveling ever since + he was a baby, but this morning witnessed his happy restoration to my + arms." + </p> + <p> + Sam listened to this chaffing with amusement. He relished it better than a + discussion which followed upon the relative merits of two Greek authors + which the students had been occupied with since entering college. This + talk seemed very dry to Sam, whose previous life had hardly fitted him to + take an interest in such subjects. + </p> + <p> + The dinner, however, he did relish, and did not fail to do justice to it. + </p> + <p> + "I think, Sam," said Brown, as the dessert came on, "that there is one + society you will like better than the Alpha Zeta." + </p> + <p> + "What's that?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + "The Eta Pi Society." + </p> + <p> + "I can eat a pie as well as anybody," answered Sam, who, however, not + being acquainted with the Greek alphabet, did not quite comprehend the + joke. + </p> + <p> + "I should never think of doubting your word on that score. Here, Mary, + bring this young man an extra large slice of apple pie. He has been + working hard this morning." + </p> + <p> + At length the dinner was over, and the three students withdrew from the + table. + </p> + <p> + "Well, Jones, what are your plans for the afternoon?" asked Brown. + </p> + <p> + "I'm going into town on important business." + </p> + <p> + "Such as what?" + </p> + <p> + "Ordering a new suit at my tailor's." + </p> + <p> + "That's important. How is it with you, Robinson?" + </p> + <p> + "I'm going in with Jones." + </p> + <p> + "To help him order his suit?" + </p> + <p> + "I shan't need any help in ordering it," said Jones. "I may need help in + paying for it." + </p> + <p> + "I'd rather help order it," said Robinson. "Are you going into the city, + Brown?" + </p> + <p> + "Not till four o'clock. I have a little work to do first. Sam, are you in + any hurry to go back to Boston?" + </p> + <p> + "No," answered Sam. "I've made ten dollars this forenoon, and can afford + to take it easy the rest of the day." + </p> + <p> + "Then stay with me until I go. I may have something to say to you." + </p> + <p> + "All right." + </p> + <p> + The three students parted; Jones and Robinson jumping on board a street + car, while Brown took Sam to his room. It was not the one in which Sam's + initiation had taken place, but another in the same dormitory, and was + handsomely furnished. The walls were lined with fine engravings, and + various ornaments adorned the mantel. + </p> + <p> + "Brown must be rich," though Sam. "I wish I had such a nice room." + </p> + <p> + "I'm going to read a little Greek," said Brown. "I was away two days last + week, and I want to make up the lessons. You may find something on that + bookcase to amuse you. Stretch yourself out in that armchair and make + yourself comfortable." + </p> + <p> + Sam accepted the invitation willingly. He was not particularly bashful, + and made himself quite at home. Most of the books on Brown's shelves + struck him as very dry; but he finally found one profusely illustrated, + and this entertained him till Brown, after an hour's silence and turning + over the pages of his Greek dictionary, closed his books and said: "Well, + thank goodness, that job's over!" + </p> + <p> + "Have you got through?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, for to-day." + </p> + <p> + "Don't it make your head ache to study so hard?" asked Sam, curiously. + </p> + <p> + Brown laughed. + </p> + <p> + "I don't study hard enough to endanger my head," he answered. "I am not + likely to become a martyr to science." + </p> + <p> + "You must know a lot," said Sam, opening the Greek book, and surveying the + pages with admiring awe. + </p> + <p> + "My Greek professor does not appear to be of that opinion," said Brown, + "judging from the way he marks me. However, it is quite possible that he + is prejudiced, and can't appreciate modest merit. What have you got + there?" + </p> + <p> + "The 'Arabian Nights' Entertainments,'" said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Do you like it?" + </p> + <p> + "It's tiptop. I wish I had that lamp I've been reading about." + </p> + <p> + "Aladdin's lamp?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes." + </p> + <p> + "What would you do?" + </p> + <p> + "Call for a lot of money." + </p> + <p> + "You are poor," said Brown, thoughtfully, + </p> + <p> + "Yes, I'm about as poor as I want to be. I've been lookin' round for a + fortune for five or six years; but I haven't found it yet." + </p> + <p> + "What can you do?" + </p> + <p> + "I was a clerk in New York." + </p> + <p> + "That means an errand boy, doesn't it?" inquired Brown, shrewdly. + </p> + <p> + "Yes," said Sam, not disturbed by being found out. + </p> + <p> + "How much did you receive for your services in New York?" + </p> + <p> + "Five dollars a week," answered Sam, telling the truth, by way of variety. + </p> + <p> + "I am afraid it would be hard to get that in Boston. Are you not fit for + anything better?" + </p> + <p> + "I am afraid not," said Sam. "The fact is, I don't know much." + </p> + <p> + "In other words, your education has been neglected." + </p> + <p> + "Yes, it has." + </p> + <p> + "That's in your way. If you wrote a good hand, and were good at figures, + you might perhaps do better than become an errand boy, though even then it + is doubtful whether you could obtain more than five dollars a week." + </p> + <p> + "I don't see how I can live on that," said Sam, "even if I could get it." + </p> + <p> + "It would be rather hard," said the student. "I have twice that for + spending money." + </p> + <p> + "And don't you have to pay for your clothes or your meals?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + "No, nor for my books, nor any of my college bills." + </p> + <p> + "Your folks must be awful rich," said Sam, not without a touch of envy. + </p> + <p> + "My father is prosperous in business," Brown admitted. + </p> + <p> + "Does he live in Boston?" + </p> + <p> + "No, he lives in Brookline." + </p> + <p> + "Where is that?" + </p> + <p> + "Not far from the city—not over three miles away." + </p> + <p> + "Couldn't your father give me a place in his store?" asked Sam. + </p> + <p> + "I don't think he has any vacancy," + </p> + <p> + Sam looked despondent. Brown appeared to take an interest in him, and he + had hoped that he might do something for him. + </p> + <p> + "But," Brown continued, "I have another plan for you." + </p> + <p> + "What is it?" asked Sam, his hopes reviving. + </p> + <p> + "I have a young brother of fourteen at home—there are only two of + us; but he is small and delicate. He is lame, besides, having met with an + accident when quite young. He is unable to go to school, as it would prove + too great a tax upon one in his delicate state of health. He takes lessons + at home, however, of a visiting tutor, as in this way his studies can be + arranged to suit his varying strength. Now, I have been long of opinion + that he requires a boy companion, older than himself, who is naturally + lively and cheerful, to share with him in his amusements, to accompany him + in his walks, and share with him in his studies. From what I have seen of + you, I think you are just the companion my brother wants. Have you any bad + habits?" + </p> + <p> + Sam had shrewdness enough to perceive that it would be better for him to + be truthful. Besides, to do him justice, Brown's kindness had made an + impression upon him, and he would have felt ashamed to deceive him. + </p> + <p> + "I am afraid I have," he answered; "but I could get rid of them." + </p> + <p> + "What are your bad habits?" + </p> + <p> + "Sometimes I swear," said Sam, candidly. + </p> + <p> + "Will you give that up?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, I will." + </p> + <p> + "What else?" + </p> + <p> + "Sometimes I smoke cigars." + </p> + <p> + "You must give that up. My father abominates cigars." + </p> + <p> + "I will." + </p> + <p> + "What else?" + </p> + <p> + "I don't always tell the truth," said Sam, courageously. + </p> + <p> + "Lying is very ungentlemanly, to say the least. Do you think you can get + over that?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes." + </p> + <p> + "Then, I will ask my father to take you on trial. I am going over to + Brookline to supper this afternoon, and I will take you over, and talk + with him about it. Will you go?" + </p> + <p> + "I'll go," said Sam, eagerly. "I'd like to be with your brother ever so + much." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0029" id="link2HCH0029"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIX. — ARTHUR BROWN. + </h2> + <p> + At half-past five Sam and his companion reached the home of the latter in + Brookline. It was a handsome mansion, with ample grounds, standing some + rods back from the street. + </p> + <p> + "That's where I live, Sam," said the young student. + </p> + <p> + "It's an elegant place," said Sam, admiringly "I hope your father'll take + me. I'd like to live here ever so much." + </p> + <p> + "There's my brother the one I spoke to you about." + </p> + <p> + Brown pointed out a boy considerably smaller than Sam, who was hurrying to + the gate as fast as his lameness would admit. His thin, pale face was + lighted up with joy, as he espied his brother. + </p> + <p> + "I am glad you have come, Charlie," he said. "It's so lonely here during + the week." + </p> + <p> + "And how are you feeling, Arthur?" asked his brother, laying his hand + caressingly on the shoulder of the younger boy. + </p> + <p> + "Oh, I'm all right; only lonely." + </p> + <p> + "I've brought you some company—don't you see?" + </p> + <p> + For the first time Arthur's attention was drawn to Sam. + </p> + <p> + "I am glad to see you," he said, politely extending his hand. "Are you a + friend of Charlie's?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, Arthur," the student replied, anticipating our hero. "This is my + friend, Sam Barker." + </p> + <p> + "Are you in college, Mr. Barker?" asked Arthur. + </p> + <p> + "Please call me Sam," said our hero. "I am only a boy, and I don't begin + to know enough to be in college." + </p> + <p> + "Nor I, either," said Arthur. + </p> + <p> + "Come into the house," said the elder brother. "Has father got back from + the city?" + </p> + <p> + "No; he sent word that he should not be back till evening. We are to take + supper without him. You are going to stop over Sunday, I hope, Charlie?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, till to-morrow evening. Sam will stay, too. Won't you take him up to + the little room next to yours? He will want to wash before supper." + </p> + <p> + Sam did not know that he needed to wash, but accepted this as a hint. + </p> + <p> + "Won't it be too much trouble for you?" he asked, thinking of Arthur's + lameness. + </p> + <p> + "Oh, no," said the lame boy. "I can go upstairs almost as quick as if I + wasn't lame. Come this way, please." + </p> + <p> + Sam followed him upstairs. He was shown to a small, but handsomely + furnished chamber. + </p> + <p> + "You'll find everything you need, I think," said Arthur. "That room," + pointing to one adjoining, "is mine; so we shall be near neighbors." + </p> + <p> + "I am glad of that. If burglars get in in the night, I'll come to you for + protection." + </p> + <p> + "I am afraid I couldn't do you much good. You are a great deal stronger + than I." + </p> + <p> + "Then I'll protect you." + </p> + <p> + "Do you live in Boston, Sam?" + </p> + <p> + "I only came to Boston a few days ago. I came from New York." + </p> + <p> + "Did you live in the city?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes. Were you ever there?" + </p> + <p> + "I have passed through New York on my way to Saratoga. I went up the + Hudson River on a steamboat." + </p> + <p> + "We call it the North River there." + </p> + <p> + "We stopped at the Fifth Avenue Hotel." + </p> + <p> + "That's a tiptop hotel. I've been in there often." + </p> + <p> + "Are you going to live in Boston?" + </p> + <p> + "If I can find anything to do. I am not rich like you." + </p> + <p> + "No," said Arthur; "but you are something better." + </p> + <p> + "What is better than being rich?" asked Sam, incredulously. + </p> + <p> + "You are strong and healthy. You are not an invalid like me." + </p> + <p> + "How long have you been lame, Arthur?" inquired Sam, who had naturally a + kind heart, and was already beginning to feel an interest in his new + friend. + </p> + <p> + "Ever since I was a very small boy." + </p> + <p> + "Your brother is strong enough." + </p> + <p> + "Yes, Charlie's got muscle," said Arthur, proudly. "He's one of the + strongest fellows in his class. He goes to gymnasium regularly. You ought + to feel his arm. He's going to belong to the boat club next year." + </p> + <p> + By this time Sam had finished his ablutions. + </p> + <p> + "Come downstairs, and I'll show you the stable," said Arthur. "I guess + there'll be time before supper." + </p> + <p> + "How many horses have you got?" + </p> + <p> + "Three carriage horses. Father would buy me a pony, but he's afraid I + might fall, and not be able to help myself." + </p> + <p> + "Do you go to school?" + </p> + <p> + "No; my health is not good enough. The doctor says I must be out in the + open air a good deal, and must not overtax my brain. I suppose you have + been to school a good deal." + </p> + <p> + "Well, no," said Sam; "I am afraid of overtaxing my brain, too." + </p> + <p> + Arthur laughed. "I don't think, from your looks, that you need feel + afraid," he said. + </p> + <p> + "You've no idea how delicate I am," said Sam, humorously. + </p> + <p> + "I should think you might be," said Arthur, merrily; "but you are very + successful in not showing it." + </p> + <p> + "That's why I don't get any sympathy. What do you do all day long if you + don't go to school?" + </p> + <p> + "I study some, and recite to a tutor who comes out from Boston; but I have + a good deal of time to myself. I've been very lonely since my mother + died," he added, soberly. + </p> + <p> + "How long ago was that?" Sam inquired, with sympathy. + </p> + <p> + "A year ago. Her death was a great loss to me, as Charlie has been away + from home so much, and father is all day in the city." + </p> + <p> + "Are there no boys round here that you can play with?" + </p> + <p> + "There are boys, but I can't join in their sports, on account of my + lameness." + </p> + <p> + "I wonder whether he will like the idea of my staying with him," thought + Sam. "We could have good times together." + </p> + <p> + They went out to the stable, and looked about till the supper-bell rang. + Everything was well arranged, and on a scale which indicated that Mr. + Brown was a man of wealth. + </p> + <p> + More and more Sam though he would like to live there. + </p> + <p> + Entering the dining-room, where the supper was provided, they found the + older brother already present. + </p> + <p> + "Have you two boys got acquainted?" he asked. + </p> + <p> + "Yes," said Arthur; "it didn't take us long. I've been showing Sam the + stable." + </p> + <p> + "How do you like what you have seen?" asked the sophomore. + </p> + <p> + "Tiptop," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Take a seat there, Sam; Arthur, you know your place. I must preside in + father's absence." + </p> + <p> + They talked together socially during the meal, Sam getting to feel better + and better acquainted as time went on. After supper they took another + walk, and then Arthur asked: "Do you play backgammon, Sam?" + </p> + <p> + "I never learned." + </p> + <p> + "Shall I show you?" + </p> + <p> + "I wish you would." + </p> + <p> + The backgammon board was brought out, and the two boys had a pleasant + evening. As the older brother heard their lively laughter, and noticed how + Arthur seemed brightened up by Sam's companionship, he felt more and more + that it would be a good plan to keep him there. When his father reached + home, a little before nine o'clock, he made the proposal to him. + </p> + <p> + "I am convinced," he said, "that Arthur needs a young companion, of a + cheerful temperament, who will brighten him up, and keep him in good + spirits. + </p> + <p> + "Do you know anything of this boy?" asked Mr. Brown, cautiously. + </p> + <p> + "Not much, except that Arthur appears to fancy him. His education has been + neglected." + </p> + <p> + "That would not matter. He could study regularly with Arthur, and recite + to his tutor." + </p> + <p> + "That occurred to me." + </p> + <p> + "Has he any bad habits?" + </p> + <p> + "No confirmed bad habits. If it should prove so, he can be dismissed." + </p> + <p> + "Would he like to come?" + </p> + <p> + "Of that I am sure. Indeed it would be a great thing for him, as he is + poor, and has no friends to help him along." + </p> + <p> + "Then he may stay a month on trial. You may speak to him about it." + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0030" id="link2HCH0030"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXX. — HOW IT WAS ARRANGED. + </h2> + <p> + "Sam," said the young student, the next morning, "I have spoken to my + father about your remaining here as a companion to Arthur." + </p> + <p> + "What did he say?" asked Sam, anxiously. + </p> + <p> + "That you may stay a month on trial. If the arrangement proves + satisfactory, you can remain longer." + </p> + <p> + "I'm ever so much obliged to you," said Sam, overjoyed. "I hope I'll + suit." + </p> + <p> + "I hope you will, too, for Arthur's sake. You must bear in mind that we + expect you to lay aside all your bad habits, and try to become refined and + gentlemanly." + </p> + <p> + "I'll try," said Sam, earnestly. + </p> + <p> + "You will take lessons of Arthur's tutor, and study with him. Though + considerably younger than you are he is much more advanced in his studies, + and will be able to help you in any difficulties." + </p> + <p> + "Perhaps he won't want to be bothered with me." + </p> + <p> + "On the contrary, it will interest and amuse him to be so occupied. There + is no reason why you should not improve fast." + </p> + <p> + "I want to know something," said Sam. "Ever since I met that girl on the + boat I've been ashamed of being such a know-nothing." + </p> + <p> + "I am glad to hear you say that. It is encouraging to find that you are + sensible of your deficiencies. It is the first step toward remedying + them." + </p> + <p> + "Will the tutor lick me if I don't know my lessons?" asked Sam, anxiously. + </p> + <p> + The student smiled. "He wouldn't do that," he answered, "but he will + inform my father—that is, if you persist in neglecting your lessons—and + that might lead to your being dismissed." + </p> + <p> + "I'll study," said Sam. "You see if I don't, even if it makes my head ache + awful." + </p> + <p> + "You look as if you could stand a mode amount of study," said the + sophomore, smiling good-naturedly. "If your head aches very bad we can + give you some pills." + </p> + <p> + "I guess it won't," said Sam, hastily, for he had a distinct remembrance + of having been dosed with some very nauseous pills in his early days. + </p> + <p> + "My father will see that you are provided with suitable clothes," + proceeded Brown; "and you shall have a little spending money also; but you + must not spend any of it for cigars." + </p> + <p> + "I won't," said Sam, virtuously. + </p> + <p> + "It seems almost like a dream," he added, "to think of my having a private + tutor, with nice clothes and spending money. I wonder what Henry Martin + would say." + </p> + <p> + "Who is Henry Martin?" + </p> + <p> + "I used to room with him in New York. He is a nice boy, Henry is, a good + deal better'n me. He used to save his money and put it in the bank, and + study evenings." + </p> + <p> + "And you didn't, I suppose?" + </p> + <p> + "No. I was a fool; but I won't be any longer. I'm going to turn over a new + leaf." + </p> + <p> + "If you do, I shall not regret having engaged you as a companion for + Arthur." + </p> + <p> + Here Arthur's voice was heard, as he entered the room. + </p> + <p> + "What are you two talking about?" he inquired. + </p> + <p> + "I was telling Sam you would miss him when he went away." + </p> + <p> + "So I shall. Why can't he stay a little longer?" + </p> + <p> + Arthur had not yet been told of the plan for giving him a companion. + </p> + <p> + "You would get tired of me," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "No, I wouldn't." + </p> + <p> + "Not if I stayed a month?" + </p> + <p> + "Will you, really?" asked Arthur, his pale face brightening up with + evident pleasure. + </p> + <p> + "He shall stay if you would like to have him," said his brother, "and + study with you every day. I think Prof. Taylor will be willing to take one + additional pupil." + </p> + <p> + "Will he live here in this house?" asked Arthur, with animation. + </p> + <p> + "Certainly," + </p> + <p> + "Then I shan't feel lonely any more," said Arthur. "I've been wanting + company." + </p> + <p> + "I am sorry to say Sam's studies have been neglected, and he may require + some assistance in getting his lessons." + </p> + <p> + "I'll help him," said Arthur, eagerly. + </p> + <p> + So it was arranged, and so it was that Sam; after drifting about for + years, found at last a good home. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0031" id="link2HCH0031"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXI. — TWO YEARS LATER. + </h2> + <p> + More than two years have elapsed. In the fine old home at Brookline, Sam + and Arthur are sitting out on the lawn. Both have changed. Arthur looks + stronger and better than when Sam first made his acquaintance, His thin + face is more full, his pallor has been succeeded by a faint tinge of + color, and he looks contented and happy. But the greatest change has come + over Sam. He is now a young man of eighteen, well-formed and robust, + handsomely dressed, with a face not only attractive, but intelligent. + These two years have improved him greatly, as we shall see. + </p> + <p> + "I can hardly realize that Charlie is to graduate next week," said Arthur. + </p> + <p> + "He was a sophomore when I first met him," said Sam. "How little I thought + that the meeting would be so important to me!" + </p> + <p> + "And to me!" said Arthur. "You have up idea how lonely I felt before you + came." + </p> + <p> + "You have an idea how ignorant I was at that time," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "You didn't know much, to be sure," said Arthur, smiling. "I remember how + I had to drill you in the multiplication table." + </p> + <p> + "My spelling was rather weak," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "I should say it was; it was original, at least," said Arthur. "To tell + the truth, I was rather dismayed when I found how little you knew. But you + have made it up bravely." + </p> + <p> + "Yes," said Sam, complacently, "I think have; but still you are ahead of + me." + </p> + <p> + "Not in all things. You write a much better hand than I." + </p> + <p> + "I am afraid it is my only accomplishment," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "But not your only acquisition. You are a good English scholar. I don't + mind telling you, however, that in the first three months I never expected + you would be." + </p> + <p> + "I used to have the headache pretty often about that time," said Sam. + </p> + <p> + "Yes; I sympathized with you at first, till I began to suspect that it was + all put on." + </p> + <p> + "It was harder for me to apply myself than you, Arthur. My street life + made it so. It was only by degrees that I got the habit of application." + </p> + <p> + "It was a good thing for me that I had to assist you. It gave me an object + in life. Besides, it made me work harder myself in order to continue able + to do it. I used to get low-spirited, and feel that I was of no use in the + world." + </p> + <p> + "You don't feel so now," said Sam, with a look of affection; for Arthur + seemed to him like a dear, younger brother, whom it was his duty to care + for and protect. + </p> + <p> + "Oh, no," said Arthur, cheerfully. "I am much better and stronger now. And + that leads me to a little secret which affects both you and me. Would you + like to hear it?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, Arthur." + </p> + <p> + "Father is going to take both of us into the office, to learn business. I + shall only be there about half the day, but you will have full hours. How + will you like that?" + </p> + <p> + "It is the very thing I would like above all others," said Sam, with + animation. "I want to be doing something. I want to earn my own living. + When are we to go into the office?" + </p> + <p> + "On the first of September." + </p> + <p> + "Not till then?" + </p> + <p> + "No; we are to spend the summer at the White Mountains. Late in August + Charlie will sail for Europe, where he is to travel for a year, and we two + are to be disposed of as I have told you." + </p> + <p> + "It was a lucky day for me, Arthur, when I became your companion. But for + that I might have been the same shiftless fellow I was before, fit for + nothing except to run errands or sell newspapers." + </p> + <p> + "Are you sure you are fit for anything better now?" asked Arthur, + mischievously. + </p> + <p> + "I hope so," said Sam. "Time will show." + </p> + <p> + The arrangement indicated was carried out. Sam, through his bright, sunny + disposition, had become a favorite with all the Browns, who, besides, felt + grateful to him for the good effect his companionship had had upon + Arthur's health and happiness. It had long been understood between Charlie + and his father that Sam was eventually to be taken into the office, and + promoted as rapidly as his abilities would justify. He was allowed a + liberal salary, and continued a member of Mr. Brown's family. + </p> + <p> + <br /><br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0032" id="link2HCH0032"> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXXII. — CONCLUSION. + </h2> + <p> + Henry Martin meanwhile had not stood still. Two years after Sam entered + Mr. Brown's counting-room Henry became chief clerk in the office of his + New York employer. Mr. Hamilton had permitted him to share in the general + ventures of the firm, and this had enabled Henry, with his habits of + prudence, combined with his savings from a largely increased salary, to + lay up four thousand dollars, which were securely invested. His salary now + was one hundred dollars a month, and he was promised, on the approaching + first of January, further increase. His prudence, industry and self-denial + had reaped their fitting reward. + </p> + <p> + He had never heard a word from Sam since the latter left New York for + Boston. + </p> + <p> + It would be difficult to explain why Sam had not written, for he had + learned to respect Henry, and to prize the traits he had formerly laughed + at. + </p> + <p> + "I am afraid Sam has come to no good," Henry sometimes said to himself. + "He was always a harum-scarum fellow, good-natured, but lazy and heedless. + I wish I could do him a good turn. I have been so prospered that I could + afford to help him along if I could only find him." + </p> + <p> + But months and years passed, and there were no tidings of Sam. + </p> + <p> + One day as Henry was engaged at his desk, a young man entered the + counting-room. He was handsomely dressed, with a bright, intelligent look, + and the appearance of one who was on good terms with the world. He glanced + inquiringly at Henry, and then said: "Am I speaking to Mr. Henry Martin?" + </p> + <p> + "Yes, sir," said young Martin, politely. "What can I do for you?" + </p> + <p> + "I believe I used to know you, Mr. Martin," said Sam, smiling; for it was + our old friend, the young outlaw. + </p> + <p> + "I beg your pardon," said Henry Martin; "I must apologize for my poor + memory, but I cannot recall your face." + </p> + <p> + "I should have known you at once," said Sam. "You have the same sedate, + grave manner that you had when a boy." + </p> + <p> + "Did you know me as a boy?" asked Henry, puzzled. + </p> + <p> + "Slightly," answered Sam, smiling again. "I used to room with you." + </p> + <p> + "You are not Sam Barker!" exclaimed Henry, in the deepest astonishment. + </p> + <p> + "Who says I am not?" said Sam. + </p> + <p> + Henry Martin jumped from his stool, and grasped Sam's hands cordially. + </p> + <p> + "I see it now," he said. "There is the same look, though you are five + years older. I am delighted to see you, Sam. Where have you been all these + years?" + </p> + <p> + "In and near Boston," answered Sam. + </p> + <p> + "You look as if you had prospered." + </p> + <p> + "I have. I am bookkeeper for a Boston merchant, with a handsome salary." + </p> + <p> + "Where on earth did you pick up bookkeeping?" asked Henry, in continued + amazement. + </p> + <p> + "I studied under a private tutor for two or three years," answered Sam, + enjoying his perplexity. "I have only been in business two years." + </p> + <p> + "Didn't it make your head ache?" asked Henry, slyly. + </p> + <p> + "It did at first, but I got over that after a while." + </p> + <p> + "I can't understand it at all, Sam. It seems like a romance. I never + thought you would turn out like this." + </p> + <p> + "Nor I, Henry. But it is a long story. Come and see me this evening at the + St. Nicholas, and I will tell you all. I must leave you now, as I have a + little business to attend to." + </p> + <p> + That evening Henry and Sam met at the hotel, and each told his story, to + the deep interest of the other. + </p> + <p> + "You have been very lucky, Sam," said Henry, at the end. "I never supposed + you would reform so completely and thoroughly. You were a pretty hard case + when I knew you." + </p> + <p> + "So I was," said Sam; "and I would have been to this day if I had not + turned over a new leaf. Sometime I hope to introduce you to the two + friends to whom I owe my reformation." + </p> + <p> + "Who are they?" + </p> + <p> + "A young lady of Boston, Miss Julia Stockton, and my most valued friend, + Arthur Brown." + </p> + <p> + "So there is a young lady in the case, Sam?" + </p> + <p> + "I know what you are thinking of, Henry; but it isn't as you suppose. + Julia Stockton will never be any more than a friend to me. Indeed, she is + engaged to be married next month to Arthur's elder brother, Charlie, who + has just been admitted to the bar. But I shall always feel indebted to her + for first leading me to look upon myself as an ignorant and heedless boy. + I never became ambitious till I met her." + </p> + <p> + "Then my lectures did no good, Sam?" + </p> + <p> + "Not at the time. Afterward I thought of them, and saw that you were + right. And now that we have found each other, Henry, don't let us remain + strangers. Can't you come and see me in Boston?" + </p> + <p> + "I am to visit Boston, on business, in October, Sam. I won't fail to look + you up then." + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + Henry kept his word. Sam received him with cordial hospitality, and + henceforth the two remained fast friends. It is not necessary to sketch + their future. Both are on the right track, though Sam was much later in + finding it; and the young outlaw, as well as his more prudent companion, + is likely to prosper more and more as the years roll by. + </p> + <div style="height: 6em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + + + +***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SAM'S CHANCE*** + +******* This file should be named 26043-h.htm or 26043-h.zip ******* + +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/6/0/4/26043 + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://www.gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: +http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + + +</pre> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/26043.txt b/26043.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c2ace2 --- /dev/null +++ b/26043.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7524 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook, Sam's Chance, by Horatio Alger + + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + + + + +Title: Sam's Chance + And How He Improved It + + +Author: Horatio Alger + + + +Release Date: July 12, 2008 [eBook #26043] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII) + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SAM'S CHANCE*** + + +E-text prepared by Gary Sandino from digital material generously made +available by Internet Archive (http://www.archive.org/index.php) + + + +Note: Images of the original pages are available through + Internet Archive American Libraries. See + http://www.archive.org/details/samschancehowhei00algerich + + + + + +SAM'S CHANCE + +And + +How He Improved It + +by + +HORATIO ALGER, JR. + +Author of "Facing the World," "Cash Boy," "Do and Dare," +"Sink or Swim," "Chester Rand," Etc. + + + + + + + +New York +Hurst & Company +Publishers + + + +Chapter Title Page + + I. Sam's New Clothes. 5 + II. Sam's First Day in Business 13 + III. Sam Finds A Room 23 + IV. First Lessons 32 + V. Sam's Finances 42 + VI. Sam's Luck 51 + VII. Twenty-Five Dollars Reward 60 + VIII. An Unexpected Obstacle 69 + IX. Restoring the Ring 78 + X. Sam's Investment 88 + XI. Henry Becomes a Merchant 97 + XII. How Sam Succeeded 106 + XIII. Henry's Good Fortune 116 + XIV. The Savings Bank Book 123 + XV. Sam is Found Out 129 + XVI. Sam Loses His Place 136 + XVII. Tim is Unmasked 146 + XVIII. The Fall River Boat 154 + XIX. Mutual Confidences 161 + XX. Too Late for the Train 165 + XXI. Arrived in Boston 172 + XXII. First Experiences in Boston 176 + XXIII. Sam Finds a Roommate 183 + XXIV. An Unpleasant Surprise 191 + XXV. In Pursuit of a Place 200 + XXVI. Abner Blodgett Again 208 + XXVII. Sam is Initiated Into a College Society 216 +XXVIII. Brown's Plan 226 + XXIX. Arthur Brown 234 + XXX. How It was Arranged 242 + XXXI. Two Years Later 246 + XXXII. Conclusion 251 + + + +PREFACE. + +"Sam's Chance" is a sequel to the "Young Outlaw," and is designed to +illustrate the gradual steps by which that young man was induced to +give up his bad habits, and deserve that prosperity which he finally +attains. The writer confesses to have experienced some embarrassment +in writing this story. The story writer always has at command +expedients by which the frowns of fortune may be turned into sunshine, +and this without violating probability, or, at any rate, possibility; +for the careers of many of our most eminent and successful men attest +that truth is often-times stranger than fiction. But to cure a boy of +radical faults is almost as difficult in fiction as in real life. +Whether the influences which led to Sam's reformation were adequate to +that result, must be decided by the critical reader. The author may, +at any rate, venture to congratulate Sam's friends that he is now more +worthy of their interest and regard than in the years when he was +known as the "Young Outlaw." + + + +SAM'S CHANCE. + +CHAPTER I. + +SAM'S NEW CLOTHES. + +"If I'm goin' into a office I'll have to buy some new clo'es," thought +Sam Barker. + +He was a boy of fifteen, who, for three years, had been drifting about +the streets of New York, getting his living as he could; now blacking +boots, now selling papers, now carrying bundles--"everything by turns, +and nothing long." He was not a model boy, as those who have read his +early history, in "The Young Outlaw," are aware; but, on the other +hand, he was not extremely bad. He liked fun, even if it involved +mischief; and he could not be called strictly truthful nor honest. But +he would not wantonly injure or tyrannize over a smaller boy, and +there was nothing mean or malicious about him. Still he was hardly the +sort of boy a merchant would be likely to select as an office boy, and +but for a lucky chance Sam would have been compelled to remain a +bootblack or newsboy. One day he found, in an uptown street, a little +boy, who had strayed away from his nurse, and, ascertaining where he +lived, restored him to his anxious parents. For this good deed he was +rewarded by a gift of five dollars and the offer of a position as +errand boy, at five dollars a week. + +Sam decided that he must have some new clothes before he could enter +upon his place. At present his costume consisted of a ragged shirt, +and a pair of equally ragged pantaloons. Both were of unknown +antiquity, and had done faithful service, not only to Sam, but to a +former owner. It was quite time they were released from duty. + +To buy a complete outfit with five dollars might have puzzled many an +able financier. But Sam knew just where to go. Somewhere in the +neighborhood of Baxter Street there was a second-hand clothing +establishment, which he had patronized on previous occasions, and +where he knew that the prices were low. It was to this place that he +bent his steps. + +A wrinkled old man--the proprietor--stood outside, scanning, with +cunning eyes, the passers-by. If any one paused to examine his stock, +he was immediately assailed by voluble recommendations of this or that +article, and urgently entreated to "just step inside." + +When Sam approached, the old man's shrewdness was at fault. He did not +suspect that the ragged street boy was likely to become a customer, +and merely suffered his glance to rest upon him casually. + +But Sam accosted him with a business-like manner. + +"Look here, old man, have you got any tiptop clo'es to sell to-day?" + +"Yes, my son," answered the old man, with an air of alacrity. + +"Who are you a-takin' to? I ain't your son, and I wouldn't be. My +father's a member of Congress." + +"Did he send you here to buy clo'es?" asked the old man, with a grin. + +"Yes, he did. He said you'd let me have 'em half price." + +"So I will, my--boy. This is the cheapest place in the city." + +"Well, old man, trot out your best suits. I want 'em in the style, you +know." + +"I know that from your looks," said the old man, a grin illumining his +wrinkled face, as he glanced at the rags Sam wore. + +"Oh, you needn't look at these. My best clo'es is to home in the +wardrobe. What have you got for shirts?" + +A red-flannel article was displayed; but Sam didn't like the color. + +"It ain't fashionable," he said. + +"Here's a blue one," said the old man. + +"That's more like, how much is it?" + +"Fifty cents." + +"Fifty cents! Do you want to ruin me? I won't give no fifty cents for +a shirt." + +"It's worth more. It cost me forty-five." + +"I'll give thirty-five." + +After some haggling the price was accepted, and the article was laid +aside. + +"Now show me some of your nice suits," said Sam. "I've got a place, +and I want to look like a gentleman." + +"Have you got any money?" asked the old man, with the momentary +suspicion that he might be throwing his time and trouble away upon a +penniless purchaser. + +"Yes," said Sam. "What do you take me for?" + +"How much have you got?" + +"What do you want to know for?" + +"I want to know what clo'es to show you." + +Sam was about to answer five dollars, when a shrewd thought changed +his intention. + +"I've got four dollars," he said. + +Even this was beyond the expectations of the dealer. + +"All right, my son," he said. "I'll give you some nice clo'es for four +dollars." + +"You'd better if you want me to come here again. If you do well by me +I'll get all my clo'es here." + +A young man of fashion could not have spoken more condescendingly, or +with an air of greater importance than Sam. He was right in thinking +that his patronage was of importance to the old man. + +"I'll dress you so fine the gals will look at you as you go along the +street," he said. + +"Go ahead!" said Sam. "Do your best by me, and I'll send my friends +here." + +Without going into details, it may be said that our hero selected +everything to his satisfaction except a coat. Here he was rather +particular. Finally, he espied a blue coat with brass buttons, hanging +in a corner. + +"Take down that coat," he said, "I guess that'll suit me." + +"That costs too much. I can't give you that and the rest of the things +for four dollars." + +"Why can't you?" + +"I'd lose too much." + +Opposition confirmed Sam in his determination to own it. + +"Give it to me; I'll try it on," he said. + +Putting it on, he surveyed himself with satisfaction, in a small, +cracked mirror. True, it was about two sizes too large, but Sam felt +that in getting more cloth he was getting a better bargain. + +"That's my style," he said. "Don't I look fashionable?" + +"I'll have to ask you twenty-five cents more for that coat," said the +old dealer. + +"No, you won't." + +"Yes, I must. I ought to ask more." + +"Then you may keep the rest of the clo'es. I don't want 'em." + +Sam made a movement as if to leave the store. + +"Give me twenty cents more, my son." + +"Didn't I tell you I wasn't your son? I won't give you no twenty +cents, but I'll tell you what I'll do--I'll give you these clo'es I've +got on." + +The old man looked at them dubiously. + +"They ain't worth much," he said. + +"I know they ain't but they're worth twenty cents." + +There was another critical inspection, and the decision was given in +Sam's favor. + +"You may have the clo'es," said the old man. "Now, where's your +money?" + +Sam produced a five-dollar bill. + +"Give me a dollar back," he said. + +The old man looked at him with the expression of one who had been +cheated. + +"You said you had only four dollars," he complained. + +"No, I didn't. I said I had four. I didn't say that was all." + +"These clo'es are worth five dollars." + +"No, they ain't, and you won't get it from me. Do you think I'm going +to give you all the money I've got?" + +The old man still looked dissatisfied. "I'm losin' money on these +clo'es," he muttered. + +"Oh, well if you don't want to sell 'em, you needn't," said Sam, +independently. "There's another place round the corner." + +"Give me four fifty." + +"No, I won't. I won't give you another cent. I'll give you four +dollars and these clo'es I have on. A bargain's a bargain. If you're +goin' to do it, say the word; and if you ain't, I'm off." + +Sam carried his point, and received back a dollar in change. + +"You needn't send the clo'es round to my hotel--I'll change 'em here," +said our hero. + +He set to work at once, and in five minutes the change was effected. +The other clothes fitted him moderately well, but the blue coat--of +the kind popularly called a swallow-tail--nearly trailed upon the +ground. But for that Sam cared little. He surveyed himself with +satisfaction, and felt that he was well dressed. + +"I guess I'll do now," he said to himself, complacently, as he walked +out of the shop. + + + + +CHAPTER II. + +SAM'S FIRST DAY IN BUSINESS. + +"Is the boss in?" + +The speaker was Sam Barker, and the young man addressed was a clerk in +the office of Henry Dalton & Co. He gazed with wonder and amusement at +the grotesque figure before him. + +"Have you business with Mr. Dalton?" he inquired. + +"I should think I had," said Sam. "Is he in?" + +"Not yet. He'll be here presently." + +"All right. I'll wait." + +Carefully parting the tails of his coat, Sam coolly deposited himself +in an office chair, and looked about him. + +"Are you in business for yourself?" asked the clerk. + +"I have been," said Sam, "but I'm goin' to work for Mr. Dalton now." + +"Did Mr. Dalton hire you?" + +"Of course he did. He's goin' to pay me five dollars a week. How much +does he pay you?" + +"That's a secret," said the young man, good-naturedly. + +"Is it? Well, I'll excuse you." + +"You're very kind. That's a stylish coat you've got on." + +"Isn't it?" said Sam, proudly, and rising from the chair he turned +around in order to display fully the admired garment. + +"Who is your tailor?" + +"I forget his name, but he hangs out on Chatham Street. I only bought +this coat yesterday." + +"Don't you think it's a little too long?" + +"Maybe it is," said Sam, "but I don't mind it. I can cut it down if I +want to. Maybe they've got another like it, if you want one." + +"I'm supplied just at present," said the young man. "What do you +expect to do here?" + +"I'm to be the errand boy. Does the boss work you very hard?" + +"Oh, no, he's reasonable. How did you happen to get in with him?" + +"I brought home his little boy. The little chap was cryin' round the +streets, when I met him and took him home." + +"Oh! you're the boy I heard him speak of. Well, you're in luck, for +Mr. Dalton is an excellent employer." + +"Have you been with him long?" + +"About four years." + +"Do you think he'll raise me soon?" + +"That will depend a good deal upon yourself. If you work faithfully, +no doubt he will." + +Sam made a resolution to work faithfully, but then he found it easier +to make resolutions than keep them. + +"There's Mr. Dalton now," said the clerk. + +Sam rose and faced his employer. The latter looked at him in some +surprise, not immediately recognizing under the strange dress the boy +whom he had engaged. + +"Who are you?" he asked. + +"I'm the new boy," said Sam. "Don't you remember you told me you'd +hire me at five dollars a week?" + +"Oh, you are the boy, are you? Why, you look like an old man! Where +did you raise that coat?" + +"I bought it." + +"It makes you look like your own grandfather." + +"Does it?" said Sam, rather taken aback. "I thought it was stylish." + +"You better exchange it. I don't want a boy in my employment to be +dressed in that way. You'll be taken for an old gentleman from the +country." + +Sam smiled, but looked rather disturbed. + +"I don't know as the man will take it back," he said. + +"Go and see. I'll give you a couple of dollars. He will change it if +you pay him something extra." + +"I'll fix it," said Sam, accepting the money with alacrity. "Shall I +go now?" + +"Yes, and come back when you have made the exchange. Get something +suitable for a boy of your age, and not too large." + +Sam left the counting-room, and made his way to the second-hand shop +where he had made the purchase. He succeeded in effecting an exchange +for a coat which was less noticeable, and that without paying any +bonus. + +"If the boss don't say anything about the two dollars," he thought, +"I'll be so much in." + +Much to his joy no questions were asked as to the terms on which he +made the exchange, and he felt that he could afford to go to the Old +Bowery that evening. + +When he came back he was called into the counting-room. + +"Now, my boy, what is your name?" asked the merchant. + +"Sam Barker." + +"How old are you?" + +"Fifteen." + +"Are your parents living?" + +"No, sir." + +"Where do you live?" + +Sam hesitated. + +"I ain't got no regular place," he answered, at length. + +"Where have you generally slept?" + +"At the 'Newsboys' Lodge.'" + +"I suppose you were a newsboy?" + +"Some of the time." + +"Well, it makes no difference what you have been. You are now my +errand boy. I have engaged you without knowing very much about you, +because you have been of service to my little boy. I hope you will +serve me faithfully." + +"Oh, yes, I will," said Sam, looking particularly virtuous. + +"If you do your duty, I shall take an interest in you, and promote you +as you deserve." + +"And give me more pay?" suggested Sam. + +"Yes, if I find you deserve it. I would rather pay high wages to a boy +who suits me than small wages to an inefficient boy." + +"Them's my sentiments," said Sam, promptly; but whether his sentiments +referred to the service or the pay he did not make quite clear. + +Mr. Dalton smiled. + +"I am glad you agree with me," he said. "There is one other point I +wish to speak of. As you are in my employment, I want you to have a +regular boarding-place. I think it much better for a boy or young man. +You ought to be able to get board and a decent room for four dollars a +week." + +"I guess I can," said Sam. + +"I will let you go at three o'clock this afternoon--two hours before +our usual hour of closing. That will give you time to secure a place. +Now go out, and Mr. Budd will set you to work." + +The clerk whom Sam had first encountered was named William Budd, and +to him he went for orders. + +"You may go to the post office for letters first," said Budd. "Our box +is 936." + +"All right," said Sam. + +He rather liked this part of his duty. It seemed more like play than +work to walk through the streets, and it was comfortable to think he +was going to be paid for it, too. + +As he turned into Nassau Street he met an old acquaintance, Pat Riley +by name, with a blacking box over his shoulders. + +"Hello, Sam!" said Pat. + +"Hello, yourself! How's business?" + +"Times is dull with me. What are you doin'?" + +"I'm in an office," said Sam, with conscious pride. + +"Are you? What do you get?" + +"Five dollars a week." + +"How did you get it?" asked Pat, enviously. + +"They came to me and asked me if I would go to work," said Sam. + +"Where are you goin' now?" + +"To the post office, to get the letters." + +"You're in luck, Sam, and no mistake. Got some new clo'es, ain't +you?" + +"Yes," said Sam. "How do you like 'em?" + +"Bully." + +"I had a tiptop coat--blue with brass buttons--but the boss made me +change it. He ain't got no taste in dress." + +"That's so." + +"When I get money enough I'll buy it for best, to wear Sundays, he +can't say nothing to that." + +"In course not. Well, Sam, when you get rich you can let me black your +boots." + +"All right, Pat," said Sam, complacently. + +"Who knows but I'll be a rich merchant some time?" + +Here Pat spied a customer, and the two had to part company. + +Sam continued on his way till he reached the old brick church which +used to serve as the New York post office. He entered, and met with +his first perplexity. He could not remember the number of the box. + +"Here's a go!" thought Sam. "What's that number, I wonder? There was a +thirty-six to it, I know. I guess it was 836. Anyhow I'll ask for +it." + +"Is there any letters in 836?" he asked. + +Four letters were handed him. + +Sam looked at the address. They were all directed to Ferguson & Co. + +"That ain't the name," thought Sam. "I guess I'm in a scrape, but +anyhow I'll carry 'em to Mr. Dalton, so he'll know I went to the +office." + + + + +CHAPTER III. + +SAM FINDS A ROOM. + +"Here's the letters," said Sam, as he entered the office on his +return. + +"You may carry them in to Mr. Dalton," said William Budd. + +"Now for it!" thought Sam, as he entered the counting-room with +reluctant step. + +"Here's the letters, Mr. Dalton," said our hero, looking embarrassed. + +Mr. Dalton took them, and glanced at the superscription. + +"What's all this?" he demanded. "This letter is for Ferguson & Co. And +so are the rest. What does it mean?" + +"I guess there's some mistake," said Sam, uncomfortably. + +"Why did you take these letters? Did you think my name was Ferguson?" +demanded Mr. Dalton. + +"No, sir." + +"Didn't you know they were not for me, then?" + +"They gave them to me at the post office," stammered Sam. + +"Did you give the number of my box?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"What number did you call for?" + +"I don't remember," answered Sam, abashed. + +"Then you don't remember the number of my box?" + +"I don't remember now," Sam admitted. + +"Did you call for No. 776?" + +"Yes," said Sam, promptly. + +"That's not the number," said the merchant, quietly. "You must return +these letters instantly, and call for my mail. I will give you the +number of my box on a card, and then you can't make any mistake. You +have made a blunder, which must not be repeated." + +"Yes, sir," said Sam, glad to get off with no sharper admonition. + +He returned to the post office, and this time he did his errand +correctly. + +At three o'clock Sam was permitted to leave the office and look out +for a boarding-place. He had managed to scrape acquaintance during the +day with Henry Martin, an errand boy in the next store, and went to +consult him. + +"Where do you board?" he asked. + +"Near St. John's Park," answered Henry. + +"Is it a good place?" + +"It will do." + +"I want to find a place to board. Is there room where you are?" + +"Yes; you can come into my room, if you like." + +"What'll I have to pay?" + +"I pay a dollar and seventy-five cents a week for my room, and get my +meals out; but the old lady will let the two of us have it for two +fifty." + +"That'll make seventy-five cents for me," said Sam. + +"How do you make that out?" + +"You pay just the same as you do now, and I'll make it up to two +fifty." + +"Look here, young fellow, you're smart, but that won't go down," said +the other boy. + +"Why not?" asked Sam, innocently. "You won't have to pay any more, +will you?" + +"I would have to pay more than you, and I don't mean to do it. If we +pay two fifty, that will be just one twenty-five apiece. That's better +than you can do alone." + +"Well, I'll try it," said Sam. "When are you goin' round?" + +"As soon as I get through work--at five o'clock." + +"I'll wait for you." + +Sam might have gone back and finished out his afternoon's work, but it +did not occur to him as desirable, and he therefore remained with his +new friend, till the latter was ready to go with him. + +"How much wages do you get?" asked Sam, as they were walking along. + +"Five dollars a week." + +"So do I." + +"Haven't you just gone into your place?" + +"Yes." + +"I've been in mine two years. I ought to get more than you." + +"Why don't you ask for more?" + +"It wouldn't be any use. I have asked, and they told me to wait." + +"When I've been at work two years I expect to get ten dollars a week," +said Sam. + +"You'll have to take it out in expecting, then." + +"Will I?" asked Sam, rather crestfallen. + +"The fact is, we boys don't get paid enough," said Henry. + +"No, I guess not," said Sam, assenting readily. "Do you have to work +pretty hard?" he inquired. + +"As hard as I want to." + +"It must be jolly to be a boss, and only have to read letters, and +write 'em," said Sam, who had rather an inadequate notion of his +employer's cares. "I'd like to be one." + +"I've got a rich uncle," said Henry Martin. "I wish he'd set me up in +business when I'm twenty-one." + +"How much is he worth?" + +"About a hundred thousand dollars; I don't know but more." + +"Do you think he will set you up?" asked Sam, rather impressed. + +"I don't know." + +"If he does, you might take me in with you." + +"So I will, if your rich uncle will give you a lot of money, too." + +"I haven't got no rich uncle," said Sam. "I only wish I had." + +"Mine is more ornamental than useful, so far," said Henry. "Well, here +we are at my place." + +They stood before a shabby, brick dwelling, which bore unmistakable +marks of being a cheap lodging-house. + +"It isn't very stylish," said Henry, apologetically. + +"I ain't used to style," said Sam, with perfect truth. "It'll do for +me." + +"I'll call Mrs. Brownly," said Henry, after opening the front door +with a latchkey. "We'll ask her about your coming in." + +Mrs. Brownly, being summoned, made her appearance. She was a tall, +angular female, with the worn look of a woman who has a hard struggle +to get along. + +"Mrs. Brownly," said Henry Martin, "here's a boy who wants to room +with me. You said you'd let the room to two for two dollars and a half +a week." + +"Yes," said she, cheered by the prospect of even a small addition to +her income. "I have no objection. What is his name?" + +"Same Barker," answered our hero. + +"Have you got a place?" asked Mrs. Brownly, cautiously. + +"Yes, he's got a place near me," answered Henry Martin for him. + +"I expect to be paid regularly," said Mrs. Brownly. "I'm a widow, +dependent on what I get from my lodgers." + +"I settle all my bills reg'lar," said Sam. "I ain't owin' anything +except for the rent of a pianner, last quarter." + +Mrs. Brownly looked surprised, and so did Henry Martin. + +"The room you will have here isn't large enough for a piano," she +said. + +"I ain't got no time to play now," said Sam; "my business is too +pressing." + +"Will you pay the first week in advance?" asked the landlady. + +"I don't think it would be convenient," said Sam. + +"Then can you give me anything on account?" asked Mrs. Brownly. "Half +a dollar will do." + +Sam reluctantly drew out fifty cents and handed to her. + +"Now, we'll go up and look at the room," said Henry. + +It was a hall bedroom on the second floor back which was to be Sam's +future home. It appeared to be about six feet wide by eight feet long. +There was a pine bedstead, one chair, and a washstand, which would +have been improved by a fresh coat of paint. Over the bed hung a cheap +print of Gen. Washington, in an equally cheap frame. A row of pegs on +the side opposite the bed furnished conveniences for hanging up +clothes. + +"How do you like it?" asked Henry Martin. + +"Tiptop," answered Sam, with satisfaction. + +"Well, I'm glad you like it," said his companion. "There's six pegs; +you can use half of them." + +"What for?" asked Sam. + +"To hang up your extra clothes, of course." + +"I haven't got any except what I've got on," said Sam. + +"You haven't?" + +"No." + +"I suppose you've got some extra shirts and stockings?" + +"No, I haven't. I've been unfortunate, and had to sell my wardrobe to +pay my debts." + +Henry Martin looked perplexed. + +"You don't expect to wear one shirt all the time, do you?" he asked. + +"I'll buy some more when I've got money enough." + +"You'd better. Now let's go out, and get some supper." + +Sam needed no second invitation. + + + + +CHAPTER IV. + +FIRST LESSONS. + +When supper was over Sam inquired, "What shall we do?" + +"Suppose we take a walk?" suggested his companion. + +"I'd rather go to the Old Bowery." + +"I should like to go, but I can't afford it." + +"You get five dollars a week, don't you?" + +"Yes; but I need all of it for board, lodging and washing. So will +you, too. I advise you to be careful about spending." + +"What's the use of living if a fellow can't have a little fun?" +grumbled Sam. + +"There won't be much fun in going a day or two without anything to +eat, Sam." + +"We won't have to." + +"Let me see about that. It costs a dollar and a quarter for the room, +to begin with. Then our meals will cost us as much as forty or fifty +cents a day, say three dollars a week. That will leave seventy-five +cents for clothes and washing." + +"It isn't much," Sam admitted. + +"I should think not." + +"I don't see how I am going to get any clothes." + +"You certainly can't if you go to the theater." + +"I used to go sometimes when I was a newsboy, and I didn't earn so +much money then." + +"Probably you didn't have a regular room then." + +"No, I didn't; and sometimes I only had one meal a day." + +"That isn't a very nice way to live. You're so old now you ought to be +considering what you'll do when you are a man." + +"I mean to earn more than five dollars a week then." + +"So do I; but if I were a street boy, picking up my living by blacking +boots or selling papers, I shouldn't expect to. Now we have a chance +to learn business, and improve." + +"Were you ever a street boy?" asked Sam, becoming interested in his +companion's history. + +"No, that is, not over a month. I was born in the country." + +"So was I," said Sam. + +"My father and mother both died, leaving nothing, and the people +wanted to send me to the poorhouse; but I didn't like that, so I +borrowed five dollars and came to New York. When I got here I began to +think I should have to go back again. I tried to get a place and +couldn't. Finally, I bought some papers and earned a little money +selling them. It was better than nothing; but all the while I was +hoping to get a place. One day, as I was passing the store where I am +now, I saw some boys round the door. I asked them what was going on. +They told me that Hamilton & Co. had advertised for an errand boy, and +they were going to try for the place. I thought I might as well try, +too, so I went in and applied. I don't know how it was, but out of +about forty boys they took me." + +"Did they give you five dollars a week right off?" + +"No; I only got three dollars the first year," answered Henry. + +"You couldn't live on that, could you?" + +"I had to." + +"You didn't have the room you have now, did you?" + +"I couldn't afford it. I lived at the 'Newsboys Lodge,' and took my +breakfast and suppers there. That cost me eighteen cents a day, or +about a dollar and a quarter a week. Out of the rest I bought my +dinners and clothes. So I got along till the second year, when my +wages were raised to four dollars. At the beginning of the third year +I got a dollar more." + +"I suppose you'll get six dollars next year?" + +"I hope so. Mr. Hamilton has promised to put me in the counting-room +then." + +"It seems a long time to wait," said Sam. + +"Yes, if you look ahead; but, after all, time goes fast. Next year I +expect to lay up some money." + +"Do you think you can?" + +"I know I can, if I am well. I've got some money in the savings-bank +now." + +"You have!" exclaimed Sam, pricking up his ears. + +"Yes." + +"How much?" + +"Thirty dollars." + +"Thirty dollars!" ejaculated Sam. "I'd feel rich if I was worth thirty +dollars." + +Henry smiled. + +"I don't feel rich, but I am glad I've got it." + +"You ain't saving up money now, are you?" + +"I mean to, now that I pay fifty cents a week less rent on account of +your coming in with me. I am going to save all that." + +"How can you?" + +"I shall get along on two dollars and a half for meals. I always have, +and I can do it now. You can do it, too, if you want to." + +"I should starve to death," said Sam. "I've got a healthy appetite, +and my stomach don't feel right if I don't eat enough." + +"I don't like to stint myself any more than you, but if I am ever to +be worth anything I must begin to save when I am a boy." + +"Do you ever smoke?" asked Sam. + +"Never, and I wouldn't if it didn't cost anything." + +"Why not? It's jolly." + +"It isn't good for a boy that is growing, and I don't believe it does +men any good. Do you smoke?" + +"When I get a chance," said Sam. "It warms a fellow up in cold +weather." + +"Well, it isn't cold weather now, and you'll find plenty of other ways +to spend your money." + +"I can't help it. If I don't go to the theater, I must have a cigar." + +Sam stopped at a cigar store, and bought a cheap article for three +cents, which he lighted and smoked with apparent enjoyment. + +The conversation which has been reported will give a clew to the +different characters of the two boys, who, after less than a day's +acquaintance, have become roommates. Henry Martin was about Sam's age, +but much more thoughtful and sedate. He had begun to think of the +future, and to provide for it. This is always an encouraging sign, and +an augury of success. Sam had not got so far yet. He had been in the +habit of living from day to day without much thought of the morrow. +Whether he would be favorably affected by Henry's example remains to +be seen. + +After a walk of an hour or more the boys went back to their room. + +"Are you going to bed, Henry?" asked Sam. + +"Not yet." + +"What are you going to do?" + +"Study a little." + +"Study!" exclaimed Sam, in astonishment. "Who's goin' to hear your +lessons?" + +"Perhaps you will," said Henry, with a smile. + +"I! Why, I'm a regular know-nothing! What are you going to study?" + +"To begin with, I'm going to do some sums." + +Henry drew from under the bed a tattered arithmetic and a slate and +pencil. He opened the arithmetic at interest, and proceeded to set +down a problem on the slate. + +"Have you got away over there?" asked Sam. + +"Yes; I've been at work ever since last October. I don't get on very +fast, because I have only my evenings." + +"What do you do when you come to a tough customer?" + +"I try again. There are some sums I have tried a half a dozen times." + +"You must have a lot of patience," said Sam. + +"I don't know about that. I always feel paid when I get the right +answer at last." + +"It must be dull work studyin' every night. I couldn't do it. It would +make my head ache." + +"Your head is tougher than you think for," said Henry. + +"Just let me see what sum you are tryin'." His roommate handed him the +books, and he read the following example: + +"John Smith borrowed $546.75 at 7 per cent., and repaid it at the end +of two years, five months and six days. What amount was he required to +pay?" + +"Can you do that?" asked Sam. + +"I think so; it isn't very hard." + +"I never could do it; it's too hard." + +"Oh, yes, you could, if you had gone over the earlier part of the +arithmetic." + +"What's the use of it, any way?" + +"Don't you see it's business? If you are going to be a business man, +you may need to understand interest. I shouldn't expect to be promoted +if I didn't know something about arithmetic. I am only an errand boy, +now, and don't need it." + +"I wish I knew as much as you. What else do you study?" + +"I practice writing every evening. Here is my writing-book." + +Henry drew out, from under the bed, a writing-book, which was more +than half written through. He had evidently taken great pains to +imitate the copy, and with fair success. + +Sam was quite impressed. + +"You can write as well as the teacher I went to up in the country," he +said. + +"You can write, can't you, Sam?" + +"Not much. I haven't tried lately." + +"Everybody ought to know how to read, and write a decent hand." + +"I s'pose so," said Sam; "but there's a lot of work in it." + +He got into bed, and while he was watching Henry doing sums, he fell +asleep. His roommate devoted an hour to arithmetic, and wrote a page +in his copy-book. Then he, too, undressed, and went to bed. + + + + +CHAPTER V. + +SAM'S FINANCES. + +Sam did not find it quite so pleasant being in a place as he had +anticipated. He had been accustomed to roam about the streets subject +only to his own control. Now he was no longer his own master. He must +go and come at the will of his employer. To be sure, his earnings were +greater than in his street life, and he had a regular home. He knew +beforehand where he was going to sleep, and was tolerably sure of a +meal. But before the end of the first week he got out of money. This +was not strange, for he had begun without any reserve fund. + +On the third day he applied to Henry Martin for a loan. + +"If you don't lend me some stamps, I'll have to go without breakfast," +he said. + +"When shall you get your first week's pay?" asked Henry. + +"Saturday night, the boss said, though I didn't go to work till +Wednesday." + +"Then you need money for your meals today and to-morrow?" + +"Yes," said Sam. + +"I'll lend you a dollar if you'll be sure to pay me up to-morrow +night." + +"I'll do it, sure." + +"There it is, then. Now, Sam, I want to give you a little advice." + +"What is it?" + +"To-morrow, after paying me and putting by enough to pay the rent of +the room, you'll have two dollars and seventy-five cents left." + +"So I shall," said Sam, with satisfaction. + +"You mustn't forget that this has got to last you for meals for the +next week." + +"How much is it a day?" + +"About forty cents." + +"I guess I can make it do." + +"I shall get along for two fifty, and you ought to find what you will +have left enough." + +"I've had to live on ten cents a day more'n once," said Sam. + +"That's too little." + +"I should think it was. I went to bed hungry, you bet!" + +"Well, there's no need of being so economical as that. You've got to +eat enough, or you won't be fit for work. You'll have to be careful, +though, if you want to come out even." + +"Oh, I can manage it," said Sam, confidently. + +But Sam was mistaken. He proved himself far from a good calculator. On +Sunday he gratified an unusually healthy appetite, besides buying two +five-cent cigars. This made necessary an outlay of seventy-five cents. +The next day also he overran his allowance. The consequence was that +on Wednesday night he went to bed without a cent. He did not say +anything about the state of his finances to Henry, however, till the +next morning. + +"Henry," he said, "I guess I'll have to borrer a little more money." + +"What for?" asked his companion. + +"I haven't got anything to buy my breakfast with." + +"How does that happen?" + +"I don't know," said Sam. "I must have lost some out of my pocket." + +"I don't think you have. You have been extravagant, that's what's the +matter. How much did you spend on Sunday?" + +"I don't know." + +"I do, for I kept account. You spent seventy-five cents. That's twice +as much as you could afford." + +"It was only for one day." + +"At any rate, you have used up in four days as much as ought to have +lasted you the whole week." + +"I don't get enough pay," grumbled Sam, who was unprepared with any +other excuse. + +"There are plenty of boys that have to live on as small pay. I am one +of them." + +"Will you lend me some money?" + +"I'll tell you what I will do. I'll lend you twenty-five cents every +morning, and you'll have to make it do all day." + +"I can't live on that. You spend more yourself." + +"I know I do; but if you spend twice as much as you ought one day, +you've got to make it up another." + +"Give me the money for three days all at once," said Sam. + +"No, I won't." + +"Why not?" + +"You'd spend it all in one day, and want to borrow some more +to-morrow." + +"No, I wouldn't." + +"Then, you don't need it all the first day." + +"You're mean," grumbled Sam. + +"No, I'm not. I'm acting like a friend. It's for your own good." + +"What can I get for twenty-five cents?" + +"That's your lookout. You wouldn't have had to live on it, if you +hadn't been too free other days." + +In spite of Sam's protestations, Henry remained firm, and Sam was +compelled to restrain his appetite for the remainder of the week. I am +ashamed to say that, when Saturday night came, Sam tried to evade +paying his just debt. But this his roommate would not permit. + +"That won't do, Sam," he said. "You must pay me what you owe me." + +"You needn't be in such an awful hurry," muttered Sam. + +"It's better for both of us that you pay it now," said Henry. "If you +didn't, you'd spend it." + +"I'll pay you next week. I want to go to hear the minstrels +to-night." + +"You can't go on borrowed money." + +"If I pay you up, I don't have enough to last me till next pay day." + +"That's your lookout. Do you know what I would do if I was in your +place?" + +"What would you do?" + +"I'd live on four dollars a week till I'd got five dollars laid +aside." + +"I'd like the five dollars, but I don't want to starve myself." + +"It would be rather inconvenient living on four dollars, I admit, but +you would feel paid for it afterward. Besides, Sam, you need some +shirts and stockings. I can't keep lending you mine, as I have been +doing ever since you came here." + +"I can't afford to buy any." + +"I'll tell you what I'll do. I'll buy some for you, if you'll agree to +pay me up at the rate of fifty cents a week." + +"All right!" said Sam, who was very ready to make promises. "Give me +the money, and I'll buy some to-night." + +"I'd rather go with you, and see that you get them," said Henry, +quietly. "You might forget what you were after, and spend the money +for something else." + +Perhaps Sam recognized the justice of his companion's caution. At any +rate, he interposed no objection. + +I hope my young readers, who are used to quite a different style of +living, will not be shocked on being told that Sam purchased +second-hand articles at a place recommended by his roommate. +Considering the small sum at his command, he had no choice in the +matter. Boys who have to pay their entire expenses out of five dollars +a week cannot patronize fashionable tailors or shirt makers. So for +three dollars Sam got a sufficient supply to get along with, though +hardly enough to make a display at a fashionable watering place. + +Sam put the bundle, containing this important addition to his wardrobe +under his arm, not without a feeling of complacency. + +"Now," said Henry, "it will take you six weeks to pay me for these, at +half a dollar a week." + +"All right!" said Sam, carelessly. + +He was not one to be disturbed about a debt and his companion was +shrewd enough to see that he must follow Sam up, if he wanted to get +his money paid at the periods agreed upon. + +Henry Martin continued to devote a part of every evening to study. He +tried to prevail upon Sam to do the same, but without success. + +"I get too tired to study," said Sam, and while his roommate was at +home he was in the habit of strolling about the streets in search of +amusement. + +On the next Tuesday evening he met a boy of his acquaintance, who +inquired where he was going. + +"Nowhere in particular," said Sam. + +"Come into French's Hotel, and see them play billiards." + +Sam complied. + +There was one vacant table, and presently the other proposed a game. + +"I can't afford it," said Sam. + +"Oh, it won't be much. If you beat me I'll have to pay." + +Sam yielded, and they commenced playing, Both being novices, the game +occupied an hour, and Sam, who was beaten, found to his dismay that he +had to pay sixty cents. + +"It don't seem more'n fifteen minutes," he said to himself. "It's +awful dear." + +"So it is," said his companion; "but if you had beaten me you would +have got off for nothing." + +"I don't see how I'm goin' to live on five dollars a week," thought +Sam, uncomfortably, "I wonder when they'll raise me." + + + + +CHAPTER VI. + +SAM'S LUCK. + +When towns and cities find their income insufficient to meet their +expenditures, they raise money by selling bonds. Sam would gladly have +resorted to this device, or any other likely to replenish his empty +treasury; but his credit was not good. He felt rather bashful about +applying to his roommate for money, being already his debtor, and, in +his emergency, thought of the senior clerk, William Budd. + +"Mr. Budd," he said, summoning up his courage, "will you lend me a +dollar?" + +"What for?" inquired the young man, regarding him attentively. + +"I haven't got anything to pay for my meals the rest of the week," +said Sam. + +"How does that happen?" + +"I can't live on five dollars a week." + +"Then suppose I lend you a dollar, I don't see that you will be able +to repay me." + +"Oh, I'll pay you back," said Sam, glibly. + +"Have you got any security to offer me?" + +"Any security?" asked Sam, who was inexperienced in business. + +"Yes. Have you got any houses or lands, any stocks or bonds, which you +can put in my hands as collateral?" + +"I guess not," said Sam, scratching his head. "If I had any houses, +I'd sell 'em, and then I wouldn't have to borrer." + +"So you can't get along on five dollars a week?" + +"No." + +"The boy that was here before you lived on that." + +"I've had to pay a lot of money for clothes," Sam explained, +brightening up with the idea. + +"How much?" + +"Well, I had to buy the suit I have on, and then I had to get some +shirts the other day." + +"How much does it cost you for billiards?" asked William Budd, +quietly. + +Sam started and looked embarrassed. + +"Billiards?" he stammered. + +"Yes, that's what I said." + +"Who told you I played billiards?" + +"No one." + +"I guess you're mistaken, then," said Sam, more boldly, concluding +that it was only a conjecture of his fellow clerk. + +"I don't think I am. I had occasion to go into French's Hotel, to see +a friend in the office, and I glanced into the billiard room. I saw +you playing with another boy of about your age. Did he beat you?" + +"Yes." + +"And you had to pay for the game. Don't you think, as your income is +so small, that you had better stop playing billiards till you get +larger pay?" + +"I don't play very often," said Sam, uneasily. + +"I advise you not to let Mr. Dalton know that you play at all. He +would be apt to think that you were receiving too high pay, since you +could afford to pay for this amusement." + +"I hope you won't tell him," said Sam, anxiously. + +"No, I don't tell tales about my fellow clerks." + +"Then won't you lend me a dollar?" inquired Sam, returning to the +charge. + +"I would rather not, under the circumstances." + +Sam was disappointed. He had five cents left to buy lunch with, and +his appetite was uncommonly healthy. + +"Why wasn't I born rich?" thought Sam. "I guess I have a pretty hard +time. I wish I could find a pocket-book or something." + +Sam was a juvenile Micawber, and trusted too much to something turning +up, instead of going to work and turning it up himself. + +However, strangely enough, something did turn up that very afternoon. + +Restricted to five cents, Sam decided to make his lunch of apples. For +this sum an old woman at the corner would supply him with three, and +they were very "filling" for the price. After eating his apples he +took a walk, being allowed about forty minutes for lunch. He bent his +steps toward Wall Street, and sauntered along, wishing he were not +obliged to go back to the office. + +All at once his eye rested on a gold ring lying on the sidewalk at his +feet. He stooped hurriedly, and picked it up, putting it in his pocket +without examination, lest it might attract the attention of the owner, +or some one else who would contest its possession with him. + +"That's almost as good as a pocket-book," thought Sam, elated. "It's +gold--I could see that. I can get something for that at the +pawnbroker's. I'll get some supper to-night, even if I can't borrer +any money." + +Some boys would have reflected that the ring was not theirs to pawn; +but Sam, as the reader has found out by this time, was not a boy of +high principles. He had a very easy code of morality, and determined +to make the most of his good fortune. + +When he got a chance he took a look at his treasure. + +There was a solitary diamond, of considerable size, set in it. Sam did +not know much about diamonds, and had no conception of the value of +this stone. His attention was drawn chiefly to the gold, of which +there was considerable. He thought very little of the piece of glass, +as he considered it. + +"I'd orter get five dollars for this," he thought, complacently. "Five +dollars will be a great help to a poor chap like me. I'll go round to +the pawnbroker's just as soon as I get out of the store." + +William Budd was rather puzzled by Sam's evident good spirits. +Considering that he was impecunious enough to require a loan which he +had been unable to negotiate, it was rather remarkable. + +"Have you succeeded in borrowing any money, Sam?" he asked, with some +curiosity. + +"No," answered Sam, with truth; "I haven't asked anybody but you." + +"You don't seem to mind it much." + +"What's the use of fretting?" said Sam. "I'm expecting a legacy from +my uncle." + +"How much?" + +"Five dollars." + +"That isn't very large. I hope you won't have to wait for it too +long." + +"No, I hope not. I guess I'll get along." + +"Did you get any lunch?" + +"Yes, I bought three apples." + +"Did they fill you up?" asked Budd, with a smile. + +"There's a little room left," answered Sam, "if you'd like to try the +experiment." + +"There's a peanut, then." + +"Thankful for small favors. I'm afraid it'll be lonely if you don't +give me another." + +"Take that, then; it's the last one I have." + +"He's a good-natured boy, after all," thought the young clerk. "Some +boys would have been offended with me for having refused to lend." + +He did not understand the cause of Sam's good spirits, but thought him +unusually light hearted. + +When the office closed, and Sam was released from duty, he took his +way at once to a small pawn office with which he had become familiar +in the course of his varied career, though he had not often possessed +anything of sufficient value to pawn. + +The pawnbroker, a small old man, a German by birth, scanned Sam +attentively, regarding him as a possible customer. + +"How do you do, my boy?" he said, politely. + +"Oh, I'm tiptop. Have you got any money to give away?" + +"What shall I give it for?" asked the old man. + +"I've got a ring here," said Sam, "that I want to pawn." + +"Show it to me." + +The pawnbroker started in surprise and admiration when his eye fell on +the sparkling brilliant. + +"Where did you get it?" he asked. + +"It was left by my grandmother," said Sam, promptly. + +The pawnbroker shrugged his shoulders, not believing a word of the +story. + +"Isn't it a nice ring?" asked Sam. + +"So so," answered the old man. "I have seen much better. How much do +you want for it?" + +"How much will you give me?" + +"Two dollars," answered the old man. + +"Then you won't get it," said Sam. "You won't get it for a cent under +five." + +"That is too much," said the old man, from force of habit. "I'll give +you four." + +"No, you won't. You'll give me five; and I won't sell it for that, +neither. I may want to get it back, as it was my aunt's." + +"You said your grandmother left it to you," said the old man, +shrewdly. + +"So she did," answered Sam, unabashed; "but she left it to my aunt +first. When my aunt died it came to me." + +Without dwelling upon the efforts which the pawnbroker made to get the +ring cheaper, it is sufficient to say that Sam carried his point, and +marched out of the store with five dollars and a pawn ticket in his +pocket. + + + + +CHAPTER VII. + +TWENTY-FIVE DOLLARS REWARD. + +Henry Martin was rather surprised at not receiving from Sam another +application for a loan that evening. He had watched Sam's rate of +expenditure, and decided that he must be at the bottom of his purse. +He was surprised, therefore, to find that his roommate ordered an +unusually expensive supper, and paid for the same out of a two-dollar +bill. + +"I didn't think you were so rich, Sam," he remarked. + +"I can manage better than you think I can," said Sam, with an +important air. + +"I am glad to hear it. I want you to get along." + +"I guess I'll get along. Here's the fifty cents I was to pay you this +week." + +"You were not to pay it till Saturday." + +"Never mind. I'll pay it now." + +Henry Martin was surprised, but his surprise was of an agreeable +character. He was convinced that Sam must have obtained money from +some other quarter, but decided not to inquire about it. He would wait +till Sam chose to tell him. + +"Are you going back to the room, Sam?" he inquired. + +"No; I'm going to the theater. Won't you go, too?" + +"No; I don't want to give up my studies." + +"One evening won't matter." + +"Perhaps not, but I will wait till some other time." + +"You must have a sweet time working all day, and studying all night," +said Sam, rather contemptuously. + +"Not quite all night," answered Henry, smiling. + +"You don't take any time for amusement." + +"I am looking forward to the future. I want to rise in the world." + +"So do I; but I ain't going to kill myself with work." + +"I don't think you ever will, Sam. I'll be willing to insure you from +dying in that way." + +Sam laughed. "I guess you're right there," he said. "Well, if you +won't go, I'll leave you. I s'pose you'll be asleep when I get home, +so good-night." + +"Good-night, Sam," said Henry, good-humoredly. + +"I wonder how soon he'll be wanting to borrow money again?" he +thought. + +The next morning, when Sam reached the office, he found William Budd +glancing at the _Herald._ + +"You are late," said the young clerk. + +"I was out late last evening," said Sam, apologetically. + +"At a fashionable party, I suppose?" + +"Not exactly. I was at the theater." + +"I thought you were out of money yesterday." + +"Oh, I raised a little." + +"It seems to me you are rather extravagant for your means." + +"I guess I'll come out right," said Sam, carelessly. + +"By the way, you haven't found a diamond ring, have you?" asked Budd, +his eyes fixed upon the paper. + +Sam was startled, but his fellow clerk was scanning the paper, and did +not observe his embarrassment. + +"What makes you ask that?" Sam inquired. + +"Nothing; only you'd be in luck if you did." + +"Why would I?" + +"Here's an advertisement from a man who has lost such a ring, offering +twenty-five dollars reward to the finder." + +"Twenty-five dollars!" ejaculated Sam, in excitement. "Does he say +where he lost it?" + +"Supposed to have been lost in Wall Street." + +"Wall Street!" repeated Sam. "It must be the one I found," he +thought. + +"Yes; I don't suppose there's much chance of his getting it back +again." + +"Let me see the advertisement," said Sam. + +"There it is," said Budd, handing him the paper. + +Sam read it carefully, and impressed the address upon his memory--No. +49 Wall Street. The advertiser was John Chester. + +"Are you going out to look for it?" asked William, in joke. + +"I guess there wouldn't be much show for me. Probably somebody has +picked it up already." + +"No doubt." + +"Shall I go to the post office?" + +"Of course not till after you have swept the office. Did you expect me +to do that?" + +Sam probably never swept so quickly before. He was anxious to get out, +and see what chance he had of earning the twenty-five dollars, for he +was convinced that the ring advertised for was the one he had found. +He was provoked to think he had been so quick in pawning it. If he +only had it in his possession now he would have nothing to do but to +call on Mr. Chester and receive twenty-five dollars. With that amount +he would feel as rich as a millionaire. Now the problem was to get +hold of the ring, and this, in Sam's circumstances, was not an easy +problem to solve. Of the five dollars he had received from the +pawnbroker he had but three left, and it was idle to expect to recover +it unless he should pay the full price and the commission besides. + +"What shall I do?" thought Sam, perplexed. "Here is a chance to make +twenty dollars extra if I only had three dollars more." + +A bright idea dawned upon him. If he would only get his week's wages +in advance he would be able to manage. He would broach the subject. + +"Do you think, Mr. Budd, Mr. Dalton would be willing to pay me my +week's wages to-day instead of Saturday?" he inquired. + +"I know he wouldn't. It's contrary to his rule." + +"But it is important for me to have the money to-day," pleaded Sam. +"Don't you think he would do it if I told him that?" + +Budd shook his head. + +"It wouldn't be a good plan to ask him," he said. "He would conclude +that you were living beyond your means, and that he doesn't like." + +"Couldn't you lend me the money?" asked Sam. + +"I told you yesterday I couldn't, that is, I am not willing to. I +don't approve of the way you spend your money." + +"It's only for this time," said Sam. "I'll never ask you again." + +"I may as well be frank with you," said the young man. "If you were +economical, and were short o money from sickness, or any other cause +which you could not control, I would say 'Yes'; but while you complain +of your salary as insufficient, you play billiards, and spend the +evening at the theater; and these things I don't approve. I didn't do +that when I was in your position. How do I know but you want your +money in advance to spend in the same way?" + +"I don't," said Sam. + +"What do you want of it, then?" + +"The fact is," said Sam, "it's to get something out of the +pawnbroker's." + +"What is it?" + +"It's--a coat," said Sam, forced to tell a lie. + +"When did you pledge it?" + +"Yesterday." + +"And you spent the money going to the theater," said Budd, +sarcastically. + +"Yes," said Sam, confused. + +"Then you ought to be ashamed of yourself." + +"I won't do it again, if you will lend me money to get it out." + +"You can wait till Saturday, when you receive your wages. You have a +coat on, and certainly cannot need the other. I didn't know that you +had another, by the way." + +Sam was beginning to see that he had only got himself into a scrape by +his false statement, and he did not know how to extricate himself. + +"I need it before Saturday," he said. + +"Why do you? Won't this do?" + +"The fact is," said Sam, "there's a fellow wants to buy it from me, +and he wants it to-day, or he won't take it." + +"Why do you want to sell your clothes, Sam?" + +"Because I need the money." + +"It seems to me you are managing very poorly. Rather than economize, +you pawn your coat, and then try to sell it. So you are continually +getting yourself into trouble." + +"I know it," said Sam, "but I don't mean to do it again." + +"If you'll take my advice you will leave your coat where it is till +you are able to redeem it. Don't think of selling it, for a new one +would cost you more than you will get for it." + +This advice was good, but it did not apply to Sam's case, since he had +no coat to pawn. It will easily be understood, therefore, that it +proved unsatisfactory to him. He didn't reply, but finished his +sweeping, and then, putting on his hat, he went to the post office for +letters. + + + + +CHAPTER VIII. + +AN UNEXPECTED OBSTACLE. + +As Sam walked rapidly to the post office he tried to think of some way +of raising the money he needed. If his credit had been better Henry +Martin might have accommodated him; but Sam was conscious that he had +not treated his roommate in such a way as to inspire confidence. Then +it occurred to him that he might obtain the ring back by giving the +pawnbroker what money he had, and leaving his vest on deposit with +him. At any rate, it would do no harm to try. + +There was no time to go round to the pawnbroker's now, for his +employer was very particular about receiving his letters promptly, and +so great a delay might lead to his dismissal. He waited, therefore, +until dinner time and then went round. + +The pawnbroker recognized him at once, and regretted to see him. He +knew the value of the ring, and was afraid Sam wished to redeem it. + +"What can I do for you?" he asked, pretending not to know him. + +"I was here yesterday," said Sam. "Don't you remember me?" + +"I have so many come in I can't remember them all." + +"But I left a ring here." + +"A ring?" repeated the pawnbroker, vacantly. "What kind of a ring?" + +"A ring with a stone set in it." + +"Oh? you left it here." + +"Yes, and you gave me five dollars on it." + +"Did I? Then I gave you too much." + +Sam was glad to hear this. Evidently the man, so he thought, did not +understand the value of the ring, and would be glad to let him have it +again. It was for his interest to let him think so. + +"I guess you're right," he said. "The ring wasn't worth much, but my +grandfather left it to me, and so I like it." + +"You said it was your grandmother yesterday," remarked the pawnbroker, +shrewdly. + +"Did I? Well, it's all the same," said Sam, getting over the little +difficulty. "I should like to have it again." + +"Have you got the receipt?" asked the pawnbroker, to gain time. + +"Yes, I've got it here." + +The man looked discomfited, but Sam's next words freed him from +anxiety. + +"I want to ask of you a favor," said Sam. "I haven't got money enough +here, but I'll pay you what I've got and bring you the rest +tomorrow." + +"Oh, no, you won't," said the old man, smiling, and wagging his head. +"Do you think I am a fool? That isn't the way I do business, my boy." + +"But I swear to you I will bring you the money," said Sam, earnestly. +"I'll give you a little extra besides, to pay you for waiting." + +"You are very kind," said the pawnbroker, revealing his yellow teeth +in a cunning smile; "but I can't do it." + +Sam had one other resource. + +"Then," he proposed, "I'll pay you all the money I have, and give you +my vest besides to keep till to-morrow." + +"How much money have you got?" + +"Three dollars." + +"And your vest is worth about twenty-five cents." + +"Twenty-five cents!" repeated Sam, looking insulted. "Do you think I +would wear a twenty-five cent vest?" + +"It is all it is worth to me. I lent you five dollars, and you want to +put me off with three dollars and a quarter." + +"But I would come round to-morrow and give you the money." + +"Shall you have the money to-morrow?" inquired the dealer. + +"Yes," answered Sam. + +"Where will you get it?" + +"I ain't obliged to tell that. It don't make no difference to you." + +"Well, if you get the money to-morrow you can come round to-morrow," +said the old man, with the air of one who had announced his +ultimatum. + +"But I want it to-day, particular," persisted Sam. + +"Why do you want it to-day, particular?" asked the pawnbroker, looking +curious. + +"I'm going to a party to-night," said Sam, whose imagination was +always to be relied upon. "I want to wear the ring there." + +"Did you expect to go to the party without a vest?" queried the old +man. + +"Oh, I've got another at home," said Sam, composedly. + +"You'll have to do without the ring till you bring me the money," said +the pawnbroker, finally. + +Sam saw from his manner that he was in earnest, and as perplexed as +ever he left the shop. + +"What am I going to do now?" he thought. "It's a shame to give up the +reward on account of that mean old man. Why can't he trust me, I'd +like to know? Does he think I would cheat him?" + +Then a new fear disturbed Sam. + +The pawnbroker might see the reward, and himself go to the advertiser +and claim it. + +"I wonder whether he takes the _Herald?_" thought our hero. + +Something must be done, and at once. It was quite impossible to let +such a golden chance slip by. So, finally, he determined to see Henry +Martin, and if absolutely necessary tell him the whole story, and get +him to accompany him to the pawnbroker's shop. + +On his way back he happened to overtake Henry in the street, and +broached the subject to him. Henry listened to him attentively. + +"So that is where you got your supply of money from, Sam?" he said. + +"Yes." + +"I thought you must have raised some somewhere, or you would have been +borrowing of me." + +"I want to borrow three dollars of you now, or three fifty, to make +sure I have enough." + +"You had no right to pawn that ring, Sam. You ought to have remembered +that it was not yours." + +"I couldn't help it. I was out of money. Besides, I didn't know whose +it was." + +"It was your duty to find out, or try to find out." + +"Could I go round the city asking everybody if the ring belonged to +them?" + +"No, but you could have advertised it in some paper.". + +"How could I when I was dead broke? You know I couldn't." + +"Well, what do you propose to do now?" + +"I want you to lend me money enough to get back the ring. Then I'll go +round to Wall Street and return it and get the twenty-five dollars +reward, and pay you back every cent I owe you." + +Henry reflected. + +"I don't know but that's the best way," he said; "but I must go with +you to see that it's all right." + +"Of course you can. I want you to," said Sam, relieved. + +"We can't go now, for there isn't time. Come into my place as soon as +you get away, and we'll go round together." + +"All right, Henry. You're a trump, and no mistake. I thought you'd +help me out." + +Sam's cheerfulness returned, and he went to work with more alacrity. +All the afternoon he was forming plans for the disposal of the reward +when it came into his hands. + +About a quarter after five the two boys entered the pawnbroker's +office. + +The latter was not particularly pleased to see Sam, and his +countenance showed it. + +"I guess I'll take that ring, mister," said Sam, in an independent +tone. + +"What ring?" + +"Oh, you know well enough." + +"Have you brought the money?" + +"Yes; I've got it here." + +"It will be five dollars and a half." + +"That is too much, but I'll give it to you; so just hand it over." + +"Wait a minute, my friend," said the pawnbroker. "Where did you get the +ring?" + +"I've told you already." + +"You said your grandmother left it to you; but I don't believe it." + +"I can't help what you believe. Just hand it over." + +"I have a strong suspicion, my young friend, that it is stolen." + +"It's a lie!" said Sam, angrily. + +"I'm not sure about that. I think I'll call a policeman." + +Here Henry Martin interfered. + +"Did you think it was stolen when you advanced money on it?" he +asked. + +"Yes, I did," said the pawnbroker. "Your friend's story was too +thin." + +"Then," said Henry, quietly, "you've got yourself into trouble. You +can be arrested for receiving stolen goods." + +The pawnbroker turned pale. He knew very well that he was in a +dilemma. + +"My friend didn't tell you the truth," continued Henry. "He found the +ring, and now he has found the owner. He wants to return it, and that +is why he is here. Unless you give it up, I will myself call a +policeman." + +Henry's quiet, assured manner produced its effect. With great +reluctance the pawnbroker produced the ring, the charges were paid, +and the two boys retired triumphant. + + + + +CHAPTER IX. + +RESTORING THE RING. + +"Now," said Henry, "we had better go down to Wall Street and see the +advertiser at once. If we can restore the ring to-night we shall avoid +the risk of losing it." + +"What makes you say we?" asked Sam, uneasily. "You don't expect any of +the reward, do you?" + +"I only expect you to pay me back what you owe me, Sam. The ring was +found by you, and you are entitled to the reward." + +Sam looked relieved. + +"Of course I'll pay you all I owe you, as soon as I get the +twenty-five dollars," he said. + +"Have you got the advertisement? Can you tell the name and number of +the advertiser?" + +"Yes, his name is John Chester, and his office is at No. 49 Wall +Street." + +"Good. We must go down directly, or he will be gone." + +The boys hurried to the office, which was on the third floor of the +building. A young man, of eighteen or nineteen, was in sole +possession. It may be remarked, by the way, that Mr. Chester was a +lawyer, and this young man had just entered the office as student. + +"That can't be Mr. Chester," said Henry, in a low voice, as the young +man turned upon their entrance, and fixed his eyes inquiringly upon +them. + +"I'll ask," said Sam. + +"Are you Mr. Chester?" he inquired. + +The youth looked flattered at being mistaken for his employer. + +"Mr. Chester has gone home," he answered, consequentially; "but, +perhaps, I can do well. Do you come on business?" + +"Yes," said Sam. + +"Ahem! law business, I suppose," said the lawyer's assistant, looking +wise. "State your case, and I may be able to assist you. Is it a case +of trespass, or do you wish to obtain a habeas corpus, or a caveat, or +a _nisi prius?_" + +"What a lot he knows!" thought Sam, respectfully. "I don't want none +of those things." + +"Perhaps you want to obtain a divorce," said the budding barrister, in +a jocular tone. "I am afraid we can't manage that for you." + +"We want to see Mr. Chester on particular business," said Henry +Martin. + +"Well, you can't see him to-night. He's gone home." + +"Where does he live?" + +"He don't see clients at his house. It won't be any use going there." + +"I guess he'll see us. We'll take the risk." + +"What is your business about?" asked the young man, with curiosity. + +"It's private," said Henry. + +"Very important, no doubt," said the disappointed neophyte. + +"Mr. Chester will think so," said Sam. "Where did you say he lived?" + +"Did you come about the ring?" asked the young man, with a sudden +thought. + +"What ring?" asked Sam, cunningly. + +"Mr. Chester lost a ring in Wall Street yesterday and advertised it in +the _Herald._ I didn't know but you had found it." + +"Suppose we had?" said Sam. + +"Then you can give it to me, and I'll take it up to Mr. Chester." + +"Thank you, but if I've found it I'll carry it up myself." + +"Have you got it?" + +"You can ask Mr. Chester about it to-morrow morning. Where does he +live?" + +"I've a great mind not to tell you," said the law student, +resentfully. + +"Then I'll find out in the 'Directory' and let Mr. Chester know you +wouldn't tell us." + +Upon this Sam got the desired information. + +He was told that Mr. Chester lived in West Thirty-fifth Street. + +"Let us go," said Henry. + +Sam followed him out. + +"Shall we go up there to-night?" he asked. + +"Yes; it is no doubt very valuable, and the sooner we get it into the +hands of the owner, the better." + +They took the University Place cars, and in a little more than half an +hour reached Thirty-fifth Street. They heard the neighboring clocks +strike six as they rang the bell. + +The door was opened by a colored man. + +"Does Mr. Chester live here?" asked Sam. + +"Yes," was the reply. + +"Can I see him?" + +"He's just gone in to dinner." + +"I only want to see him a minute." + +"Mr. Chester don't like to be disturbed when he's at dinner. You can +come round again in an hour." + +Sam looked at Henry for advice. + +"Tell Mr. Chester," said Henry, "that we have found something +belonging to him, and wish to return it to him." + +"You haven't found his ring?" said the servant, excited. + +"Yes, we have; but we will only deliver it into his hands." + +"Come right in. Just stand here in the hall, and I'll tell him." + +Presently a pleasant-looking man of middle age came from the +dining-room, and looked inquiringly from one to the other. + +"Which is the boy that has my ring?" he asked. + +"I'm the one," said Sam, promptly. + +"Show it to me, if you please." + +"You promised a reward of twenty-five dollars," said Sam, with +anxiety. + +"Certainly. If the ring is mine, you shall have the reward." + +Thereupon Sam produced the ring. + +Mr. Chester received it with great satisfaction. + +"Yes, it is the one," he said. "Where did you find it?" + +Sam described the place as well as he could. + +"So you saw my advertisement?" + +"Yes, sir; a friend of mine read it to me this morning." + +"Why didn't you bring it to my office before?" + +Sam hesitated, but Henry said, in a low voice: "Tell the truth, Sam." + +"The fact is," said he, "I pawned it, and it was some trouble for me +to get it again." + +"You pawned it! How much did you get on it?" + +"Five dollars." + +"Five dollars! Why, the ring cost six hundred dollars!" + +Henry and Sam looked at each other in blank astonishment. How could +that little ring be worth so much? + +"I am glad we didn't know how much it was worth," said Henry. "It +would have made us feel nervous." + +"I am surprised that the pawnbroker gave it back to you at all," said +Mr. Chester. "He must have known something of its value." + +"He didn't want to give it up. He said it was stolen, and he would +call the police." + +"What did you say, then?" + +"Henry asked him if he thought it was stolen when I brought it to him, +and he said yes. Then Henry threatened to have him taken up for +receiving stolen goods." + +"Good!" said Mr. Chester, laughing. "Your friend would make a good +lawyer. At any rate, I am glad I have got it back. Have you had +dinner, boys?" + +"No, sir," answered Henry. + +"Then come in and dine with me. My family are all away except my wife, +and there is plenty of room." + +"Thank you, sir," said Henry Martin. "We will accept your +invitation." + +"You can hang your hats up, and follow me." + +Sam began to feel bashful, but he obeyed directions, and followed Mr. +Chester into a handsome dining-room in the rear extension, where a +lady was already sitting at one end of the table. + +"I bring you two guests, Mrs. Chester," said her husband. "These two +young gentlemen have brought me my diamond ring." + +"You are, indeed, fortunate in recovering it," said his wife. "Young +gentlemen, you can sit, one on this side, the other opposite. I think, +John, you will have to introduce them by name." + +"Really, that is more than I can do," said the lawyer, laughing. + +"My name is Henry Martin," said Henry, who was perfectly +self-possessed. + +"Mine is Sam Barker," said the young outlaw. + +"Shall I send you some soup, Mr. Martin?" + +"Yes, thank you." + +"And you, Mr. Barker?" + +Sam stared and wanted to laugh. It seemed so droll to be called "Mr. +Barker," but he managed to answer properly. + +Mr. Chester was a man of some humor, and he enjoyed Sam's evident +embarrassment. He took pains to be ceremoniously polite. Sam, who was +used to the free and easy ways of a restaurant, hardly knew how to +act. Henry Martin, though now thrown upon his own exertions, had been +well brought up, and betrayed no awkwardness. + +At the close of the meal, to which Sam, despite his bashfulness, did +full justice, Mr. Chester opened his pocket-book and produced +twenty-five dollars in bills. + +"Is this to be divided between you?" he inquired. + +"No, sir," said Henry; "Sam found the ring. It is all for him." + +"Allow me to offer you five dollars, also," said the lawyer, who was +pleased with Henry's manner. + +"Thank you, sir, I would rather not take it." + +"At all events, if I can ever be of any service to you, let me know." + +"Thank you, sir." + +Soon afterward the boys left the house. + + + + +CHAPTER X. + +SAM'S INVESTMENT. + +"What a fool you were not to take the money he offered you!" said Sam +when they were in the street. + +"Why should I? I didn't find the ring. I had no claim to it." + +"No matter, if he was willing to give it to you. He can afford it." + +"I have no doubt of it; but I didn't want to take it." + +"You ain't much like me, Henry. You wouldn't catch me refusing." + +"I presume not," said Henry, smiling. + +"I say, wasn't that a tiptop dinner?" said Sam, smacking his lips as +he thought of it. "It beats the restaurant all hollow. We'd have had +to pay a dollar apiece for such a lot of things, and then they +wouldn't have been so good." + +"That's so, Sam. We can't expect to live like that every day." + +"There's one thing seems funny, Henry--them bowls of water they bring +on at the end to wash your hands in. I was just goin' to drink mine +when I saw Mr. Chester wash his fingers in his. It don't seem nice to +have wash bowls on the dinner-table." + +"We never have been much into fashionable society, Sam. I've no doubt +there are a good many things that would seem strange to us if we +did." + +"When I am rich, I'll live just like Mr. Chester," said Sam, +enthusiastically. + +"We have never been much into fashionable society, Sam. I've no doubt +there are a good many things that would seem strange to us if we +did." + +"When I am rich, I'll live just like Mr. Chester," said Sam, +enthusiastically. + +"If you ever want to be rich, you must save up money." + +"I can't now." + +"Why can't you save up part of these twenty-five dollars?" + +"I owe part of it to you." + +"Only about five dollars." + +"I've got to get along till the end of the week." + +"You ought to be able to save fifteen dollars, at any rate. I'll go +with you to the savings-bank, and you can put it in to-night, I know a +bank that keeps open till eight o'clock." + +Sam hesitated, and looked reluctant. + +"I guess I'll wait and see how much I need to carry me through the +week," he said. + +"At any rate, pay me what you owe me, and I'll deposit a part of it on +my own account." + +Settlement was made, and Henry, accompanied by Sam, went round to the +Sixpenny Savings-Bank, then established on Astor Place, in a part of +the Mercantile Library Building. It is kept open every day in the week +from 10 A. M. till 8 P. M., thus affording better accommodation to +depositors than most institutions of the kind. Sam had never been in a +savings-bank before, and he looked about him with curiosity. + +Henry took the five-dollar bill which Sam had paid him, and handed it +with his bankbook to the receiving clerk, saying: "I want to deposit +three dollars of this." + +An entry was made in the book, which was returned to him, with two +dollars change. + +Henry turned away. + +"Is that all?" asked Sam. + +"Yes, that is all." + +"Supposin' you wanted to draw out money, what would you do, then?" + +"Go to that other clerk, and tell him how much you wanted to draw. He +would give you a paper to sign, and then he'd give you the money." + +"How much money have you got here now, Henry?" + +"Thirty-five dollars," answered his companion, with pardonable pride. + +"That's about twice as much as I have got here." + +"Yes; don't you think you had better take out a book?" + +"I guess I will come next week," said Sam, hesitating. + +"You have no idea how independent it makes me feel," said Henry. "Now, +if I am sick I know I shan't have to suffer, for a time at least. I +could live for seven or eight weeks on what I've got here in the +bank." + +"That's so. I wish I had thirty-five dollars." + +"You may have it after a while if you'll do as I do--be economical and +saving." + +"I'll think about it," said Sam. "I'd like to have something to fall +back upon in my old age." + +Henry commended this plan, though he knew Sam too well to have much +hope of his carrying it out. As it turned out, not a dollar of the +reward which he had been paid found its way to the savings-bank. How +it was disposed of we shall see. + +The next day, as Sam was going to the office, he met a young man with +whom he had lately become acquainted. + +"How are you, Sam?" he asked. + +"Tiptop," answered Sam. + +"How does the world use you?" + +"Pretty well. I've just made some money." + +"How much?" + +"Twenty-five dollars." + +"That isn't bad. How did you do it?" + +"I found a diamond ring in Wall Street, and got the money for a +reward." + +"Have you got it now?" + +"Most of it." + +"What are you going to do with it?" + +"Henry Martin advises me to put it in the savings-bank." + +"Who is Henry Martin?" + +"He is a boy that rooms with me." + +"Take my advice, and don't do it." + +"Why not? Would the bank break?" + +"I don't know as it would; but what good would it do?" + +"They give you interest, don't they?" + +"Yes, but it's only six per cent. The interest on twenty-five dollars +would only come to a dollar and a half in a year. That's too slow for +me." + +"What would you advise me to do, then?" asked Sam. "Is there any way +of making money?" + +"I'll tell you what I'd do if I were you. I'd buy part of a ticket in +the Havana lottery." + +"Could I make money that way?" + +"Say you bought a fifth of a ticket; that would come to ten dollars. +Now the biggest prize is a hundred thousand dollars!" + +It almost took away Sam's breath to think of such a large sum. + +"I couldn't draw that, could I?" he asked, eagerly. + +"You might draw a fifth of it; that would be twenty thousand +dollars." + +"Why, that would make me rich!" exclaimed Sam, in excitement. "I'd +never have to work no more." + +"Besides, there are other prizes a great many, only smaller." + +"I'd be pretty sure to draw something, wouldn't I?" + +"You'd stand just as good a chance as anybody." + +"Have you got any tickets in the lottery?" + +"Yes, I bought a fifth of a ticket yesterday." + +"Where do they sell? 'em?" asked Sam. + +His companion told him. + +"I guess I'll go round and buy one," he said. "It must be better than +putting the money in the savings-bank." + +"That's what I think. You may not get a big prize the first time, to +be sure, but it's worth waiting for." + +Sam was not much of a financier, nor did he know how little real +chance there was of drawing the large prize he desired. He did not +know that it was about the most foolish use he could make of his +money. He was deceived by the consideration that somebody would win +the prize, and that his chance was as good as anybody. It is always +unlucky for a boy or young man when he yields for the first time to +the fatal fascination of the lottery. He may fail time after time, but +continue to hug the delusion that the next time will bring him luck. +There are clerks in New York and other large cities who have not only +squandered all their own savings, but abstracted money from their +employers, led on by this ruinous passion. + +During his noon intermission Sam went round to the lottery office, and +returned with the coveted ticket. + +He put it away with great complacency, and gave himself up to dreams +of future wealth. If he could only win that twenty thousand dollars, +how rich he would be! How he would triumph over Henry, with his poor +thirty-five dollars in the savings-bank! + +"Poor Henry! I'll do something for him, if I only win the prize," he +thought. "Maybe I'll buy out some big business, and make him my clerk, +with a good salary. Won't it be jolly?" + +No doubt it would, but Sam was counting chickens that were not very +likely to be hatched. + +There was another bad consequence of his purchase. It made him lavish +of the money he had left. It amounted to nine dollars and some odd +cents. Had he followed Henry's advice, a part of this would have been +deposited in the bank; but Sam's dreams of wealth led him to look upon +it as a mere trifle, hardly worth taking into account. So day by day +it melted away till there was none left. + + + + +CHAPTER XI. + +HENRY BECOMES A MERCHANT. + +While Sam was impatiently awaiting the drawing of the Havana lottery, +Henry; too, made an investment, but of an entirely different +character. + +He was in the employ of a shipping house, which dispatched vessels to +different parts of the world with assorted cargoes. The head of the +firm was James Hamilton, a man who stood deservedly high, not only in +the mercantile world, but as a citizen. He had served his native city +as an alderman, and had been offered the nomination for mayor by the +party to which he belonged, but had declined, on account of the +imperative claims of his private business. + +Mr. Hamilton had long noticed, with a feeling of approval, Henry +Martin's faithful performance of duty. Though he had not promoted him +rapidly, he was observing him carefully, fully determined to serve him +in the future if he should deserve it. This Henry did not know. His +employer was not a man of many words, and he was not aware that he had +attracted his attention. Sometimes even he felt depressed by the +thought that he was getting on so slowly. But it did not so affect him +as to make him careless or neglectful of his duties. Even if he did +not obtain promotion, he meant to deserve it. + +One morning, about this time, a clerk came to Henry, and said: "Mr. +Hamilton wishes to see you in his private office." + +Henry was a little startled. The idea came to him that he might have +done something which had displeased his employer, and that he was to +be reprimanded, perhaps discharged. This would be so disastrous to him +that the thought of it made him turn pale. Still, think as he might, +he could not call to mind any error he had committed, and this +somewhat encouraged him. + +He entered the office, saying, respectfully: "Did you wish to see me, +sir?" + +"Yes," said the merchant, looking up from his writing; "sit down, +please." + +It may be remarked that it was Mr. Hamilton's custom to be as polite +to his subordinates as to his social equals. + +Henry sat down. + +"How long have you been in my employ, Henry?" asked the merchant. + +"I am now on my fourth year." + +"How old are you?" + +"Nearly sixteen, sir." + +"You entered upon your business career very early." + +"Yes, sir, earlier than I wished, but I was obliged to earn my living, +and had no choice." + +"Have you parents living?" + +"No, sir." + +"Are you entirely dependent upon what I pay you for your support?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"I hope you don't get into debt?" + +"No, sir; I have even saved a little money." + +"Indeed!" said his employer, with interest. "What have you done with +it?" + +"Deposited it in the Sixpenny Savings Bank." + +"That is well. How much have you saved?" + +"Thirty-five dollars. It isn't much, but it is a beginning." + +"It is a good deal for a boy in your circumstances to save," said Mr. +Hamilton, with emphasis. "How much do I pay you?" + +"Five dollars a week." + +"I suppose you consider that small pay?" + +Henry smiled. + +"Any addition will be acceptable," he answered; "but I don't complain +of it." + +"It shall be raised to seven at once," said the merchant. + +"Thank you, sir," said Henry, his face showing the delight he felt. +"You are very kind. I shall feel quite rich now." + +"I suppose you will now live in a little better style," suggested Mr. +Hamilton. + +"I don't think I shall, sir. I shall increase my savings." + +"That is well. I commend your self-denial and prudence. How much +interest does the savings-bank pay you?" + +"Six per cent., sir." + +"I will propose a different investment. I am about to send a cargo of +goods to Rotterdam. The venture will, I think, prove a paying one. +Would you like to join in it?" + +Henry stared at his employer in surprise. How could he, a boy with +thirty-five dollars capital, join in such an enterprise? + +"I don't see how I can," he replied. "I am afraid you take me for a +capitalist." + +"So you are," said his employer. "Have you not money in the bank?" + +Henry smiled. + +"I don't think that will go very far," he said. + +"Perhaps not, and, therefore, if you are going to take part in my +venture, I suggest that you borrow five hundred dollars." + +Henry was surprised once more. He began to think Mr. Hamilton was out +of his head. Yet he did not look so. On the contrary, as he smiled +kindly upon Henry, he looked what he was, a shrewd, kindly, +long-headed man of business. Still, he had just advised an almost +penniless boy to borrow five hundred dollars. + +"I don't know anybody that would lend me so much money," said Henry. + +"Why don't you apply to me?" suggested his employer. + +"Would you lend me five hundred dollars?" asked the boy, in surprise. + +"Am I to regard that as an application?" inquired Mr. Hamilton. + +"Yes, sir," said Henry, "if you think it well for me to borrow it." + +"Then I answer yes, upon conditions. First, let me explain why I +advise you to borrow. I have little doubt that you will find the +venture a profitable one. Next, you may place your savings-bank book +in my hands as security. Thirty-five dollars will pay a year's +interest on the five hundred dollars I lend you; so my interest is +secure." + +"But suppose the speculation shouldn't pay, Mr. Hamilton?" + +"As to that, I know so much about it that I am willing to take the +risk. I do not scruple to say that if the money were to be placed in +your hands for investment, according to your own judgment, I should +have some doubts as to your being able to repay it to me at the end of +the year." + +"Probably you are right, sir," said Henry. + +"But, as it is, I am willing to take the risk. Do you think of any +objections?" + +"I was only thinking," said Henry, "that I might want to save up more +money from my wages; but if you have the book I could not have them +entered." + +"There will be no trouble about that. Though you leave this book with +me, you can start another account in another savings-bank. Indeed, I +would advise you to do so. There is an old saying: 'Never put all your +eggs in one basket.' So it may be as well to divide your money between +two banks." + +"I didn't think of that, sir. I will follow your advice." + +"I don't know that I have any more to say to you. We understand each +other now. I will put you down on my books as a partner, to the extent +of five hundred dollars, in my Rotterdam shipment, and you may place +the savings-bank book in my hands tomorrow." + +"Thank you, sir. I am very grateful to you for your kind interest in +me." + +"That is a good boy one of the right stamp," soliloquized the +merchant. "A boy who has the prudence and self-denial to save money +out of a weekly income of five dollars is bound to succeed in life. I +will push him as he deserves." + +"Well, Henry," asked the clerk, curiously, "have you been receiving a +lecture from the boss?" + +"Yes," answered Henry, smiling. + +"Did he blow you up?" + +"Not very high." + +"You've been with him full twenty minutes." + +"We were discussing important business," said Henry. + +"I hope it was satisfactory to you." + +"Very much so." + +"You haven't had your pay raised, have you?" + +"Yes." + +"How much?" + +"From five to seven dollars a week." + +"That's a good raise. I wonder whether I'm to be raised, too." + +"Perhaps so." + +"I hope so, for I'm fifty dollars in debt, and don't see how I am to +pay it." + +"You get twelve dollars a week, don't you?" + +"Yes; but what's twelve dollars?" + +"I have been living on five." + +"And you don't owe anything?" + +"Not a cent." + +"Blessed if I see how you do it! I need fifteen, and I ought to have +it." + +"He's like Sam," thought Henry. "If Mr. Hamilton finds out that he is +in debt, he won't stand much chance of having his wages raised. I'm +glad I've got something ahead. It makes me feel independent. I hope I +shall make something on my borrowed money." + +So Henry and Sam have both made investments. It remains to be seen how +they will come out. + + + + +CHAPTER XII. + +HOW SAM SUCCEEDED. + +Sam did not tell Henry of his purchase of a lottery ticket, being well +aware that his roommate would not approve such an investment. + +"I'll wait till the lottery is drawn, and then if I get a prize I'll +tell him about it. He can't say anything, then." + +Such were Sam's thoughts. He knew, of course, that he might draw a +blank; but he did not take much account of that. He lived in a dream +of wealth till the day when the result was to be made known. On a +certain day the lucky numbers were to be published in the _Herald_, +and for this issue Sam was anxiously waiting. + +The number of his ticket was 7,567. + +"Seven is a lucky number," said the acquaintance who induced him to +buy. "Your number begins and ends with a seven. It's likely to draw +something." + +Sam listened to this prediction with complacency. He did not reflect +upon the absurdity of one number being luckier than another, and +congratulated himself that he had been so fortunate as to get a number +containing two sevens. + +Sam was not usually an early riser. As a general thing he lay in bed +as late as he dared to; but on the particular morning which was to +terminate his suspense he jumped out of bed at half-past five +o'clock. + +"What are you going to do, Sam?" inquired Henry, opening his eyes. + +"I'm going to get up," answered Sam. + +"What's up? Do you have to go to work earlier than usual?" + +"No, that isn't it," answered Sam, evasively. "I'm tired of lying +abed." + +"Rather strange!" thought Henry. "Can it be possible that Sam is +turning over a new leaf?" + +He did not give much credence to this, but concluded that Sam had a +particular reason, which he would learn in due time. + +Sam dressed hastily, and walked round to the _Herald_ office, and +purchased a copy of the paper, which he unfolded eagerly. He did not +immediately find the list of lucky numbers, but at length his eye +rested on them. He looked eagerly through the long list, hoping to see +number 7,567 in it, but in vain. A prize of fifty dollars was drawn by +7,562; but that was the nearest approach to good fortune. + +Poor Sam! His heart sank within him. He had been dreaming golden +dreams of fortune for a week past, but now he was brought down to the +cold and barren reality. All his money was gone except a dollar, on +which he must live for two days and a half, till his weekly wages were +due. + +"It's a shame!" muttered Sam, in bitter disappointment. "I was sure my +ticket would win something. Wasn't there two sevens in it? I believe +they cheated." + +It was too early yet for breakfast, and he sauntered about idle and +purposeless. Suddenly he came upon the young man upon whose advice he +had purchased his ticket. He, too, had a _Herald_ in his hand, but was +not looking particularly elated. + +"He hasn't got anything, either," thought Sam, shrewdly. + +Just then he caught sight of Sam. + +"Did you draw a prize?" he asked. + +"No, I did not," said Sam, gloomily. "I wish I hadn't bought a ticket. +That ten dollars is just throwed away. I wish I had it back." + +"Better luck next time." + +"What good'll that do me?" inquired Sam. "I'm dead broke. I haven't +got money enough to buy another ticket. Didn't you tell me I was sure +to win with two sevens in my number?" + +"I didn't say you were sure. I only said it was a lucky number." + +"Well, I wish I had my money back, that's all. I've only got a dollar +to last me till Saturday night." + +"I ain't much better off myself, Sam; but it's no use giving up. Of +course a feller can't be sure to win a big prize the first time. It's +worth trying five or six times." + +"Where's the money coming from? Ten dollars don't grow on every +bush." + +"Can't you borrow?" + +"My credit ain't good." + +"Then, save up till you have enough money." + +"How am I to save when I only get five dollars a week?" + +"Well, I am sorry for you, Sam; but I'm just as bad off as you are." + +"Are you going to buy another ticket?" + +"As soon as I can." + +The two parted, and Sam began to reflect. + +"Perhaps he is right. I couldn't expect to draw a prize the very first +time. I wish I could get money enough to buy another ticket. Henry +could lend me it as well as not; but I know he wouldn't. He'd just +give me a lecture for buying a ticket at all. I wonder if there is any +way." + +There seemed to be none except to try Henry, and, small as the chance +was, he decided to do it. + +Henry was just thinking of getting up when Sam returned. + +"Back so soon, Sam?" he said. "Have you had breakfast?" + +"Not yet." + +"I see you have the Herald there. What's the news?" + +"I haven't looked to see." + +"You don't generally buy a morning paper." + +"No; but there was something I wanted to look at this morning." + +"You haven't found another ring, and bought the _Herald_ to see +whether it's advertised?" + +"No; I wish I could find something." + +"Have you thought about putting part of your money in the +savings-bank, Sam?" + +"How can I, when it's all gone?" + +"Twenty dollars gone in little more than a week!" exclaimed Henry, in +genuine amazement. + +"Yes," answered Sam, rather confused. + +"What on earth did you do with it all?" + +"I guess I must have spent about ten dollars going to the theater, and +so on." + +"What has become of the other ten dollars then?" + +"I bought a lottery ticket," said Sam, little uncomfortably. + +"Well, you were foolish!" said Henry. "What made you do it?" + +"A friend of mine advised me to. He had one himself." + +"He couldn't have been much of a friend of yours. I suppose you didn't +draw anything?" + +"No." + +"I didn't expect you would." + +"Other people did, though," said Sam, inclined to uphold the lottery +system. "Do you see that long list of prizes?" + +"I never knew anybody that drew a prize," said Henry, quietly, "though +I've known a good many who bought tickets." + +"Forbes tells me if I buy another ticket I'm pretty sure to get +something." + +"Then, you'd better not mind what Forbes says." + +"Of course somebody must draw prizes," said Sam, obstinately. + +"It's a poor way to get money, even if you could win one." + +"I'd risk that. I'd like to buy another ticket." + +Henry shrugged his shoulders. + +"I don't think you are very wise, Sam. It is well you haven't any more +money to throw away." + +This was not promising, but Sam did not mean to give it up. + +"Henry," he said, "I wish you'd lend me ten dollars." + +"What for?" + +"I want to buy one more ticket." + +"I can't lend it." + +"I should think you might. If I don't get anything this time I'll +never buy again." + +"I can't oblige you, Sam." + +"You mean you won't," said Sam, sulkily. + +"No; it happens to be true that I can't." + +"Haven't you thirty-five dollars in the savings-bank?" + +"I had." + +"You haven't spent the money?" + +"I have invested it." + +"How?" + +"I've given the book to my employer as security to pay interest on a +loan." + +Then, seeing that Sam's curiosity was aroused, he proceeded to explain +that he had borrowed five hundred dollars of his employer to pay for a +share in a mercantile venture. + +"Do you think you'll make any money out of it?" asked Sam, eagerly. + +"I hope to." + +"About how much?" + +"Perhaps I may make a hundred dollars." + +"I wish I had that much." + +"I suppose you would buy ten lottery tickets," suggested Henry, +smiling. + +Sam admitted he should invest a part that way. + +"I prefer to invest my money in legitimate business," said Henry. + +"I don't know about that," said Sam. "I might have drawn the +twenty-thousand-dollar prize. That's better than a hundred dollars." + +"So it is; but if I keep on I have a good deal better chance of +getting up to twenty thousand dollars than you." + +"I wish my boss would lend me five hundred dollars," said Sam. + +"I wouldn't advise him to," said Henry, smiling. "Now let us go to +breakfast." + + + + +CHAPTER XIII. + +HENRY'S GOOD FORTUNE. + +Three months passed. To Henry Martin they passed very satisfactorily. +At his new rate of payment he was able to lay up two dollars a week +without denying himself anything absolutely necessary to his comfort. +At the end of this period, therefore, he had twenty-six dollars on +deposit in a new savings-bank. Of his venture he had heard nothing. He +remained perfectly easy about this, however, knowing that in due time +he would hear from it. Mr. Hamilton, he observed, took more notice of +him than formerly. He frequently greeted him, in passing through to +his office, with a pleasant word or smile; and Henry felt justified in +concluding that he was in favor with him. + +It was after the interval of time already mentioned that he again +received a summons to the counting-room. + +Mr. Hamilton had a long paper before him closely filled with figures. + +"Sit down. Henry," he said. + +"Thank you, sir." + +"You remember our conversation three months since, I suppose?" + +"Yes, sir; perfectly." + +"You consented to take a share in a venture was sending out to +Rotterdam?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"I have just received a statement of it, and, you are interested, I +have called you in to let you know how it has turned out." + +"Thank you, sir," said Henry, eagerly. + +"I find that, after deducting all expenses, your share of the profits +will amount to one hundred dollars." + +"One hundred dollars!" exclaimed Henry, in astonishment and delight. + +"Yes. I think we have been very successful." + +Henry felt flattered by that word "we." It seemed to associate him, +humble office boy as he was, with the eminent merchant who employed +him. + +"That is better than the savings-bank, sir," said Henry. + +"Yes, it is; but I ought to add that it is not always so sure. All +ventures do not turn out so profitably. To return to your affairs I +shall charge you interest on the five hundred dollars you borrowed of +me, at the rate of seven per cent. You have had the use of the money +for three months." + +"Then the interest will amount to eight dollars and three quarters," +said Henry, promptly. + +"Quite right; you are very quick at reckoning," said Mr. Hamilton, +looking pleased. + +"That is not a difficult sum," answered Henry, modestly. + +"I did not suppose you knew much about computing interest. You left +school very young, did you not?" + +"At twelve, sir." + +"You had not studied interest then, had you?" + +"No, sir; I have studied it since." + +"At evening-school?" + +"No, sir; I studied by myself in the evening." + +"How long have you done that?" + +"For two years." + +"And you keep it up regularly?" + +"Yes, sir; occasionally I take an evening for myself, but I average +five evenings a week at studying." + +"You are a remarkable boy," said the merchant, looking surprised. + +"If you flatter me, sir, I may grow self-conceited," said Henry, +smiling. + +"You have some right to feel satisfied with yourself. Tell me what was +your object in commencing this course of work." + +"I picked up at a bookstore on Nassau Street an old book containing +the lives of some men who rose from obscurity; and I found that many +of them studied by themselves in early life, being unable to attend +school. It seemed to me that education was necessary to success, and, +as I had nothing else to depend upon, I began to work evenings." + +"Did you not find it irksome? Were you not tempted sometimes to give +it up?" + +"Just at first; but afterward I got to enjoy it." + +Here Mr. Hamilton asked Henry a few questions, with a view of testing +his knowledge both as to extent and accuracy; and the result was so +satisfactory as more and more to prepossess him in favor of the boy. + +He returned to business. + +"It appears," he said, "that, interest deducted, you have ninety-one +dollars and a quarter to your credit with me. You are at liberty to +draw it, if you wish." + +"What would you advise me to do, Mr. Hamilton?" asked Henry. + +"You had better leave it in my hands for such use as I may think +likely to prove profitable. I shall dispatch a vessel to Marseilles in +a week. Would you like to take a share in this venture?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"Then, I will assign six hundred dollars to you. Five you may continue +to borrow of me. One is your own." + +"Not quite, sir. You remember the interest." + +"That need not be charged till the end of the year. I will still +retain the savings-bank book you left with me as a guaranty. Is that +satisfactory?" + +"Entirely so, sir." + +"Have you been able to save up anything lately?" + +"Yes, sir; I have twenty-six dollars on depost in another bank." + +"Very good. You are, then, provided for in any case of emergency." + +Henry went back to work. + +His reflections, as may be imagined, were very pleasant. He figured up +what he was worth, and it stood thus: + +Six-penny Savings Bank.................... $35 00 + +Second bank account....................... 26 00 + +Proceeds of venture (net)................. 91 25 + ------- + $152 25 + +Thus he figured up a grand total of one hundred and fifty-two dollars +and twenty-five cents, making a gain in three months of one hundred +and seventeen dollars and twenty-five cents. + +"Why, at this rate," thought Henry, "I shall soon be rich." + +Of course, he owed a large part of this sum to the favor of his +employer; but this, again, was earned by his fidelity and economy--two +qualities which I wish were more common among boys of his age. + +Returning to his room he looked for his savings-bank book, but to his +dismay it was nowhere to be found. + +"Where can it be?" he asked himself, perplexed. "Perhaps Sam has seen +it." + +But Sam had not yet returned from the store, though it was past his +usual time. + +"It is very strange," thought Henry. "I am sure it was at the bottom +of my trunk. Can the trunk have been opened?" + + + + + +CHAPTER XIV. + +THE SAVINGS BANK BOOK. + +During the three months, which to Henry brought good fortune, Sam had +grown no richer. Indeed, just at this time he was very "hard up." He +had applied to Henry for a loan, but as he was already indebted to his +more prudent roommate, the latter declined to lend. + +"I think you are mean, Henry," said Sam, in disappointment. + +"I can't help it, Sam. You can live on five dollars a week just as +well as I can." + +"You've got a lot of money in the bank," said Sam, reproachfully. + +"Because I am more prudent than you." + +"I thought you were a friend of mine." + +"So I am; but I cannot encourage your extravagance. It wouldn't be a +friendly thing to do." + +"Oh, it's easy enough for you to find excuses; you don't want to lend, +that's all." + +"I don't want to give, for that is what it would amount to." + +Sam saw that it would be of no use to persist in his request, and he +went out sulkily. + +That day he found a bunch of keys in the street. This was not a very +valuable discovery, and he was tempted at first to throw them down +again, when an idea struck him. He dropped the keys into his pocket, +and when his lunch hour came, instead of going to a restaurant, as +usual, he hurried back to his boarding-house. + +The landlady met him as he was going upstairs. + +"Have you lost your place?" she asked, suspiciously; for in this case +Sam would probably be unable to pay his weekly rent. + +"Oh, no," said Sam. "I left something at home, that's all." + +He entered his room, and carefully locked the door behind him. + +Then he got down on his knees, and, one after the other, he tried the +lock of Henry's trunk with the keys he had found. The fifth opened +it. + +Sam blushed with shame, as he saw the inside of the trunk, with its +contents neatly arranged. In spite of his faults he had some honorable +feelings, and he felt that he was engaged in a contemptible business. +He was violating the confidence of his friend and roommate, who had +been uniformly kind to him, though he had declined to lend him money +latterly. Sam admitted to himself that in this refusal he was +justified, for he knew very well that there was very little chance of +repayment. + +Sam hoped to find some money in the trunk; but in this hope he was +destined to be disappointed. Henry was in the habit of making a weekly +deposit in the savings-bank, and therefore he had no surplus stock of +money. But at the bottom of his trunk was his savings-bank book. Sam +opened it, and his eyes sparkled when he counted up the deposits, and +found that they amounted to twenty-six dollars. + +"I didn't think Henry had so much money," he said to himself. + +He thrust the book into his pocket, and hurriedly locked the trunk. He +went downstairs, and hastened to the bank, which, unlike the Sixpenny +Savings Bank, was located downtown, and not far from the City Hall. +Henry had selected it on account of its nearness. + +Sam entered the banking house, and went to the window of the paying +clerk. He had accompanied Henry to the bank more than once, and knew +just where to go. + +"How much do you want?" asked the clerk, in a business-like tone. + +"Twenty dollars," replied Sam, who had made up his mind not to take +the whole. This was not due to any particular consideration, but on +the way he had read the rules of the bank, and ascertained that a +week's notice would be necessary before the whole account could be +withdrawn. + +The clerk filled an order for twenty dollars, and pushed it over to +Sam. + +"Sign that," he said. + +Sam hastily signed the name of "Henry Martin," and passed it back. + +The clerk went to a large book, and compared the signature with the +one recorded therein. Now, there was a considerable difference between +Sam's and Henry's handwriting, and he detected it at once. + +"You are not Henry Martin," he said, on his return. + +Sam was astonished at this discovery, but was too much alarmed to deny +it. + +"No, sir," he said. + +"What is your name?" + +"Sam Barker." + +"What made you sign the name of Henry Martin?" asked the bank officer, +suspiciously. + +"He is my roommate." + +"Did he ask you to draw this money for him?" + +"Yes," answered Sam. + +"He ought to have known that we would not pay it except upon his +written order." + +"He thought it would do just as well if I signed his name," said Sam, +growing bolder. + +"Then, he was mistaken." + +"Can't you give me the money, then?" + +"No, he must come himself." + +"All right!" said Sam. "I'll tell him." + +He spoke so naturally that the clerk was inclined to think his +suspicions were needless, and that Sam was really an authorized agent +of the real depositor. But when he got into the street, Sam's vexation +found vent. + +"Everything goes against me," he grumbled. "It hasn't done me a bit of +good taking this book. I shall only have the trouble of putting it +back again. I can't do it now, for I must go back to the store, +without my lunch, too." + +He counted upon replacing the book before it was missed; but Henry +reached home first, and discovered his loss, as related in the +preceding chapter. + + + + +CHAPTER XV. + +SAM IS FOUND OUT. + +Henry was not a little disturbed at the disappearance of his +bank-book. He felt confident that he had laid it away in his trunk, +and in that case it must have been stolen. But who possessed a key to +the trunk? Could it be Sam? Henry recalled Sam's application for a +loan, and he feared that it was really he. He determined to make +inquiries as soon as his roommate came home. + +He had scarcely formed this determination when Sam entered. + +"You are home early, Henry," he said. + +"No; it is you who are late." + +"I didn't get out quite as soon as usual." + +"I wonder whether he has missed the bankbook," thought Sam. "If he'd +only go out, I'd put it back where I took it from." + +Sam was soon informed as to the bank-book being missed. + +"I can't find my bank-book anywhere, Sam," said Henry, looking +searchingly at his companion. + +"Can't you? Where did you put it?" asked Sam, trying to look +unconcerned. + +"In my trunk." + +"Then it must be there now." + +"It is not. I have looked carefully." + +"Then, you didn't put it there. You must be mistaken." + +"No, I am not." + +"You may have dropped it out of your pocket on the way from the +bank." + +"No; I remember distinctly putting it in my trunk." + +Sam shrugged his shoulders. + +"I suppose you know best; but if you put it there, it must be there +now." + +"Unless it has been taken from my trunk," said Henry, significantly. + +"Just so," said Sam, readily. "Perhaps the landlady has taken it, or +Bridget, the chambermaid." + +"I don't think they have." + +"Will you lose the money if you don't find the book?" + +"No; I can report my loss at the bank, and they will give me a new +one." + +"Then you're all right." + +"I don't like the idea of my book being taken. The same one who took +the old book may take the new one." + +"Well, I haven't got any bank-book to worry about," said Sam. "Are you +going out to supper?" + +"Yes. Then, you don't know anything about my book?" + +"I! Of course not!" answered Sam. "What should I know of it?" + +"I don't know. Come, then, we'll go to supper." + +Sam saw that he was suspected, and he knew that he deserved it, but he +did not want Henry to ascertain definitely that such was the fact, He +wanted to return the book as soon as he could without observation, but +for this he must wait a while. + +When supper was over, they took a walk of half an hour, and then Henry +started to return to his room. + +"I'll stay out a little longer," said Sam. + +"Are you going to the theater?" asked Henry. + +"Not unless you lend me the money," said Sam. "I'm hard up myself." + +"You generally are." + +"Of course I am. How can I help it on such a mean salary?" + +"I don't know what to think," said Henry to himself. "If Sam has the +book he hasn't drawn any money on it, or he would go to the theater. +Perhaps he is innocent." + +Sam stayed out late. He did not go to the theater, being, as he said, +short of money, but he lounged away the evening in billiard saloons, +and it was a quarter past eleven before he got back to his room. When +he entered Henry was fast asleep. Sam congratulated himself upon this. +He felt that now was his chance to return the book. He might have +replaced it in the trunk, but as Henry had thoroughly searched it, he +would at once suspect that it bad been replaced. Besides, Henry might +wake up, and detect him in the act. + +After some consideration, Sam put it into Henry's inside coat pocket, +and then, undressing himself, went to bed. + +"I've got clear of it now," he thought, "and whatever Henry suspects, +he can't prove anything." + +The next morning, as Henry was dressing, he chanced to put his hand in +his coat pocket, and drew out the book. + +"What's that?" asked Sam, who had been watching him. + +"It's my savings-bank book," answered Henry. + +"Where did you find it?" + +"In my pocket." + +"Then, you didn't put it in your trunk, after all?" + +"Yes, I did." + +"That's foolish. If you had, it wouldn't have got into your pocket." + +Henry did not reply, but, examining the book, discovered to his +satisfaction that no money had been withdrawn. + +"You see you were wrong," said Sam. + +"At any rate, I am glad to get the book back again," said Henry, +quietly. + +"I wonder if he suspects anything," thought Sam. + +Henry did suspect, but he was determined to verify his suspicions +before saying a word on the subject. + +During the day he managed to get away from the store long enough to +visit the savings-bank. He went at once to the desk where payments +were made, and, showing his book, asked the clerk if he remembered +whether any one had presented it the day before. + +"Yes," was the answer. "A friend of yours wanted to draw out some +money on your account; but of course we did not pay it without your +order." + +"I am glad you didn't." + +"Then you did not send the boy who presented it?" + +"No." + +"I thought it might be so." + +"How much did he want to draw?" + +"Twenty dollars." + +Henry looked serious. This certainly looked bad for Sam. He did not +like to think that a boy to whom he had always been kind would so +abuse his confidence. + +"I shall take better care of my book in future," he said. "The boy had +no authority from me to draw money." + +"We saw that the signature was not correct, and refused to honor the +draft." + +Henry made a deposit of two dollars, increasing the amount to +twenty-eight dollars, and then left the bank. On his way back to the +store, he made up his mind that he would no longer room with Sam. Even +if he increased his expenses, he could not consent to have for a +roommate one who had made an attempt to defraud him. + + + + +CHAPTER XVI. + +SAM LOSES HIS PLACE. + +"Mr. Dalton wants you to go to the bank, and make a deposit," said +William Budd, to Sam, on the forenoon of the same day. + +"All right," said Sam. + +"Be particularly careful, as the deposit is unusually large." + +"Oh, yes, I'll be careful." + +Sam received the checks and drafts, amounting to several thousand +dollars, and started for the Fourth National Bank, on Nassau Street. +When he had accomplished a part of the distance, he met an old +acquaintance, whom he had known in his boot-blacking days. + +"How are you, Sam?" said Tim Brady. "I haven't seen you for a long +time." + +"I'm all right, Tim. I haven't seen you, either. Where have you +been?" + +"To Boston," answered Tim, briefly. + +"You have!" exclaimed Sam, interested. "How did you like it?" + +"I don't like it as well as York." + +"Why not? Ain't it a nice place?" + +"'Tisn't half as big as York. Besides, there ain't half so much fun. +There ain't no Old Bowery there, nor Tony Pastor's. I didn't know what +to do with myself nights." + +"What were you doing? Did you black boots?" + +"No," answered Tim. "I was in a store on Dock Square." + +"What sort of a store?" + +"Clothing store." + +"How did you get the place?" + +"It is kept by a cousin of the old woman. He wrote that he'd take me +if I'd come on. So I went; but I didn't like it." + +"Where did you live?" + +"With him. He had a house in Chelsea, just over the river, like +Brooklyn is. I got my board and a dollar a week." + +"That ain't much," said Sam. + +"No, I should say not. I had to pay my way over the ferry out of it, +too. It didn't leave me no money for cigars nor nothing." + +"How long were you there?" + +"About three months. I would not have stayed so long, only I couldn't +get money to get back." + +"You got it at last; or did you walk back?" + +"Walk? I guess not. It's three or four hundred miles." + +This was not quite exact, but near enough for a guess. + +"How much did it cost you to come back?" + +"Five dollars." + +"That's a good deal. Where did you get so much?" + +"I found it in the street one day," answered Tim, with a little +hesitation. + +"How long have you been back?" + +"About a week. I've been looking round for you. Where do you hang +out?" + +"I've got a room of my own," answered Sam, with an air of importance. + +"You have! You're in luck. What are you doin'?" + +"I've got a place with Dalton & Co., on Pearl Street." + +"What business? + +"Merchant. He's awful rich. Just look at that!" + +Sam displayed his bundle of checks. + +"I don't see nothin' particular except some bits of paper." + +"You don't know anything about business, Tim. Them's checks." + +"Are they?" + +"They're good for a lot of money. Here's a check for twelve hundred +dollars, and there's others besides." + +"That piece of paper worth twelve hundred dollars!" said Tim, +incredulously. + +"Yes." + +"What are you going to do with it?" + +"Take it to the bank." + +"What bank?" + +"Fourth National Bank." + +Tim looked at Sam with respect. He must certainly occupy a responsible +business position if he was trusted with such a large amount of +money. + +Sam, in putting back his checks, was careless enough to drop the +twelve-hundred-dollar check. He hurried off, unconscious of his loss, +and Tim quietly secured it. He ought to have restored it to Sam, as he +easily might have done; but an idea struck him. He would instead carry +it round to Mr. Dalton, and in all probability secure a reward for his +honesty. This was sharp practice, and hardly consistent with +friendship for Sam; but Tim was a boy not particularly scrupulous, who +cared more for number one than for any friend. He went into a store +near by, ascertained the number of Mr. Dalton's place of business, and +hurried down there. + +"Is the boss in?" he asked of William Budd, whom he first +encountered. + +"Yes." + +"I'd like to see him." + +"What for?" + +"Important business," answered Tim. + +Budd looked at him rather incredulously. + +"If you want to apply for a place, it's no use. We've got a boy +already." + +"That ain't my business. I've picked up something in the street that +belongs to Mr. Dalton, I'm thinkin'." + +"What is it?" + +"A check." + +"Sam must have dropped it," thought William, instantly. "Let me see +it," he said, aloud. + +"I'll show it to the boss," said Tim, obstinately. + +"Come on, then." + +"Here is a boy, Mr. Dalton, who thinks he has found something +belonging to you," said the young man. + +Mr. Dalton looked up. + +"What is it, my boy?" he said. + +"It's a check," said Tim, and, taking off his ragged hat, he handed +the paper to Mr. Dalton. + +"It's Nesbitt's check for twelve hundred dollars!" exclaimed the +merchant. "Where did you find it?" + +"In Nassau Street." + +"How could it be there, Mr. Budd?" asked Mr. Dalton. + +"I sent Sam to the bank not long since. He must have dropped it. It is +not the first time he has been careless." + +"I am afraid we shall have to discharge him. How does he perform his +duties generally?" + +"Not very satisfactorily, sir." + +"Send him to me as soon as he returns. Now, my boy, what is your +name?" + +"Tim Brady, sir." + +"Did you know the value of this check?" + +"Yes, sir; it's worth twelve hundred dollars." + +"How did you know where to bring it?" + +"I saw the name, and looked in the 'Directory' to find your place of +business." + +"You are a good and honest boy." + +"Thank you, sir; I try to be," said Tim, meekly. + +"You have done me a service. Here are ten dollars." + +"Thank you, sir," said Tim, joyfully. "You're a gentleman." + +Mr. Dalton smiled. + +"Always keep honest. 'Honesty is the best policy.'" + +"I think so myself, sir," said Tim. + +Tim retired quite elated. From a corner nearly opposite he watched for +Sam's return. + +"He looks sober," said Tim to himself. "It's likely he'll get +'bounced.' I wonder will I stand a chance for his place." + +"Sam," said William Budd, on his entrance, "Mr. Dalton wants to see +you." + +Sam looked startled. He had ascertained his loss, and was perplexed +and troubled about it. + +Mr. Dalton looked up as he entered. + +"Have you been to the bank, Samuel?" he asked. + +"Yes, sir." + +"Did you deposit all the checks given you?" + +"I lost one check some way," stammered Sam. + +"You must have been very careless," said his employer, in a tone of +reproof. + +"I don't think I was," said Sam. + +"You must have been. Did you not know that you had charge of a large +amount?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"Then, knowing this, you should have been particularly careful." + +"I'll go back and look for it, sir." + +"Fortunately there is no need of this, as it was picked up and brought +here by an honest boy. It was a check for twelve hundred dollars." + +"Then, you've got it again?" said Sam, relieved. "Shall I go round to +the bank and carry it?" + +"No, I shall not again trust you to go to the bank. Indeed, I am sorry +to say that I cannot retain you in my employ." + +"I hope you'll keep me," said Sam, alarmed. + +"I cannot do it in justice to myself. Call Mr. Budd." + +William Budd entered. + +"Mr. Budd," said Mr. Dalton, "I think you told me you had a cousin who +desired a place." + +"Yes, sir." + +"Tell him to come here to-morrow. I have discharged Sam." + +"Thank you, sir." + +"I do not forget, Sam," continued the merchant, "that you once +rendered me a service in bringing home my little boy. I regret that I +cannot keep you in my employ. To compensate you for the +disappointment, I will give you twenty-five dollars, and you are at +liberty to go at once if you desire it." + +Sam's eyes sparkled with pleasure. He felt so rich that he cared +little for the loss of his place. + +"Thank you, sir," he said. + +"I wish you good luck, Samuel," said Mr. Dalton, good-naturedly. + +Again Sam thanked him, and left the store looking so cheerful that +Tim, who was watching for his appearance, was quite bewildered. + +"He seems glad he's 'bounced,'" thought Tim. "I'll go and ask him +about it." + + + + +CHAPTER XVII. + +TIM IS UNMASKED. + +Before Sam had gone far Tim Brady managed to throw himself in his +way. + +"Where are you goin', now?" he asked. "Have you been to the bank?" + +"Yes," answered Sam. "I lost one of them checks." + +"You don't say!" said hypocritical Tim. + +"It was the twelve-hundred-dollar one." + +"What did the boss say? Did he blow you up?" inquired Tim, puzzled by +Sam's cheerful manner. + +"Yes; I'm 'bounced.'" + +"You don't seem to care much," said Tim, watching him curiously. + +"No, I don't. I'm tired of the old place." + +"What are you goin' to do? Are you goin' back to boot blackin'?" + +"No," answered Sam, scornfully; "I should say not." + +"You ain't goin' to retire on a fortune, are you?" + +"Look here, Tim," said Sam, displaying a roll of bills. "What do you +say to that?" + +"Did you save all that?" asked Tim, in great astonishment. + +"No; Mr. Dalton just gave it to me." + +"Give it to you when he 'bounced' you?" + +"Yes; you see, I found his little boy in the street one day, and took +him home. He give me a place for that, and now that I'm sacked he's +give me this money." + +"I say, Sam, you're in luck. How much is there?" + +"Twenty-five dollars." + +"You couldn't lend a feller five dollars?" said Tim, insinuatingly. + +"Yes, I could," answered Sam, cooly; "but I won't." + +"Why not?" + +"I want it all myself." + +"You might let me have a little," pleaded Tim. + +"I'll give you a square meal," said Sam, "but I can't do no more. I'm +goin' to Boston." + +"What's put in into your head to go to Boston?" + +"You have." + +"Well, I hope you'll like it better than I do." + +"Which way would you go?" asked Sam. + +"Fall River line. They're got nice steamers." + +"When do they go?" + +"Five o'clock." + +"All right. I'll go this afternoon." + +"You'll be comin' back soon," said Tim. + +"Maybe I will, but I want to see the place. I ain't never traveled +much, and now I'm goin'." + +"You'd better stay, and take me to Tony Pastor's to-night." + +Sam shook his head. + +"Oh, yes, you'd like me to spend all my money on you; but I don't see +it." + +"You needn't be so afraid. I've got some money, too," said Tim, +nettled. + +"You've got fifty cents, I s'pose." + +"Does that look like fifty cents?" + +Tim displayed the ten dollars he had received from Mr. Dalton for +restoring the lost check. + +Sam was astonished beyond measure. + +"Where did you get that money?" he asked. + +"It's some I had over when I failed," + +"And with all that money in your pocket you asked me for five +dollars!" exclaimed Sam, with justifiable indignation. + +"Why shouldn't I? Haven't you got more than I have?" + +Tim began to see that he had made a mistake in proclaiming his riches; +especially when Sam added that he might buy his own dinner--that he +wasn't going to treat him. + +"You promised you would," said Tim. + +"I didn't know you had so much money. I thought you was hard up. +You're a fraud." + +"So are you," said Tim, resentfully. + +"I don't want no more to do with you." + +Tim was nettled. He wanted to be revenged, and his secret slipped +out. + +"You needn't feel so big," he said. "I got you 'bounced.'" + +Here was much cause for astonishment. + +"You got me 'bounced'?" repeated Sam, in surprise. + +"Yes, I did. I found that check you dropped, and took it round to your +boss. He give me this ten dollars, and 'bounced' you." + +This was too much for Sam's equanimity. That a boy who had so injured +him should try to wheedle money and a treat out of him struck him as +so atrocious, that he felt action to be imperative. A sudden movement +of the foot upset Tim; and Sam, without waiting to see how he relished +his downfall, fled round a corner before Tim could retaliate. + +"He's the meanest boy I ever knew!" thought our retreating hero. "He +got me sacked, and then wanted me to treat him. I guess he won't ask +me again." + +Sam was still determined to go to Boston that afternoon. Before he +went he wanted to say good-by to Henry Martin, and, as the boat would +sail before business hours was over, he decided to go round to the +store where he was employed. + +Henry was just leaving the store on an errand when Sam came up. It was +the first time they had met since Henry's discovery of Sam's attempt +to appropriate his savings. He could hardly be expected to feel very +friendly toward him. + +"I'll walk along with you, Henry," said Sam; "I want to talk with +you." + +"And I want to talk with you," said Henry, coldly. "I've found out all +about my bankbook." + +"Have you?" replied Sam, disconcerted. + +"Yes; I've found out that you opened my trunk and took it out, then +went to the bank and tried to get twenty dollars on it. And all the +while you were rooming with me, and pretending to be my friend." + +Sam felt conscience-stricken. The enormity of his act flashed upon +him. Still, he wanted to extenuate his conduct. + +"It's true, Henry," he admitted, "and I ought to be ashamed of myself. +But I didn't get any money, after all, and I returned the book to +you." + +"I know that; but it was only because they wouldn't let you have +anything on it." + +"Don't think too hard of me, Henry," said Sam. + +"I can't help thinking hard of you. You wanted to rob me." + +"I only wanted to borrow the money." + +"Without my leave." + +"I meant to return it to you as soon as I could. The fact is, Henry, I +was awful hard up." + +"That's your own fault. As for returning the money, I hope you don't +think me quite such a fool as to believe that." + +Sam was really disturbed. He saw that Henry was perfectly justified in +being angry, and that his representation was the correct one. + +"I'm very sorry I did it," he said. "I hope you'll forgive me." + +"I'll forgive you, but we can no longer occupy the same room. I will +move out and leave the room to you, or you can move out and leave the +room to me." + +"I'll move, Henry. That's what I came to speak to you about. I came to +bid you good-by." + +"There is no need of saying good-by. We shall see each other again." + +"No, we shan't--for a good while, anyway. I'm just goin' to Boston." + +"What?" exclaimed Henry in astonishment. + +"I'm goin' on this afternoon." + +"Why, Sam, what's up?" + +Sam explained. + +"I don't know whether it's a good plan," said Henry, when he had +ended. + +"Nor I," said Sam; "but I'm goin', anyway. If I don't like it, I'll +come back somehow. Good-by!" + +"Good-by, and good luck, Sam!" said Henry, offering his hand. + +"Sam's a strange boy!" he said to himself, as he pursued his way +alone. "It's hard to tell how he's coming out. I hope he'll get wiser +as he grows older." + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. + +THE FALL RIVER BOAT. + +When Sam left Henry, somehow he felt in lower spirits than before. He +had become attached to his roommate in spite of the difference in +character between them, and Henry's reproaches seemed to throw a new +light upon his conduct. He felt it the more because he was about to +leave him. + +"I did treat him mean," he admitted to himself, his conscience +touched, for the first time, perhaps, in years. "I'm glad they +wouldn't let me have any of his money at the bank. I won't act so mean +again." + +It is not to be supposed that this repentant mood lasted long. As Sam +neared the wharf from which the Fall River line of steamers left for +Boston, his thoughts were on the journey he was about to take, and his +spirits rose. + +The steamer was moored alongside the wharf, perhaps halfway down. +There was a confused mass of trunks, bales and baggage of various +kinds on the pier waiting to be stowed away on board. It was early, +but a few passengers were already on board, and others were passing +over the gang plank at intervals. Sam thought he would go on board, +too, and look about a little. He had never been on board one of these +steamers, and was curious to see the accommodations. He went upstairs, +and found himself in a long and elegantly furnished saloon, with lines +of staterooms on either side. Three passengers were seated on sofas or +in armchairs. Two were engaged in reading an afternoon paper, and the +third, a girl of about fifteen, had her attention absorbed by a bird +cage containing a canary. + +She looked up as Sam passed, and asked pleasantly: "Is it almost time +for the boat to start, sir?" + +It was the first time Sam had been addressed as "sir," and he felt +flattered. + +"I guess not," he said. "There's only a few people on board. I don't +think it'll start for an hour." + +"I wish it would go soon," said the girl. "I am in a hurry to get +home." + +"Do you live in Boston?" asked Sam. + +"Yes; I've been to visit my uncle in Brooklyn, and now I'm going back. +Are you going to Boston, too?" + +"Yes," answered Sam. + +"Do you live there?" + +"No; I never was there." + +"I suppose you've got relations there?" said the young lady, in an +inquiring tone. + +"No; I'm going on to see if I can't get a place." + +The young girl surveyed him with interest. + +"Do you have to earn your own living?" she asked. + +"Yes." + +"You are young to do that." + +"Oh, I've had to earn my living ever since I was eleven or twelve." + +"You don't mean it. Why, what did you do?" + +"I was clerk in a store on Pearl Street," said Sam, who did not care +to mention his previous experience as a bootblack and newsboy. + +"Well, I hope you'll get a good place. I've got a brother almost as +old as you, but he'd never think he could earn his own living; his +name is Frank." + +"What's his last name?" asked Sam, bluntly. + +"Stockton--I am Julia Stockton." + +"My name is Sam Barker," said Sam, thinking such confidence ought to +be requited. + +"I've got a cousin Sam," Julia remarked, "but I never knew any one of +the name of Barker before." + +"Is that your bird?" inquired Sam, by way of prolonging the +conversation. + +"Yes; he sings sweetly, sometimes, but I guess he's frightened now. +I'm glad he's with me, it isn't quite so lonely. I never traveled +alone before. Are you used to traveling alone, Mr. Barker?" + +"I never traveled much," answered Sam, trying to look dignified, on +first being addressed as Mr. Barker; "but I don't mind being alone." + +"That's because you're a boy. Boys can take care of themselves better +than girls. Do you know what time we get to Boston?" + +"No, I don't; but I'll inquire," said Sam. "Shall I find you here?" + +"Oh, yes, I'll be here." + +Sam went down below, and noticed that some were already procuring +tickets at the captain's office. It struck him that he might as well +obtain his. Accordingly he joined the line, and when his turn came +inquired for a ticket. + +"Fall River or Boston?" asked the man in charge. + +"Boston." + +"Five dollars." + +"That's pretty steep," thought Sam. "I shall have only twenty dollars +left." + +A ticket was handed him, with 159 on it. + +"What's that for?" asked Sam. + +"It's the number of your berth." + +"When will we get to Boston?" + +"Between six and seven in the morning." + +As Sam turned away he was accosted by a newsboy: "Papers, sir?" + +An idea struck Sam. He would get a picture paper for his new +acquaintance. It was probably the first mark of attention he had ever +paid to a girl, but the idea pleased him, and he bought a _Harper's +Weekly_, and carried it upstairs. + +He found Miss Julia Stockton sitting where he had left her. She smiled +pleasantly when she saw Sam. + +"I bought you a picture paper," he said, feeling a little awkward. "I +thought you might like to read it." + +"Oh, thank you. You are very kind. Did you find out when we would +reach Boston?" + +"Yes, Miss Julia. We shall get there between six and seven in the +morning." + +"That's pretty early. I hope papa will be at the depot waiting." + +"At the depot? Does the boat go into a depot?" asked Sam. + +Julia laughed. "Oh, no," she said. "Did you think we went all the way +by boat?" + +"Yes, I thought so." + +"We go the last fifty miles by cars--that is, from Fall River." + +"All the better," said Sam. "That will give us a little variety." + +Meanwhile, the passengers were pouring in, and the cabin was getting +full. + +"I guess I'll go out on deck," said Sam; "I want to see the boat +start." + +"I should like to, ever so much." + +"Come with me, then. I'll take care of you," said Sam, manfully. "Let +me carry your cage. It's too heavy for you." + +So the two went out on deck together. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX. + +MUTUAL CONFIDENCES. + +The reader who has followed Sam's fortunes closely may wonder how a +boy so shabbily dressed as Sam, could be treated as an equal by a +young lady of good family. This leads me to explain that about a month +before Sam had been presented with a neat suit of clothes, originally +made for a nephew of his employer, but which had proved too small. +Thus it happened that, with the exception of his hat, which was rather +the worse for wear, our hero presented quite a respectable +appearance. + +Julia Stockton remained outside with Sam till the boat rounded the +Battery, and for three-quarters of an hour longer. Sam was very well +qualified to answer her numerous questions about the different places +they passed. + +"What is that island?" asked Julia. + +"That is Blackwell's Island," answered Sam. + +"Is that where the penitentiary is?" she inquired, with interest. + +"Yes, it is that long stone building." + +"How gloomy it is!" said Julia, with a shudder. "How can people be so +wicked as to need to go to such a place?" + +Sam winced. He knew very well that he had done things, or, at any +rate, planned them, which would have entitled him to a place in the +prison they were now passing. + +"How ashamed I should be if I were ever sent there, and Julia should +know it!" he thought. + +"What makes you look so sober?" asked Julia. + +"I was pitying the poor people who are confined there." + +"It must be horrid, but I suppose it can't be helped. I don't see how +anybody can want to steal." + +Sam thought he could understand. It was not so long since he himself +had tried to appropriate the property of another; but he only +determined that this should not happen again. He could not consent to +forfeit the good opinion of Julia Stockton, and the class to which she +belonged. A new ambition began to stir in Sam's soul--the ambition to +lead a thoroughly respectable life, and to rise to some creditable +position. + +"I will turn over a new leaf, I really will," he said to himself. +"I'll be a very different boy from what I have been." + +They remained outside a while longer, till the steamer had passed +through the channel into the broader waters of the Sound, and then +re-entered the cabin. The gong for supper had already sounded. + +"Won't you go down to supper?" asked Sam. + +"Yes, I think I will. You will come, too?" + +"Yes, I will go, too," answered Sam, feeling complimented by the +invitation. + +As they were approaching the stairs, Julia dropped a scarf from her +neck. It was picked up by a gentleman, who handed it to Sam, with the +remark, "Your sister has dropped her scarf." + +"He takes you for my sister," said Sam, turning to Julia with evident +pleasure. + +"I am afraid you wouldn't own me for a sister," said Julia, smiling +coquettishly. + +"I should be proud to have such a sister," said Sam, earnestly. + +"Would you, really?" + +"Yes, I would." + +"I am afraid you only say so to compliment me." + +"I mean it; but I am sure you would not want me for a brother." + +"I don't know," said Julia, with a roguish glance. "Do you always +behave well?" + +"I am afraid I don't always." + +"Nor I either," returned Julia, in a burst of confidence. "I used to +play tricks on my governess sometimes." + +"I don't think that is so very wicked," said Sam. "Won't you tell me +about some of them?" + +"After supper I will; but I wouldn't like to have anybody else hear." + +They sat down to the table side by side, and made a satisfactory +repast. Sam tried to pay for Julia's, but here the young lady was +firm. She insisted on paying her own bill, as indeed propriety +required. + +When the supper was over, they returned to the saloon. + + + + +CHAPTER XX. + +TOO LATE FOR THE TRAIN. + +A stateroom had been engaged for Julia, but Sam did not feel justified +in paying a dollar extra for such a luxury, when he was already +entitled to a comfortable berth. + +"Do you know when we reach Fall River?" asked the young lady. + +"About half-past four in the morning, and the cars start by five." + +"That's awful early!" exclaimed Julia, in dismay. "How shall I wake up +in time?" + +"The gong will sound," answered Sam; "but if that don't wake you, I'll +pound on your door." + +"I wish you would. What should I do if I were left?" + +"You could wait for the next train." + +"But I should not have you to go with me, Sam--Mr. Barker, I mean." + +"I wish you would call me Sam. I like it better than Mr. Barker." + +"Then I will," said Julia, frankly. "It does seem stiff to call you +Mr. Barker." + +"If you should be too late for the first train, I will wait, too," +said Sam, answering what she had said before. + +"Will you? I should like that; but won't it put you out?" + +"Oh, no," said Sam, laughing; "there isn't any very important business +to call me early to Boston. I had just as lieve wait as not." + +"But you won't have to. I am sure the gong will wake me up. But you'll +come to the door, and go into the cars with me." + +"Oh, yes, I'll be on hand." + +"Then, good-night, Sam. I hope you'll have a good sleep." + +"I shall sleep like a top; I always do. Good-night, Julia." + +So they parted. + +"He seems to be a real nice boy, and very polite," thought Julia. "I +should feel very lonely without him." + +"She's a tiptop girl," thought Sam. "I never saw one I liked so well +before." + +Sam had never had a sister, and his acquaintance with girls had been +exceedingly limited. This was necessarily the case in the rough street +life he had led in New York. Julia was a new revelation to him. He was +quite too young to be in love, but he certainly liked Julia very much, +and thought how pleasant it would be to have such a sister. + +"She says she's got a brother," thought Sam. "I wonder what sort of a +boy he is, and whether he will like me? I suppose I never shall see +him though, or Julia either, after we get to Boston." + +This thought was rather disheartening, and made Sam feel sober. But +he brightened up at the thought that he should be in the same city, +and should, therefore, have some chance of meeting his pretty +traveling acquaintance. + +The berth Sam was to occupy was on one side of the dining-room. The +tables were now cleared, and there was nothing to prevent his +retiring. He took off his shoes and his coat, and, without undressing +himself any further, got into the berth. It was not long before he was +asleep. He did not wake until morning, and then not voluntarily. On +opening his eyes he saw one of the attendants on the boat at his +bedside. + +"You must sleep pretty sound," said the attendant. + +"Did you wake me up?" asked Sam. + +"Yes; but I had hard work to do it." + +"Is it time to get up?" + +"I should think it was. Didn't you hear the gong?" + +"No." + +"It sounded loud enough. Well, you'd better hurry, or you'll be too +late for the cars." + +This roused Sam. He thought of Julia, and jumped out of the birth. He +quickly put on his coat and shoes, and went up two flights of stairs +to the saloon, on either side of which were the staterooms. + +He went to Julia's--No. 11--near the forward end of the boat, and +found the door shut. + +He knocked, but was not immediately answered. + +"Julia must have overslept herself, too," he thought. + +He knocked again, and presently he heard her ask, in the tone of one +just waking up, "Who's there?" + +"It's I--it's Sam," he answered. "Are you dressed?" + +"No. What time is it?" + +"It's very late. Didn't you hear the gong?" + +"No; is it morning?" + +"The cars are almost ready to start." + +"Oh, dear; what shall I do?" exclaimed Julia, in dismay. + +"Dress as quick as you can, and we may be in time." + +After the lapse of five minutes the door opened, and the young lady +appeared. + +"I'm so sorry, Sam," she said, excusing herself. "Shall we be in +time?" + +"We'll go down and see," said Sam. + +They went below, and out over the gangway, but were only just in time +to see the long train speeding on its way. + +"We are left!" said Julia, mournfully. + +"Well," said Sam, philosophically, "it can't be helped, can it?" + +"Shall we have to stay here all day?" inquired the young lady, +alarmed. + +"Oh, no; there is another train at half-past six, but it is a slower +train than this." + +"When will it reach Boston?" + +"At nine o'clock. I asked the steward just now. It won't make very +much difference. We'll get to the city pretty early." + +"Father will be down to the depot, and when he doesn't see me he'll +think I am not coming. Then how am I to get home?" + +"I'll be with you," said Sam, valiantly. "I'll see that you get home +all right." + +"Will you?" said Julia, brightly. "Then I don't mind so much. How +stupid I was not to wake up!" + +"I didn't wake up either. One of the men woke me up. I ran up as quick +as I could, but it was too late." + +"I got very tired yesterday," said Julia, apologetically. "That was +what made me sleep so sound. When did you say the next train went?" + +"At six-thirty." + +"What shall we do till then?" + +"You can lie down if you want to, and I will call you in time." + +"I don't dare to," said Julia. "Besides, I don't feel sleepy now." + +They decided to sit down and while away the time, and were not at a +loss for topics of conversation. At half-past six they had taken their +places in the cars, in the full anticipation of a pleasant journey. + + + + +CHAPTER XXI. + +ARRIVED IN BOSTON. + +At nine o'clock the train entered the Old Colony depot. As they +entered, Julia began to show signs of uneasiness. + +"I am afraid there will be no one here to meet me," she said. + +"Then I'll see you safe home," said Sam, rather hoping that it would +be necessary for him to do so. + +They got out of the cars and walked slowly along, Julia scanning every +face anxiously, in the hope of seeing her father or brother. But she +could see no familiar face. + +"They must have been at the first train, and gone home," she said, in +disappointment. + +"Have a carriage, sir?" asked the hackman. + +"I guess you'd better take one," said Sam. + +"Will you ride, too? I should be afraid to go alone." + +"Yes, I will go, too," answered Sam. + +"Any baggage?" asked the hackman. + +"I've got a trunk," said Julia; "I got it checked." + +"Give me the check, and I'll see to it." + +"Shall I?" asked Julia, appealing to Sam. + +"Yes, it'll be all right. How much will you charge?" + +"Where do you want to be carried?" + +"No.---, Mount Vernon Street," answered Julia. + +"I guess that's about right," said Sam, agreeably surprised with the +smallness of the charge in comparison with the extortionate demands of +New York hackmen. He considered it only gallant to offer to pay the +hack fare, and was glad it would not be too heavy a tax on his scanty +resources. + +The trunk was soon secured, and Sam and Julia entered the hack. + +"It seems so good to be in dear old Boston again," said Julia, with a +young girl's warmth of feeling. + +"I suppose it does," said Sam, "but I never was here. I don't think +the streets are as wide as they are in New York." + +"Oh, we've got some wide streets," said. Julia, jealous of the fair +fame of her native city. "This isn't the best part of Boston, by any +means. Wait till you see the common." + +"Shall we pass it?" + +"I don't know," said Julia; "I guess we shall." + +They did, in fact, go through a side street to Tremont, and drove +alongside of the common. + +"What do you think of that?" asked Julia, triumphantly. + +"Is that the common?" + +"Yes; isn't it pretty?" + +"It's small," answered Sam. "Is it the biggest park you have got?" + +"Isn't it big enough?" retorted Julia. + +"It's nothing to Central Park." + +"Perhaps it isn't quite as large," admitted Julia, reluctantly; "but +it's got bigger trees, and then there's the frog pond. There isn't any +frog pond in Central Park." + +"There's a lake there." + +"And then there's the Old Elm, too," continued Julia, "It was standing +hundreds of years before America was discovered." + +"I don't see how that can be known," said Sam, shrewdly. "Who said +so?" + +"It's an Indian tradition, I suppose." + +"Where is it? I should like to see it." + +It was pointed out; but it's appearance neither contradicted nor +confirmed Julia's assertion in regard to its antiquity. + +"What is that big building on the hill?" asked Sam. + +"Oh, that's the State House. You can go up to the dome and see the +view from there. It's grand." + +"Isn't Bunker Hill monument round here somewhere?" asked Sam. + +"It over in Charlestown, only about two miles off." + +"I must go over there some time. I knew a boy that went up there." + +"What was his name?" + +The boy referred to by Sam was a bootblack named Terry O'Brien--a name +which Sam conveniently forgot when questioned by Julia, as he was +anxious to have her think that he had moved in good society in New +York. + +Mount Vernon Street was now close at hand. The hack stopped before a +nice-looking swell-front house, such as used to be in favor with +Bostonians, and Julia exclaimed, joyfully: "There's mother looking out +of the window!" + +Sam descended and helped Julia out. + +"Now mind," said Julia, "you're coming in. I want to introduce you to +mother." + +She took out her purse to pay the driver. + +"Let me attend to that," said Sam. + +"No," said Julia, decidedly, "mother wouldn't like to have me. The +carriage was got on my account, and I ought to pay for it." + +The hackman was paid, and Julia and Sam walked up the front steps. + + + + +CHAPTER XXII. + +FIRST EXPERIENCES IN BOSTON. + +"Mamma," said Julia, after the first greeting was over, "this young +gentleman is Mr. Sam Barker, who has been very polite to me." + +"I am much indebted to you, Mr. Barker," said Mrs. Stockton, cordially +extending her hand, "for your kindness to my daughter." + +"Oh, it's nothing," said Sam, embarrassed. "I didn't do anything." + +"I met him on the boat, mamma, and he saw me on the train, and when +there was nobody to meet me he came home with me in the hack." + +"Your father was at the depot on the arrival of the first train," said +Mrs. Stockton. "As you did not come then, he concluded you did not +start yesterday afternoon. He was surprised that you did not telegraph +him." + +"I did come, mamma; but, would you believe it, I slept so sound I +didn't hear the gong, nor Sam either. Did you, Sam?" + +"We both slept pretty sound," said Sam. + +"Well, Julia, I am glad you got through without accident. Have you had +any breakfast?" + +"Not a mouthful, mamma. I'm as hungry as a bear." + +"I will have some sent up at once. Mr. Barker, I hope you will join my +daughter at breakfast." + +"Thank you," said Sam, not without satisfaction, for he certainly did +feel frightfully hungry. + +A substantial breakfast was brought up, and, unromantic as it may +seem, both Sam and Julia made great havoc among the eatables. + +"I don't think I ever felt so hungry in the whole course of my life," +said Julia. "Did you, Sam?" + +"I never did, either," said Sam, with his mouth full. + +"My dear," said Mrs. Stockton, "Mr. Barker will think you very +familiar. It is not the custom to use a gentleman's first name on such +short acquaintance." + +"I feel as if I had known Sam ever so long. He asked me to call him by +his first name." + +Mrs. Stockton smiled. Considering Sam's youth, she did not think it +necessary to press the matter. + +"Is this your first visit to Boston, Mr. Barker?" she inquired. + +"Yes, ma'am." + +"I hope you will like it." + +"I think I shall, ma'am." + +"Are you a New Yorker?" + +"Yes, ma'am." + +"I know something of New York. In what part of the city do you live?" + +Sam was rather embarrassed. He did not like to mention the +unfashionable street where he had lodged. + +"I boarded downtown," he answered, indefinitely; "to be near my +business." + +"You are young to have been in business." + +"I was a clerk in a Pearl Street store," said Sam. + +"Are you visiting Boston on business?" + +"Yes, ma'am. I shall try to find a place here." + +"I hope you may succeed." + +"Thank you, ma'am." + +By this time breakfast was over, and Sam rose. + +"I think I'll be going," he said. + +Julia did not seek to detain him. The fact was, that after her absence +there were quite a number of things she wanted to do, among others to +unpack her trunk. + +"What hotel are you going to stop at?" she inquired. + +"I haven't made up my mind," answered Sam, embarrassed. He well knew +that it would be very foolish for him to engage board at a first-class +hotel. + +"Parker's is a good hotel," suggested Julia. "It's on School Street, +not far from here." + +"I would recommend a boarding-house," said Mrs. Stockton. "The Parker +House is expensive, and, if Mr. Barker is going to stay for some time +he may wish to get along more economically." + +"I think I shall," said Sam. + +"Be sure and call again," said Julia, extending her hand. + +"We shall be glad to see you again, Mr. Barker," said Mrs. Stockton, +cordially. "Mr. Stockton will wish to thank you for your attention to +Julia." + +Sam thanked her, and went out into the street. He had enjoyed a good +breakfast, and been cordially received by a lady who evidently stood +high socially; and these circumstances contributed to put him in good +spirits. + +"I like Boston," he thought. "The people take more notice of a fellow +than they do in New York." + +Sam was generalizing upon his very limited experience, and perhaps +might be led hereafter to change his views. + +"Julia spoke of Parker's Hotel," he said to himself. "I guess I'll +inquire where it is, and take a look at it." + +"Where is Parker's Hotel?" he asked of a boy who overtook him near the +State House. + +"It's on School Street. I'm going as far as Tremont Street myself, and +you can come along with me," answered the boy. + +"Thank you," said Sam. "I am a stranger in Boston, and don't know my +way." + +"Are you going to stop at Parker's?" + +"I don't think I shall; I am afraid they will charge too much." + +"It's pretty high-priced," said his new acquaintance. + +"Do you know what they charge for a room?" + +"A dollar and a half and two dollars a day--that is, for the common +rooms." + +"That's too much for me." + +"Then you've got your meals to pay for besides." + +"I shall try to find a boarding-house," said Sam. "Do you know of +any?" + +"There's an acquaintance of mine, a clerk, who boards on Harrison +Avenue." + +"Where is that?". + +"Not far from Washington Street--up near the Boston and Albany +depot." + +"Is it near the depot where I came in from New York?" + +"How did you come?" + +"By the Fall River line." + +"Then it isn't far away. I'll give you the number if you want it." + +"I wish you would." + +"Here's Tremont Street," said the guide, "and that is the Parker +House." + +"Thank you," said Sam. + +He went into the hotel, and, ascending a short staircase, found +himself in the office. On one side was a writing-room, on the other a +reading-room. + +"It looks like a good hotel," thought Sam. "I should like it if I +could afford to stay here." + +Sam went into the reading-room, and saw lying on a chair a file of a +New York paper. It seemed in this strange place like a familiar +friend. He was reading the local news, when some one addressed him in +a nasal voice: "I say, yeou, do yeou live round here?" + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII. + +SAM FINDS A ROOMMATE. + +Looking up, Sam's glance rested on a young man, of rustic dress and +manners, which made him seem quite out of place in a fashionable +hotel. + +"No," answered Sam. "I am a stranger in Boston. I came from New +York." + +"You don't say! It's an all-fired big city, isn't it?" said the +countryman. + +"It is very large," said Sam, patronizingly. + +"I live in the country," said the other--quite needlessly, so Sam +thought--"up in New Hampshire. I've come down here to get a job." + +"So have I," responded Sam, with new interest in his companion. + +"Are you boardin' here?" asked the countryman. + +"No; I am going to try to find a boarding-place. The prices are too +steep here." + +"Let me go with you," said the young man, eagerly. + +Sam thought, on the whole, it would be pleasanter to have company, and +accepted this proposal. + +They bought a copy of the Boston _Herald_ and picked out a list of +boarding-houses which appeared to come within their means. Among these +were two on Harrison Avenue. One of these was the very house which had +already been mentioned to Sam by his boy acquaintance of the morning. + +"Do you know your way round the city?" asked Sam of his companion. + +"A little," said the other. + +"Do you know how to go to Harrison Avenue?" + +"Yes, I know that." + +"Is it far?" + +"Not very far. We can walk easy enough." + +"That's all right, then. Let us go." + +The two set out on their expedition, walking up Washington Street as +far as Essex, and, turning there, soon entered Harrison Avenue. They +beguiled the time on the way by conversation. + +"What, was you calc'latin' to find to do?" asked the countryman. + +"I was clerk in a store in New York," said Sam; "I'd like to get into +a store here." + +"So should I." + +Sam privately thought him too countrified in appearance for the +position he desired, but did not say so. + +"Have you had any experience?" he asked, curiously. + +"Oh, yes; I used to drive the wagon for a grocery store, to hum." + +Sam privately doubted whether this experience would be of any +particular value to his new acquaintance. However, he had not much +faith in his own qualifications, and this concerned him more. + +"What's your name?" inquired Sam. + +"Abner Blodgett," was the reply. "What's yours?" + +"Sam Barker." + +"You don't say! There's a doctor in our town by the name of Barker; +any relation?" + +"I guess not. I never heard of a doctor in our family." + +Presently they reached the number indicated. Sam rang the bell. + +"You are looking for a boarding-place," he explained. "We saw your +advertisement in the _Herald._" + +"Walk in," said the servant. "I'll tell Mrs. Campbell." + +Mrs. Campbell presently appeared; a shrewd-looking Scotch lady, but +kindly in expression. + +"You are looking for a boarding place, gentlemen?" she inquired. + +"Yes, ma'am." + +"I have one single room and one double one. For the single room I have +eight dollars a week; for the double one fourteen, that is, seven +dollars for each gentleman. Do you two gentlemen wish to room +together?" + +"Yes," answered Blodgett, immediately; "if you are willing," he added +aside, to Sam. + +"Let us look at the rooms," said Sam, "and then we can tell better." + +"Walk up this way, gentlemen," said Mrs. Campbell. + +She led the way first to the double room. It was a square room, the +second floor back, and looked quite neat and comfortable. Sam liked +the appearance of it, and so apparently did Abner Blodgett. + +"Ain't it scrumptious, though?" he said, admiringly. "We ain't got +many rooms like that to hum." + +"I suppose you are from the country, sir?" said Mrs. Campbell, with a +good-natured smile. + +"Yes," said Blodgett, "I'm from New Hampshire; away up near Mount +Washington." + +"Let me see the single room," requested Sam. + +The single room was shown; but it was, of course, much smaller, and +the furniture was inferior. + +"We'd better take the big room together," said Abner. + +Sam hesitated a moment. He was not very particular, but he did not +altogether fancy the appearance of Mr. Blodgett. + +"How much do you charge for the large room for a single person?" he +asked. + +"I couldn't take less than eleven dollars," said the landlady. + +It was, of course, impossible for Sam to pay any such sum, and he +reluctantly agreed to occupy the room jointly with Mr. Blodgett. + +"When will you move in?" asked Mrs. Campbell. + +"To-day," said Sam. + +"I must ask you to pay something in advance, to secure the room, +gentlemen." + +Sam had no luggage beyond a small bundle, and he answered at once, +"I'll pay a week in advance." + +"Thank you, sir." + +Sam handed the landlady ten dollars and received in return three. + +"I'll pay you to-morrow," said Blodgett. "I've got to get the money +from my cousin." + +"I'll wait till to-morrow to oblige you," said the landlady, "but no +longer." + +"Oh, I'll have the money then," said Abner, confidently. + +"Will you be here to dinner, gentlemen?" + +"When do you have dinner?" + +"At six o'clock. We used to have it in the middle of the day, but it +was inconvenient to some of our boarders, and we changed it." + +"We have dinner to hum, where I live, at noon," said Abner. + +"We have lunch at half-past twelve, if you choose to come." + +"I guess we will," said Abner. "We'll go out and take a walk, Mr. +Barker, and come back in time." + +"Just as you say," answered Sam. + +After a walk they returned to lunch. Sam was usually possessed of a +good appetite, but he stared in astonishment when he saw Blodgett eat. +That young man appeared to have fasted for a week, and ate +accordingly. + +"What's the matter with you, Mr. Barker? You don't eat nothin'," he +said. + +"I had a late breakfast," said Sam. "I guess you'll get your money's +worth." + +"I mean to. Seven dollars is an awful lot to pay for board. Up to hum +they don't charge but three." + +"Then I wish they'd open a branch boarding-house here." + +"Suppose we go over to Bunker Hill?" said Sam, after lunch. "I want to +see the monument." + +"Just as you say," said Abner. + +"We can ask the way." + +"There's some cars go over that way, I've heerd," said Abner. + +As they were walking down Washington Street a young man, rather +flashily attired, stopped Blodgett, whom he appeared to recognize. + +"What's in the wind now?" he asked. "Who have you got in tow?" + +"It's my friend, Mr. Barker." + +"How do you do, Mr. Barker?" said the young man, who appeared very +much amused about something. + +"How's your father, the deacon?" he inquired of Blodgett, and laughed +again. + +"Pretty smart," said Blodgett. + +"Just give him my respects when you write, will you?" + +"I won't forget," + +The new acquaintance winked, and went his way. Sam was rather +surprised at his manner, and also at the fact of his countrified +companion being apparently on intimate terms with a person so +different in appearance. + +"Who is that?" he asked. + +"That's a young man from our town," said Mr. Blodgett. "He's been +living in Boston for five or six years. He's got a good place in Milk +Street." + +"What sort of a fellow is he?" + +"You don't say nothin' about it," said Abner, looking about him as if +fearing to be overheard; "but I'm afraid he's a fast young man." + +"Shouldn't wonder," said Sam. + +"I've heard that he plays cards!" added Abner, in a horrified +whisper. + +"Very likely," said Sam, amused. + +He had had some suspicions of his companion, occasioned by the +apparent good understanding between him and the young man they had +met, but this remark dissipated them. He felt amused by the verdancy +of Abner Blodgett, and anticipated a good deal of entertainment from +his remarks. + +They took the horse cars to Bunker Hill; Sam paid the fare both ways, +as his companion did not expect to have any money till tomorrow. He +did not relish lending, his own stock of money being so scanty; but +Abner was so confident of being in funds the next day that he did not +refuse. He was interested in the view from the summit of the monument, +and spent an additional hour in exploring Charlestown. When the two +got back to Boston they found the afternoon well advanced and the +dinner hour near. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV. + +AN UNPLEASANT SURPRISE. + +After dinner Sam and his roommate took a walk. As they passed the +Boston theater, Abner proposed going in; but Sam knew very well that +the expense of both tickets would come upon him, and declined. + +"I am tired," he said; "I've been walking about all day, and, besides, +I got up very early in the morning. I would rather go home and go to +bed." + +"Lend me a dollar, and I'll go," said Abner. "I don't feel sleepy." + +"Not much," answered Sam. "When you've got your money, it will be time +enough to go to the theater; but if you haven't got any more than I +have, you'd better not go to the theater much." + +The reader may be surprised at such sensible advice proceeding from +Sam; but he had begun to feel the responsibilities of life more keenly +than ever before. For the first time, too, he saw how foolish he had +been in the past, and felt an eager desire to win a respectable +position. He was sanguine and hopeful, and felt that it was not too +late to turn over a new leaf. + +"All right," said Abner. "I can wait till another evening, but I +thought I'd like to go to the theater, seein' as I never went there." + +"Never went to the theater!" exclaimed Sam, with a gratifying sense of +superiority. "I've been ever so many times in New York." + +"I've been to the circus," said Abner. "There was one come round last +summer to our place. Is the theater any like the circus?" + +"No," said Sam; "but the circus is pretty good. I like to see it +myself. You miss a good many things by living in the country." + +"Did you ever live in the country?" inquired Abner. + +"A good many years ago," answered Sam. "The fact is, I was born there, +but I got tired of it and went to New York." + +Presently fatigue overpowered Sam, and he announced his intention of +returning to the boarding-house, and going to bed. + +"I won't go yet," said Abner. "I'll be along pretty soon." + +Sam did not lie awake long after once getting into bed. The early hour +at which he had risen on the boat, and the miles he had traveled +during the day were too much for him, and he sank into a dreamless +sleep. + +At eleven o'clock Abner Blodgett opened the door and softly entered. + +He approached the bed on tiptoe, fearing to wake Sam. + +"Poor fool!" he muttered, smiling disagreeably; "he thinks I am a +verdant rustic, while I am able to turn him round my little finger. +There's nothing about city life that I don't know. I can give him +points and discount him as far as that goes, even if he has been +living in New York for years. Fast asleep!" he continued, listening to +Sam's regular breathing. "No danger of his waking up till morning. I +may as well see what money he's got." + +He coolly felt in Sam's pocket, and drew out his pocket-book, eagerly +examining the contents. + +"Only ten dollars and a half!" he muttered, in disappointment. "That +hardly pays me for my trouble. However, it's better than nothing. Let +me see if there is anything more." + +But this appeared to be all the money Sam possessed, and he put it in +his pocket, grumbling. + +"I guess it'll be safe for me to go to bed, and sleep till near +morning," Abner said to himself. "The boy sleeps soundly, and he won't +be awake till six or seven." + +He proved to be correct. Sam slept like a log, and was not conscious +when, at a quarter of six, Abner hurriedly dressed, and left the house +with all of poor Sam's available funds. + +"It's a pity he payed for his board in advance," thought Abner. "I +would have got seven dollars more. It's money thrown away." + +Abner hoped to get out of the house without being seen by any one, but +he was destined to be disappointed. + +As he was slipping out of the front door the landlady herself came +downstairs. + +"You are going out early, Mr. Blodgett," she remarked, in some +surprise. + +"Yes, ma'am," said Abner. "I'm used to gettin' up early in the +country. I'm goin' to take a walk before breakfast." + +"Your young friend thought he wouldn't go out with you?" + +"He got pretty tired yesterday. He's sound asleep." + +"There's something about that man I don't like," thought Mrs. +Campbell. "I don't believe he's so verdant as he pretends to be. He +must pay me something on account to-day, or I won't keep him." + +"Good-by old woman!" muttered Abner, as he closed the door, and +entered the street. "I don't care about seeing you or your house +again. I shall get my breakfast somewhere else." + +Mr. Blodgett walked rapidly till he reached a shabby-looking brick +tenement house not far from Dover Street. This he entered with a +pass-key, and going up to a room which he generally occupied, +proceeded to change his clothes for others more comfortable to city +style. This alone changed his appearance greatly; but not satisfied +with this, he took from a bureau drawer a black silky mustache and +carefully attached it to his upper lip. Then he looked complacency in +the glass, and said, with a smile: "I think my young friend from New +York won't recognize me now. If we meet, and he suspects anything, I +can easily put him off the scent." + +Sam woke up about seven o'clock. He opened his eyes, and looked about +him in momentary bewilderment, not immediately remembering where he +was. As recollection dawned upon him, he looked for Abner Blodgett, +but nothing was to be seen of him. The appearance of the bed, however, +showed that he had occupied it. + +"He has got up," thought Sam. "I wonder if it is very late." + +A church clock began to strike, and he counted the strokes. + +"Seven o'clock!" he said. "Well, that isn't very late, but I may as +well get up. I've slept like a top all night long. I suppose I was +sound asleep when my roommate came to bed. I guess he's gone to take a +walk before breakfast." + +Sam jumped out of bed and began to dress. As he was drawing on his +pants, he thrust his hand mechanically into his pocket to feel for his +money. He did so without the faintest suspicion of his loss. When he +discovered that his pocket-book was not in its usual place he grew +anxious and hurriedly examined his other pockets. + +But in vain! + +Then he looked on the floor. Possibly it might have slipped out of his +pocket and be lying on the carpet. Again his search was vain. + +Then, for the first time, suspicion of his roommate entered his mind. +Sam was no stranger to the tricks and wiles of a large city, and he +saw clearly now how he had been cheated. + +"It's that skunk Abner Blodgett!" he exclaimed, indignantly. "He's +regularly done me! I'll bet he's no more a countryman than I am. I +just wish I had him here. I'd pound him." + +Sam was indignant, but not discouraged. He did not give up his money +for lost yet. He determined to seek Abner everywhere, and unmask him +when found. If he did not recover his money it would not be for want +of trying. + +As he finished dressing the breakfast-bell rang and he went down to +the dining-room. + +Though he had lost his money he had not lost his appetite. + +When he entered the dining-room he found himself first in the field. + +"Good-morning, Mr. Barker," said the landlady. "You are early, but not +so early as Mr. Blodgett. He left the house a little before six." + +"Did you see him?" asked Sam, eagerly. + +"Yes, and spoke with him." + +"What did he say?" + +"He said he was used to getting up early in the country, and was going +out for a walk. Hasn't he returned?" + +"No," answered Sam, "and I don't believe he will." + +"What makes you say that?" asked the landlady, noticing a significance +in his tone. + +"I mean that he's gone off with all my money," said Sam, bluntly. + +"You don't say so!" ejaculated the landlady. "Why, I thought he was +more likely to be taken in himself. Wasn't he from the country?" + +"That's what he said; but I don't believe it. I think he was in +disguise." + +"I thought he was an old friend of yours." + +"I never saw him before yesterday. He came up to me in the Parker +House yesterday morning." + +"What wickedness there is in the world, I do declare! Did he take all +your money?" + +"Every cent," said Sam. "I'm glad I paid you a week in advance, or I +should be badly off." + +"I wouldn't have turned you out, Mr. Barker," said the landlady, +kindly. "I have a hard time to get along myself, and it makes me +sympathize with them that has had ill luck." + +Good Mrs. Campbell was not quite grammatical, but she was +kind-hearted, and that is better. + +"Thank you," said Sam; "but all the same I'm glad you've got the seven +dollars instead of Blodgett. I'm going to try to find him, and if I do +I'll have the money back, unless he has spent it all." + +"Be careful, Mr. Barker. He's stronger than you are, and he might do +you some harm." + +"I'll risk it," said Sam, who, with all his defects, was not wanting +in courage. "I want nothing better than to come across him." + + + + +CHAPTER XXV. + +IN PURSUIT OP A PLACE. + +Sam was more angry than discouraged when he reflected upon the +imposition which had been practiced upon him. His indignation was +excited when he considered how his confidence had been betrayed. +Presently it occurred to him that Abner had served him no worse than +he intended to serve his roommate in New York. The thought made him +ashamed. + +"I didn't think I was acting so mean," he said to himself. "I am glad +Henry didn't lose anything by me." + +Another thought followed, and one which inspires confidence in Sam's +reformation: "I'd rather have the money stolen from me than steal it +from somebody else." + +It was quite true that Sam's conscience had become more sensitive than +formerly. His meeting with Julia Stockton on board the Fall River boat +had kindled in him a new and honorable ambition to attain a +respectable position in society. In a strange city, separated from his +street acquaintances, it really seemed as if he stood some chance of +realizing his hope, when he was met at the outset with this +discouraging loss. + +But Sam was not discouraged. He had been dependent upon his own +resources for too many years to give up easily. Moreover, he was +hopeful and sanguine by temperament, and determined to make the best +of his position. There was this to encourage him. He had paid a week's +board in advance, and therefore was sure of regular meals, and a +comfortable lodging for six days to come. In that time he might get a +situation. + +"As you are alone, Mr. Barker," said Mrs. Campbell, "I am afraid I +must put you into the single room. I may have opportunities to let +this to two persons." + +"All right," said Sam, "but I have only paid seven dollars. You said +you should expect eight for the small room." + +"No matter about that for this week," said the landlady. "You have +been unfortunate, and I will take that into consideration." + +"Thank you. When I'm a rich merchant I'll make it up to you." + +"I hope you will become one, for your own sake," said Mrs. Campbell, +smiling. + +When breakfast was over, Sam strolled out into the streets. He felt +that the sooner he got something to do the better. Certainly in his +situation there was no time to lose. He had found out that the leading +retail stores were on Washington Street, and it seemed to him a good +plan to begin there. + +The first he selected was a dry-goods store. He entered, and looked +about him, inquiringly. A salesman asked him, briskly: "What can I +show you to-day?" + +"If you'll show me a situation where I can make a living, you'll +oblige me," answered Sam. + +"We don't keep such goods for sale," said the salesman, smiling. + +"Then perhaps you give them away. Can I speak to the boss?" + +"There he is," said the young man--"at the end of the store." + +"What is his name?" + +"Hunter." + +Sam was not bashful. He went up to Mr. Hunter and called him by name. + +"Can I speak to you on business?" he asked. + +"What kind of business?" + +"I want a place," said Sam, bluntly. + +"We are not engaging any new clerks at present. Where do you live?" + +"I have just come from New York." + +"Did you have any experience there in the dry-goods line?" + +"No, sir." + +"Then you know nothing about it." + +"Oh, yes, sir; I can tell calico from silk." + +"That's more than I can always do," said Mr. Hunter, jocosely. "I took +you for silk, and I find you to be calico." + +"You've got me there," said Sam. "Then you can't give me anything to +do?" + +"I don't think it would be for my advantage to engage you. Do you +think so?" + +"I think it would be for mine," said Sam. "I guess I will look +further." + +"I am afraid I don't know much about business," thought Sam. "I wish I +knew what I am fit for, and I'd go for it." + +He kept on his way down Washington Street, and entered the next large +store, where he repeated his request for a place. Here he was not so +well treated. + +"Clear out, you young loafer!" was the rude response. + +"Thank you," said Sam, coolly. "You're extremely polite." + +"I don't waste my politeness on such fellows as you," said the clerk, +disagreeably. + +"I wouldn't," retorted Sam. "You don't seem to have any to spare." + +"I guess I don't stand much chance there," he considered. "I wouldn't +want to be in the same store with that hog, anyway." + +The next store was devoted to millinery. Just outside was a small +piece of paper on which Sam read "Little Girl Wanted." + +He went in. Those in charge of the store he found to be females. + +"You've got a notice in the window for help," said Sam. + +"Yes," was the reply. "Do you want it for your sister?" + +"I think not," replied Sam. "I haven't any sister, to begin with." + +"Then what is your business?" + +"I want a place for myself." + +"Did you read the notice? It says 'Little Girl Wanted.' Are you a +little girl?" + +"Not that I am aware of," said Sam; "but I can do a little girl's +work." + +"Perhaps you would not be willing to take a little girl's pay." + +"How much is the pay?" + +"Two dollars a week." + +"Declined with thanks," said Sam, promptly. "I don't like to +disappoint you, but that wouldn't pay for my wardrobe." + +The lady smiled. "I'm sorry I can't do anything for you," she said, +amused. + +"So am I," said Sam. + +Presently he discovered a sign, "Boy Wanted," and this inspired in him +some hope. He entered, and made known his wishes. + +"You are altogether too large," said a brisk-looking man, eying him +rapidly. "We want a boy of twelve." + +"Can't I do as much as a boy of twelve?" asked Sam. + +"Probably you can. Do you reside with your parents?" + +"No, sir." + +"Where do you live?" + +"I board on Harrison Avenue." + +"How much do you pay for board?" + +"Seven dollars a week." + +"Have you any means of your own?" + +"No." + +"Then you don't want a situation with us. We give only three dollars a +week." + +By this time Sam began to feel a little despondent. + +There were situations for small girls and small boys, but none for +him. + +"Why didn't I stay a small boy?" he reflected. + +But, after all, it is a question whether three dollars would defray +the expenses of even a small boy. + +"Boston don't seem to be much of a business place, after all," thought +Sam; but, perhaps, it was hardly fair to draw such a conclusion from +his own failure to procure a situation. Sam made one or two more +ineffectual applications, which did not tend to improve his spirits. +As he came out of the last one, he saw, to his great joy, Julia +Stockton passing by. She recognized him at the same moment. + +"Good-morning, Mr. Barker," she said, frankly, holding out her hand. +"Are you out shopping this morning?" + +"It'll be some time before I go shopping," said Sam. + +"Why so?" + +"I had all my money stolen last night." + +"You did! What a shame! Tell me all about it," said Julia, +sympathizingly. + +Sam told his story, the young lady showing her warm sympathy in her +expressive face. + +"How will you get along without money?" she asked. + +"I must get a place right off," said Sam. + +"If--if you wouldn't mind," said Julia, in an embarrassed tone, "I +have five dollars that I have no use for. Won't you let me lend it to +you?" + +Sam, to his credit be it spoken, declined the tempting proposal. + +"I am just as much obliged to you, Miss Julia," he said, "but I can +get along somehow. I have got my board paid for a week in advance, and +something will turn up in that time, I am sure." + +"Won't you take it, then? I really don't need it," said Julia, +earnestly. + +"If I get very hard up, I'll remember your kind offer," said Sam. + +"You'll be sure to do it, Sam?" + +"Yes, I'll be sure." + +"I must bid you good-morning now," said Julia. "I'm going into +Loring's Library to get a new book. Here it is, close by. I am glad I +met you." + +"Thank you," said Sam. + +"Don't forget to call at the house. Mamma will be glad to see you." + +"I would feel more like calling, if I had a place," thought Sam, +soberly. "She's a bully girl and no mistake, but I wouldn't like to +take money from her. It's the first time I ever refused five dollars +that I can remember." + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI. + +ABNER BLODGETT AGAIN. + +The next day in his wanderings Sam entered the Parker House. He had no +definite object in view, but, feeling tired, thought he would sit down +a few minutes in the reading-room. + +"This is where that fellow roped me in," he thought. "I wish I could +get hold of him." + +After sitting for quarter of an hour, he strolled downstairs into the +billiard room. He stood on the threshold for a moment, when a familiar +voice struck his ear. His heart beat rapidly with excitement, for he +recognized it as the voice of Abner Blodgett. He glanced eagerly about +to find him, but he could see no one resembling the young man from the +country who had victimized him. + +"I don't believe two voices can be so much alike," he said to himself. +"I must look more carefully." + +The voice was heard again, and this time Sam perceived that the +speaker was playing billiards on the second table to the right. But it +did not appear to be Abner. His personal appearance was very +different, and he had a black mustache. But when Sam scanned the upper +part of the face, he saw a strong resemblance. He suspected the truth +at once, Abner was disguised. + +"He's spending my money," said Sam to himself, indignantly. "No wonder +he can afford to play billiards when he gets his money so easy. I +won't lose sight of him." + +By this time Abner--for it was he--had finished his game, and laid +down his cue. He had no money to pay, for he had beaten his adversary. +He sauntered up to the door, and was about to pass Sam, whom he had +not noticed, when our hero laid his hand upon his arm. + +"I want to speak to you, Mr. Blodgett," he said, "on very particular +business." + +Abner started when he recognized Sam, and changed color slightly, but +immediately his disguise occurred to him, and he decided to brazen it +out. + +"Excuse me, sir," he answered, coolly. "Did you address me?" + +He changed his voice as well as he could in uttering these words, and +this confirmed Sam's previous suspicion. + +"I said I should like to speak to you on business, Mr. Blodgett," Sam +repeated, in an emphatic tone. + +"You have made a mistake in the person," said Abner, shrugging his +shoulders. "My name is not Blodgett." + +"And I suppose your first name is not Abner?" said Sam. + +"Certainly not." + +"Well, all I can say is, you have changed your name within two days." + +"Come out into the street, and I will talk to you," said Abner, not +wishing the conversation to be heard. + +Sam followed him upstairs, and they went into School Street together. + +"What did you say my name was?" asked Abner, with an air of +amusement. + +"Abner Blodgett." + +"Ha, ha! that's a capital joke--the best I've heard lately." + +"You told me you were from the country," Sam continued. + +"Really, I should think you must be from the country yourself, to make +such a mistake." + +"I am from the city of New York, if you call that the country," said +Sam, in rather an important tone. + +"I am sorry for you, but you've made a great mistake about me, my dear +young friend. My name is John Warburton, and I am a student of Harvard +College, in Cambridge. I only just came into Boston this morning. I +haven't been here before for a week." + +He spoke so volubly and confidently that Sam was staggered for a +minute. Was it possible that he was mistaken, after all? Was this +really a Harvard student, whose voice happened to resemble that of +Abner Blodgett? Abner saw that he was mystified, and a gleam of +exultation appeared in his face. When Sam detected this, he felt sure +that he had got the right man, after all. Abner even ventured to ask: +"Why do you wish to see this Abner Blodgett, whom I have the honor of +resembling?" + +"Because," said Sam, bluntly, "he stole my money." + +"Stole your money!" repeated Abner, with mock indignation. "Do you +dare to take me for a thief--me, a Harvard student, belonging to one +of the first families! Why, it is an insult and an outrage! I have a +great mind to chastise you." + +"I don't know whether you belong to one of the first or one of the +second families," answered Sam, unterrified; "and I don't believe you +are a Harvard student at all. Just give me back them ten dollars you +stole out of my pocket or I'll make it hot for you." + +"You young scamp!" said Abner, now really angry; "you've insulted me +long enough. Now, clear out, or I'll kick you!" + +"Kick away," said Sam; "but first give me my money." + +"This is an outrage," said Abner, who noticed the approach of a +policeman; "but if you are really in want I'll give you fifty cents, +though you don't deserve it." + +"I don't want your fifty cents, I want the money you stole from me," +persisted Sam, who was not to be bought so cheap. + +"For Heaven's sake, hush!" said Abner, nervously. "One of the +professors is inside, and I am afraid he'll come out and hear you. +Here's the fifty cents." + +"That won't go down, Mr. Blodgett," said Sam. "How much of my money +have you got left?" + +By this time the policeman was within hearing distance. Sam saw him +now, and determined to press his claim vigorously. + +"I'll complain to that policeman," he said, "if you don't give up my +money." + +"Hush!" said Abner. "Wait till he goes by, and we'll arrange it." + +"No, we won't," said Sam, stoutly. "Do you want me to call him?" + +The policeman was now passing them. He glanced casually at the pair, +rather to the discomfort of Abner, whose face was not wholly unknown +to the force. + +"What do you say?" demanded Sam, in a significant tone. + +"I'll lend you five dollars," said Abner, desperately. "It's all I've +got now." + +"Hand it over, then," said Sam, who had not expected to get back so +much of the stolen property. + +Abner drew out a bill from his pocket, and passed it over. + +"Is that all you've got left, Mr. Blodgett?" asked Sam. + +"Don't call me Blodgett. It isn't my name. I told you my name was John +Wharton, of Harvard College." + +"You said Warburton five minutes since," said Sam, dryly. + +"You didn't understand me," said Abner, rather embarrassed. "The names +sound alike." + +"I don't believe any of the names belong to you. Now, when are you +going to pay the rest of that money?" + +"I told you I knew nothing of your money," said Abner. + +"Then why did you give me that five dollars back?" + +"Out of charity." + +"Then I wish you'd give me a little more out of charity." + +"I have only enough to get me back to Cambridge." + +"By the way, Mr. Blodgett," said Sam, slyly, "what do you use to make +your mustache grow so quick?" + +"Nothing at all. What makes you ask?" + +"When I saw you two days ago you had none. It's grown pretty well for +so short a time." + +"I can't stop talking with you any longer. I must go out to Cambridge. +I have a recitation in Latin in two hours." + +"May I go out with you? I would like to see the college." + +"Can't see it to-day," said Abner. "It isn't open to the public on +Saturday." + +"That's strange. I can go to Cambridge, can't I?" + +"If you want to; but there isn't anything to see except the college." + +"He don't want me to find him out," thought Sam. "I'm bound to go if +he goes." + +"I guess I'll go," he said, quietly. "Come along." + +Abner unwillingly started with his unwelcome companion, and walked +slowly to Bowdoin Square. + +"There's the cars," he said, "just in front of the Revere House. Jump +in, and I'll be with you in a minute." + +As he said this he dodged round a corner and Sam found himself alone. + +"Just as I expected," thought he. "That fellow isn't a Harvard student +any more than I am. I'm lucky to get back part of my money. Perhaps +I'll get the rest out of him some time." + +He got into the car which had been pointed out to him and inquired of +the driver: "Does this car go to Harvard College?" + +"It is a Mount Auburn car, but you can get out at Harvard Square." + +"I guess it's all right," said Sam to himself. "I might as well go out +and see Harvard, as I've got nothing else to do." + + + + +CHAPTER XXVII. + +SAM IS INITIATED INTO A COLLEGE SOCIETY. + +Before Sam reached Harvard Square he caught sight of the college yard +and the numerous buildings of brick and stone which had been erected +within it for the accommodations of the students. + +"It's a pretty big place," thought Sam. His ideas of a college were +very vague. He had fancied that it consisted of one large brick +building, like the New York public schools. + +"I wonder what they want of so many buildings, anyway?" said Sam to +himself. "There must be a lot of students." + +He got out at Harvard Square, and crossing the street entered the +college yard, or campus, as it is sometimes more ambitiously called. +There were very few students about, for it was Saturday, when there +was a morning exercise only, and, the rest of the day being a holiday, +many of the students were accustomed to go to Boston, or to visit +their friends elsewhere. Sam knew nothing of this, and was surprised +to see so few young men about. + +Now it happened that three sophomores, having nothing more important +to occupy their attention, had made up their minds, by way of a lark, +to play a trick on some freshman, who, from inexperience, looked like +an easy victim. For convenience's sake I will call them Brown, Jones +and Robinson. + +As these three young men were walking arm-in-arm in front of +University Hall, they saw Sam approaching. Of course, where the +classes are so large, it is impossible for all to be personally +acquainted, which accounts for their instantly mistaking Sam for a +freshman. + +"There's a fresh," said Brown. "He looks green enough for our purpose. +Suppose we take him?" + +"All right," said Jones. "He'll do." + +Sam was rather surprised when the three college boys stopped and Brown +addressed him. + +"What is your name, sir?" + +"Barker," answered Sam. + +"All right!" said Robinson, in a low voice. "There's a Barker in the +freshman class. I've noticed his name in the catalogue." + +"I believe, Mr. Barker," said Brown, "that you belong to the freshman +class." + +"That's a good joke," said Sam to himself. "I'll see it through." + +He was not a little flattered at being mistaken for a collegian, and +nodded assent. + +"We have heard of you, Mr. Barker," said Jones, in the most favorable +manner. "We belong to the senior class, and at our last meeting we +elected you unanimously a member of the Alpha Zeta Society." + +"You don't say so!" exclaimed Sam, really astonished. + +"We have inquired of the faculty concerning your scholarship, and have +been told that you are one of the best scholars in the class." + +"If that's so," thought Sam, "the class don't know much." + +"There are plenty that know more than me," said Sam, aloud. + +"All your modesty, Mr. Barker," said Robinson. "We are convinced that +you are a first-class man, and will be an acquisition to our +society." + +"What does it all mean?" Sam began to wonder. + +"We are a committee of the society appointed to initiate you by the +usual impressive ceremonies," said Brown. "It is very fortunate we +have met with you, for Saturday is our day for initiations." + +"Is it?" + +"Yes; have you any particular engagement for the next hour?" + +"Not as I know of." + +"Then we will at once proceed to the society room and take you to the +initiation. Are you ready?" + +"I haven't made my will yet," said Sam, humorously. + +The three sophomores looked at each other doubtfully. Perhaps their +intended butt was not as verdant as they supposed. + +"That formality is not necessary," said Jones, after a pause, "unless +you desire to leave any money to the society." + +"I guess I'll join first, and see how I like it," said Sam. + +"Quite reasonable," said Brown, in a tone of satisfaction. + +"We'd better not lose any time," said Robinson. + +"Follow us, Mr. Barker," said Brown. + +"All right, gentlemen." + +Robinson offered his arm, and the four proceeded to one of the older +college halls, and ascended to a room on the third floor. + +"Ain't they sold, though!" thought Sam, with an inward chuckle. "They +think I'm a student, and I'll find out all about their society--I +can't think of the outlandish name." + +The door was locked, and then Brown said: "Mr. Barker, you will not +object to be blindfolded, of course." + +"Go ahead," said Sam. "If that's the regular thing, I'm agreeable." + +He was blindfolded by Brown and seated in the center of the room. He +heard various movements, lasting for perhaps five minutes. Then the +bandage was removed, and Sam saw that his three companions were +metamorphosed. All wore masks. The light of day had been shut out, and +four candles were burning on the table. In the center was a skull, and +beside it was a large book, a photograph book, by the way. + +"Barker," said one of the masked figures in a sepulchral voice, "do +you desire to join our mystic band?" + +"You bet!" answered Sam. + +"No levity," was the stern reply. "Before you are admitted you must +swear solemnly not to divulge the secrets of the association." + +"I won't," said Sam. + +"'Tis not enough. You must swear!" + +"All right, I swear." + +"Kiss this book, and swear with uplifted hand." + +Sam did so. + +"Do you know what will be the penalty if you violate the oath?" + +"I'll be 'bounced,' I expect." + +"Worse than that. Do you see this skull?" + +"Yes, I do." + +"It is the skull of a freshman who joined our society five years +since, and divulged the secrets." + +"What did he die of?" asked Sam. + +"He disappeared," said Brown, impressively. "He was found dead in his +bed one morning, with a dagger in his heart." + +"You don't say so!" said Sam, impressed in spite of himself. + +"It was a fitting punishment. Don't incur it." + +"I won't," said Sam. "I don't know anything to tell anyway." + +"You shall know all. Our society was founded hundreds of years ago by +the emperor Charlemagne." + +This didn't impress Sam as much as was expected, since he had never +heard of the Emperor Charlemagne. + +"Kings, nobles, prime ministers have belonged to our mystic ranks," +proceeded Brown. + +"Then I wonder they elected me in?" thought Sam. + +"That book," indicating the photograph album, "contains the records of +the society." + +"May I look into it?" + +"No," said Jones, hurriedly, laying his hand upon the book. "The time +may come, but not yet." + +"Just as you say," said Sam, submissively. "I'm in no hurry." + +"Bandage his eyes once more," said Brown. + +Robinson advanced, and tied a handkerchief over our hero's eyes. + +"Now stand up." + +Sam stood up. + +Brown proceeded to read a chorus from Euripides, which impressed Sam +as much as anything yet, for the Greek seemed but a strange and +barbarous jargon to his unaccustomed ears. + +"Do you understand what I have said?" asked Brown, at the close of his +reading. + +"Not entirely," said Sam, + +"Then your education has been neglected. But it matters not. Raise +him." + +Jones and Robinson proceeded to lift Sam, one by the head, the other +by the heels, rather to his alarm. + +"What's your game?" he demanded, resisting. + +"No harm is intended. It is one of the necessary formalities." + +"Go ahead, then." + +The two students bore Sam about the room, chanting discordantly as +they went. At length they set him down again in a chair. Then Brown +passed his hand several times over Sam's face, explaining that this +was one of the necessary formalities also. Then the bandage was taken +off, and a Greek book was handed to Sam. + +"We will test your scholarship," said Brown. "Read." + +Sam stared at the Greek page in bewilderment, turning the book upside +down, but not finding it any more intelligible. + +"I can't read this stuff," he said. + +"You need not render it into English," said Brown. "Pronounce it in +the original." + +"I can't," said Sam, helplessly. + +The three looked at each other. + +"You can't read Greek?" said Brown. + +"Of course I can't." + +"Then how did you get into college?" + +"I walked in." + +"I mean, how could you be admitted without knowing Greek?" + +"I wasn't admitted. I never was here in my life before." + +"What! Are you not Barker, of the freshman class?" asked the three +sophomores in chorus. + +"My name is Barker--Sam Barker--but I don't belong to any class." + +"What made you say you did?" + +"Just for fun." + +"Sold!" exclaimed the three in concert. "I guess this has gone far +enough," said Brown. "Let's unmask." + +Masks were removed, the curtains raised, Sam was invited to wash his +face, which Brown, in his manipulations, had blacked, and there was a +hearty laugh all round. Sam was invited to tell his story and did so. +The three students were wealthy, and took up a contribution for his +benefit, amounting to ten dollars. + +"I'll come round another day for half price," said Sam, humorously. + +"The next time we initiate a freshman, it'll be the genuine article. +All the same, we've had some fun. Won't you stay and dine with us? We +shall have dinner in an hour." + +"Thank you," said Sam, "I'm agreeable." + +"We'll take you round to see the college before dinner. We can't do +less by a member of the Alpha Zeta Society." + +Sam laughed. "I guess you'll have to put down the name on a piece of +paper," he said, "or I'll forget what society I belong to." + +Sam's good humor and droll observations made him a favorite with the +three students. He learned, to his surprise, that Brown was a cousin +of Julia Stockton, whose acquaintance he had made on the Fall River +boat. + +"I was in town yesterday, and Julia mentioned you--said you were very +polite to her. It is very strange we should run across each other so +soon after." + +"That's so," said Sam, and, calling to mind the ten dollars in his +pocket, he could not help adding to himself: "It's mighty lucky, +too." + + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII. + +BROWN'S PLAN. + +Brown, Jones and Robinson roomed in one of the college dormitories, +but took their meals at a private boarding-house not far from the +college yard. Memorial Hall had not yet been erected, and there was no +public dining-place, as now. They paid a high price and enjoyed in +return a luxurious table. About twenty students boarded at the same +place, but less than half that number were present when Sam and the +three sophomores entered the house. + +"Leave your hat on the rack," said Brown, "and follow me." + +He led the way into the dining-room and seated Sam beside himself. + +"Is that your brother, Brown?" asked Bates, a classmate who sat +opposite. + +"Yes," answered Brown. "Do you think he looks like me?" + +"He seems more intelligent," said Bates. + +"Thank you. I owe you one." + +"There's something about his left eyebrow that reminds me of you," +said Bates, reflectively. "Yes, I should know he was your brother." + +"I never saw him before," continued Brown. "He's been traveling ever +since he was a baby, but this morning witnessed his happy restoration +to my arms." + +Sam listened to this chaffing with amusement. He relished it better +than a discussion which followed upon the relative merits of two Greek +authors which the students had been occupied with since entering +college. This talk seemed very dry to Sam, whose previous life had +hardly fitted him to take an interest in such subjects. + +The dinner, however, he did relish, and did not fail to do justice to +it. + +"I think, Sam," said Brown, as the dessert came on, "that there is one +society you will like better than the Alpha Zeta." + +"What's that?" asked Sam. + +"The Eta Pi Society." + +"I can eat a pie as well as anybody," answered Sam, who, however, not +being acquainted with the Greek alphabet, did not quite comprehend the +joke. + +"I should never think of doubting your word on that score. Here, Mary, +bring this young man an extra large slice of apple pie. He has been +working hard this morning." + +At length the dinner was over, and the three students withdrew from +the table. + +"Well, Jones, what are your plans for the afternoon?" asked Brown. + +"I'm going into town on important business." + +"Such as what?" + +"Ordering a new suit at my tailor's." + +"That's important. How is it with you, Robinson?" + +"I'm going in with Jones." + +"To help him order his suit?" + +"I shan't need any help in ordering it," said Jones. "I may need help +in paying for it." + +"I'd rather help order it," said Robinson. "Are you going into the +city, Brown?" + +"Not till four o'clock. I have a little work to do first. Sam, are you +in any hurry to go back to Boston?" + +"No," answered Sam. "I've made ten dollars this forenoon, and can +afford to take it easy the rest of the day." + +"Then stay with me until I go. I may have something to say to you." + +"All right." + +The three students parted; Jones and Robinson jumping on board a +street car, while Brown took Sam to his room. It was not the one in +which Sam's initiation had taken place, but another in the same +dormitory, and was handsomely furnished. The walls were lined with +fine engravings, and various ornaments adorned the mantel. + +"Brown must be rich," though Sam. "I wish I had such a nice room." + +"I'm going to read a little Greek," said Brown. "I was away two days +last week, and I want to make up the lessons. You may find something +on that bookcase to amuse you. Stretch yourself out in that armchair +and make yourself comfortable." + +Sam accepted the invitation willingly. He was not particularly +bashful, and made himself quite at home. Most of the books on Brown's +shelves struck him as very dry; but he finally found one profusely +illustrated, and this entertained him till Brown, after an hour's +silence and turning over the pages of his Greek dictionary, closed his +books and said: "Well, thank goodness, that job's over!" + +"Have you got through?" + +"Yes, for to-day." + +"Don't it make your head ache to study so hard?" asked Sam, +curiously. + +Brown laughed. + +"I don't study hard enough to endanger my head," he answered. "I am +not likely to become a martyr to science." + +"You must know a lot," said Sam, opening the Greek book, and surveying +the pages with admiring awe. + +"My Greek professor does not appear to be of that opinion," said +Brown, "judging from the way he marks me. However, it is quite +possible that he is prejudiced, and can't appreciate modest merit. +What have you got there?" + +"The 'Arabian Nights' Entertainments,'" said Sam. + +"Do you like it?" + +"It's tiptop. I wish I had that lamp I've been reading about." + +"Aladdin's lamp?" + +"Yes." + +"What would you do?" + +"Call for a lot of money." + +"You are poor," said Brown, thoughtfully, + +"Yes, I'm about as poor as I want to be. I've been lookin' round for a +fortune for five or six years; but I haven't found it yet." + +"What can you do?" + +"I was a clerk in New York." + +"That means an errand boy, doesn't it?" inquired Brown, shrewdly. + +"Yes," said Sam, not disturbed by being found out. + +"How much did you receive for your services in New York?" + +"Five dollars a week," answered Sam, telling the truth, by way of +variety. + +"I am afraid it would be hard to get that in Boston. Are you not fit +for anything better?" + +"I am afraid not," said Sam. "The fact is, I don't know much." + +"In other words, your education has been neglected." + +"Yes, it has." + +"That's in your way. If you wrote a good hand, and were good at +figures, you might perhaps do better than become an errand boy, though +even then it is doubtful whether you could obtain more than five +dollars a week." + +"I don't see how I can live on that," said Sam, "even if I could get +it." + +"It would be rather hard," said the student. "I have twice that for +spending money." + +"And don't you have to pay for your clothes or your meals?" asked +Sam. + +"No, nor for my books, nor any of my college bills." + +"Your folks must be awful rich," said Sam, not without a touch of +envy. + +"My father is prosperous in business," Brown admitted. + +"Does he live in Boston?" + +"No, he lives in Brookline." + +"Where is that?" + +"Not far from the city--not over three miles away." + +"Couldn't your father give me a place in his store?" asked Sam. + +"I don't think he has any vacancy," + +Sam looked despondent. Brown appeared to take an interest in him, and +he had hoped that he might do something for him. + +"But," Brown continued, "I have another plan for you." + +"What is it?" asked Sam, his hopes reviving. + +"I have a young brother of fourteen at home--there are only two of us; +but he is small and delicate. He is lame, besides, having met with an +accident when quite young. He is unable to go to school, as it would +prove too great a tax upon one in his delicate state of health. He +takes lessons at home, however, of a visiting tutor, as in this way +his studies can be arranged to suit his varying strength. Now, I have +been long of opinion that he requires a boy companion, older than +himself, who is naturally lively and cheerful, to share with him in +his amusements, to accompany him in his walks, and share with him in +his studies. From what I have seen of you, I think you are just the +companion my brother wants. Have you any bad habits?" + +Sam had shrewdness enough to perceive that it would be better for him +to be truthful. Besides, to do him justice, Brown's kindness had made +an impression upon him, and he would have felt ashamed to deceive +him. + +"I am afraid I have," he answered; "but I could get rid of them." + +"What are your bad habits?" + +"Sometimes I swear," said Sam, candidly. + +"Will you give that up?" + +"Yes, I will." + +"What else?" + +"Sometimes I smoke cigars." + +"You must give that up. My father abominates cigars." + +"I will." + +"What else?" + +"I don't always tell the truth," said Sam, courageously. + +"Lying is very ungentlemanly, to say the least. Do you think you can +get over that?" + +"Yes." + +"Then, I will ask my father to take you on trial. I am going over to +Brookline to supper this afternoon, and I will take you over, and talk +with him about it. Will you go?" + +"I'll go," said Sam, eagerly. "I'd like to be with your brother ever +so much." + + + + +CHAPTER XXIX. + +ARTHUR BROWN. + +At half-past five Sam and his companion reached the home of the latter +in Brookline. It was a handsome mansion, with ample grounds, standing +some rods back from the street. + +"That's where I live, Sam," said the young student. + +"It's an elegant place," said Sam, admiringly "I hope your father'll +take me. I'd like to live here ever so much." + +"There's my brother the one I spoke to you about." + +Brown pointed out a boy considerably smaller than Sam, who was +hurrying to the gate as fast as his lameness would admit. His thin, +pale face was lighted up with joy, as he espied his brother. + +"I am glad you have come, Charlie," he said. "It's so lonely here +during the week." + +"And how are you feeling, Arthur?" asked his brother, laying his hand +caressingly on the shoulder of the younger boy. + +"Oh, I'm all right; only lonely." + +"I've brought you some company--don't you see?" + +For the first time Arthur's attention was drawn to Sam. + +"I am glad to see you," he said, politely extending his hand. "Are you +a friend of Charlie's?" + +"Yes, Arthur," the student replied, anticipating our hero. "This is my +friend, Sam Barker." + +"Are you in college, Mr. Barker?" asked Arthur. + +"Please call me Sam," said our hero. "I am only a boy, and I don't +begin to know enough to be in college." + +"Nor I, either," said Arthur. + +"Come into the house," said the elder brother. "Has father got back +from the city?" + +"No; he sent word that he should not be back till evening. We are to +take supper without him. You are going to stop over Sunday, I hope, +Charlie?" + +"Yes, till to-morrow evening. Sam will stay, too. Won't you take him +up to the little room next to yours? He will want to wash before +supper." + +Sam did not know that he needed to wash, but accepted this as a hint. + +"Won't it be too much trouble for you?" he asked, thinking of Arthur's +lameness. + +"Oh, no," said the lame boy. "I can go upstairs almost as quick as if +I wasn't lame. Come this way, please." + +Sam followed him upstairs. He was shown to a small, but handsomely +furnished chamber. + +"You'll find everything you need, I think," said Arthur. "That room," +pointing to one adjoining, "is mine; so we shall be near neighbors." + +"I am glad of that. If burglars get in in the night, I'll come to you +for protection." + +"I am afraid I couldn't do you much good. You are a great deal +stronger than I." + +"Then I'll protect you." + +"Do you live in Boston, Sam?" + +"I only came to Boston a few days ago. I came from New York." + +"Did you live in the city?" + +"Yes. Were you ever there?" + +"I have passed through New York on my way to Saratoga. I went up the +Hudson River on a steamboat." + +"We call it the North River there." + +"We stopped at the Fifth Avenue Hotel." + +"That's a tiptop hotel. I've been in there often." + +"Are you going to live in Boston?" + +"If I can find anything to do. I am not rich like you." + +"No," said Arthur; "but you are something better." + +"What is better than being rich?" asked Sam, incredulously. + +"You are strong and healthy. You are not an invalid like me." + +"How long have you been lame, Arthur?" inquired Sam, who had naturally +a kind heart, and was already beginning to feel an interest in his new +friend. + +"Ever since I was a very small boy." + +"Your brother is strong enough." + +"Yes, Charlie's got muscle," said Arthur, proudly. "He's one of the +strongest fellows in his class. He goes to gymnasium regularly. You +ought to feel his arm. He's going to belong to the boat club next +year." + +By this time Sam had finished his ablutions. + +"Come downstairs, and I'll show you the stable," said Arthur. "I guess +there'll be time before supper." + +"How many horses have you got?" + +"Three carriage horses. Father would buy me a pony, but he's afraid I +might fall, and not be able to help myself." + +"Do you go to school?" + +"No; my health is not good enough. The doctor says I must be out in +the open air a good deal, and must not overtax my brain. I suppose you +have been to school a good deal." + +"Well, no," said Sam; "I am afraid of overtaxing my brain, too." + +Arthur laughed. "I don't think, from your looks, that you need feel +afraid," he said. + +"You've no idea how delicate I am," said Sam, humorously. + +"I should think you might be," said Arthur, merrily; "but you are very +successful in not showing it." + +"That's why I don't get any sympathy. What do you do all day long if +you don't go to school?" + +"I study some, and recite to a tutor who comes out from Boston; but I +have a good deal of time to myself. I've been very lonely since my +mother died," he added, soberly. + +"How long ago was that?" Sam inquired, with sympathy. + +"A year ago. Her death was a great loss to me, as Charlie has been +away from home so much, and father is all day in the city." + +"Are there no boys round here that you can play with?" + +"There are boys, but I can't join in their sports, on account of my +lameness." + +"I wonder whether he will like the idea of my staying with him," +thought Sam. "We could have good times together." + +They went out to the stable, and looked about till the supper-bell +rang. Everything was well arranged, and on a scale which indicated +that Mr. Brown was a man of wealth. + +More and more Sam though he would like to live there. + +Entering the dining-room, where the supper was provided, they found +the older brother already present. + +"Have you two boys got acquainted?" he asked. + +"Yes," said Arthur; "it didn't take us long. I've been showing Sam the +stable." + +"How do you like what you have seen?" asked the sophomore. + +"Tiptop," said Sam. + +"Take a seat there, Sam; Arthur, you know your place. I must preside +in father's absence." + +They talked together socially during the meal, Sam getting to feel +better and better acquainted as time went on. After supper they took +another walk, and then Arthur asked: "Do you play backgammon, Sam?" + +"I never learned." + +"Shall I show you?" + +"I wish you would." + +The backgammon board was brought out, and the two boys had a pleasant +evening. As the older brother heard their lively laughter, and noticed +how Arthur seemed brightened up by Sam's companionship, he felt more +and more that it would be a good plan to keep him there. When his +father reached home, a little before nine o'clock, he made the +proposal to him. + +"I am convinced," he said, "that Arthur needs a young companion, of a +cheerful temperament, who will brighten him up, and keep him in good +spirits. + +"Do you know anything of this boy?" asked Mr. Brown, cautiously. + +"Not much, except that Arthur appears to fancy him. His education has +been neglected." + +"That would not matter. He could study regularly with Arthur, and +recite to his tutor." + +"That occurred to me." + +"Has he any bad habits?" + +"No confirmed bad habits. If it should prove so, he can be +dismissed." + +"Would he like to come?" + +"Of that I am sure. Indeed it would be a great thing for him, as he is +poor, and has no friends to help him along." + +"Then he may stay a month on trial. You may speak to him about it." + + + + +CHAPTER XXX. + +HOW IT WAS ARRANGED. + +"Sam," said the young student, the next morning, "I have spoken to my +father about your remaining here as a companion to Arthur." + +"What did he say?" asked Sam, anxiously. + +"That you may stay a month on trial. If the arrangement proves +satisfactory, you can remain longer." + +"I'm ever so much obliged to you," said Sam, overjoyed. "I hope I'll +suit." + +"I hope you will, too, for Arthur's sake. You must bear in mind that +we expect you to lay aside all your bad habits, and try to become +refined and gentlemanly." + +"I'll try," said Sam, earnestly. + +"You will take lessons of Arthur's tutor, and study with him. Though +considerably younger than you are he is much more advanced in his +studies, and will be able to help you in any difficulties." + +"Perhaps he won't want to be bothered with me." + +"On the contrary, it will interest and amuse him to be so occupied. +There is no reason why you should not improve fast." + +"I want to know something," said Sam. "Ever since I met that girl on +the boat I've been ashamed of being such a know-nothing." + +"I am glad to hear you say that. It is encouraging to find that you +are sensible of your deficiencies. It is the first step toward +remedying them." + +"Will the tutor lick me if I don't know my lessons?" asked Sam, +anxiously. + +The student smiled. "He wouldn't do that," he answered, "but he will +inform my father--that is, if you persist in neglecting your +lessons--and that might lead to your being dismissed." + +"I'll study," said Sam. "You see if I don't, even if it makes my head +ache awful." + +"You look as if you could stand a mode amount of study," said the +sophomore, smiling good-naturedly. "If your head aches very bad we can +give you some pills." + +"I guess it won't," said Sam, hastily, for he had a distinct +remembrance of having been dosed with some very nauseous pills in his +early days. + +"My father will see that you are provided with suitable clothes," +proceeded Brown; "and you shall have a little spending money also; but +you must not spend any of it for cigars." + +"I won't," said Sam, virtuously. + +"It seems almost like a dream," he added, "to think of my having a +private tutor, with nice clothes and spending money. I wonder what +Henry Martin would say." + +"Who is Henry Martin?" + +"I used to room with him in New York. He is a nice boy, Henry is, a +good deal better'n me. He used to save his money and put it in the +bank, and study evenings." + +"And you didn't, I suppose?" + +"No. I was a fool; but I won't be any longer. I'm going to turn over a +new leaf." + +"If you do, I shall not regret having engaged you as a companion for +Arthur." + +Here Arthur's voice was heard, as he entered the room. + +"What are you two talking about?" he inquired. + +"I was telling Sam you would miss him when he went away." + +"So I shall. Why can't he stay a little longer?" + +Arthur had not yet been told of the plan for giving him a companion. + +"You would get tired of me," said Sam. + +"No, I wouldn't." + +"Not if I stayed a month?" + +"Will you, really?" asked Arthur, his pale face brightening up with +evident pleasure. + +"He shall stay if you would like to have him," said his brother, "and +study with you every day. I think Prof. Taylor will be willing to take +one additional pupil." + +"Will he live here in this house?" asked Arthur, with animation. + +"Certainly," + +"Then I shan't feel lonely any more," said Arthur. "I've been wanting +company." + +"I am sorry to say Sam's studies have been neglected, and he may +require some assistance in getting his lessons." + +"I'll help him," said Arthur, eagerly. + +So it was arranged, and so it was that Sam; after drifting about for +years, found at last a good home. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXI. + +TWO YEARS LATER. + +More than two years have elapsed. In the fine old home at Brookline, +Sam and Arthur are sitting out on the lawn. Both have changed. Arthur +looks stronger and better than when Sam first made his acquaintance, +His thin face is more full, his pallor has been succeeded by a faint +tinge of color, and he looks contented and happy. But the greatest +change has come over Sam. He is now a young man of eighteen, +well-formed and robust, handsomely dressed, with a face not only +attractive, but intelligent. These two years have improved him +greatly, as we shall see. + +"I can hardly realize that Charlie is to graduate next week," said +Arthur. + +"He was a sophomore when I first met him," said Sam. "How little I +thought that the meeting would be so important to me!" + +"And to me!" said Arthur. "You have up idea how lonely I felt before +you came." + +"You have an idea how ignorant I was at that time," said Sam. + +"You didn't know much, to be sure," said Arthur, smiling. "I remember +how I had to drill you in the multiplication table." + +"My spelling was rather weak," said Sam. + +"I should say it was; it was original, at least," said Arthur. "To +tell the truth, I was rather dismayed when I found how little you +knew. But you have made it up bravely." + +"Yes," said Sam, complacently, "I think have; but still you are ahead +of me." + +"Not in all things. You write a much better hand than I." + +"I am afraid it is my only accomplishment," said Sam. + +"But not your only acquisition. You are a good English scholar. I +don't mind telling you, however, that in the first three months I +never expected you would be." + +"I used to have the headache pretty often about that time," said Sam. + +"Yes; I sympathized with you at first, till I began to suspect that it +was all put on." + +"It was harder for me to apply myself than you, Arthur. My street life +made it so. It was only by degrees that I got the habit of +application." + +"It was a good thing for me that I had to assist you. It gave me an +object in life. Besides, it made me work harder myself in order to +continue able to do it. I used to get low-spirited, and feel that I +was of no use in the world." + +"You don't feel so now," said Sam, with a look of affection; for +Arthur seemed to him like a dear, younger brother, whom it was his +duty to care for and protect. + +"Oh, no," said Arthur, cheerfully. "I am much better and stronger now. +And that leads me to a little secret which affects both you and me. +Would you like to hear it?" + +"Yes, Arthur." + +"Father is going to take both of us into the office, to learn +business. I shall only be there about half the day, but you will have +full hours. How will you like that?" + +"It is the very thing I would like above all others," said Sam, with +animation. "I want to be doing something. I want to earn my own +living. When are we to go into the office?" + +"On the first of September." + +"Not till then?" + +"No; we are to spend the summer at the White Mountains. Late in August +Charlie will sail for Europe, where he is to travel for a year, and we +two are to be disposed of as I have told you." + +"It was a lucky day for me, Arthur, when I became your companion. But +for that I might have been the same shiftless fellow I was before, fit +for nothing except to run errands or sell newspapers." + +"Are you sure you are fit for anything better now?" asked Arthur, +mischievously. + +"I hope so," said Sam. "Time will show." + +The arrangement indicated was carried out. Sam, through his bright, +sunny disposition, had become a favorite with all the Browns, who, +besides, felt grateful to him for the good effect his companionship +had had upon Arthur's health and happiness. It had long been +understood between Charlie and his father that Sam was eventually to +be taken into the office, and promoted as rapidly as his abilities +would justify. He was allowed a liberal salary, and continued a member +of Mr. Brown's family. + + + + +CHAPTER XXXII. + +CONCLUSION. + +Henry Martin meanwhile had not stood still. Two years after Sam +entered Mr. Brown's counting-room Henry became chief clerk in the +office of his New York employer. Mr. Hamilton had permitted him to +share in the general ventures of the firm, and this had enabled Henry, +with his habits of prudence, combined with his savings from a largely +increased salary, to lay up four thousand dollars, which were securely +invested. His salary now was one hundred dollars a month, and he was +promised, on the approaching first of January, further increase. His +prudence, industry and self-denial had reaped their fitting reward. + +He had never heard a word from Sam since the latter left New York for +Boston. + +It would be difficult to explain why Sam had not written, for he had +learned to respect Henry, and to prize the traits he had formerly +laughed at. + +"I am afraid Sam has come to no good," Henry sometimes said to +himself. "He was always a harum-scarum fellow, good-natured, but lazy +and heedless. I wish I could do him a good turn. I have been so +prospered that I could afford to help him along if I could only find +him." + +But months and years passed, and there were no tidings of Sam. + +One day as Henry was engaged at his desk, a young man entered the +counting-room. He was handsomely dressed, with a bright, intelligent +look, and the appearance of one who was on good terms with the world. +He glanced inquiringly at Henry, and then said: "Am I speaking to Mr. +Henry Martin?" + +"Yes, sir," said young Martin, politely. "What can I do for you?" + +"I believe I used to know you, Mr. Martin," said Sam, smiling; for it +was our old friend, the young outlaw. + +"I beg your pardon," said Henry Martin; "I must apologize for my poor +memory, but I cannot recall your face." + +"I should have known you at once," said Sam. "You have the same +sedate, grave manner that you had when a boy." + +"Did you know me as a boy?" asked Henry, puzzled. + +"Slightly," answered Sam, smiling again. "I used to room with you." + +"You are not Sam Barker!" exclaimed Henry, in the deepest +astonishment. + +"Who says I am not?" said Sam. + +Henry Martin jumped from his stool, and grasped Sam's hands +cordially. + +"I see it now," he said. "There is the same look, though you are five +years older. I am delighted to see you, Sam. Where have you been all +these years?" + +"In and near Boston," answered Sam. + +"You look as if you had prospered." + +"I have. I am bookkeeper for a Boston merchant, with a handsome +salary." + +"Where on earth did you pick up bookkeeping?" asked Henry, in +continued amazement. + +"I studied under a private tutor for two or three years," answered +Sam, enjoying his perplexity. "I have only been in business two +years." + +"Didn't it make your head ache?" asked Henry, slyly. + +"It did at first, but I got over that after a while." + +"I can't understand it at all, Sam. It seems like a romance. I never +thought you would turn out like this." + +"Nor I, Henry. But it is a long story. Come and see me this evening at +the St. Nicholas, and I will tell you all. I must leave you now, as I +have a little business to attend to." + +That evening Henry and Sam met at the hotel, and each told his story, +to the deep interest of the other. + +"You have been very lucky, Sam," said Henry, at the end. "I never +supposed you would reform so completely and thoroughly. You were a +pretty hard case when I knew you." + +"So I was," said Sam; "and I would have been to this day if I had not +turned over a new leaf. Sometime I hope to introduce you to the two +friends to whom I owe my reformation." + +"Who are they?" + +"A young lady of Boston, Miss Julia Stockton, and my most valued +friend, Arthur Brown." + +"So there is a young lady in the case, Sam?" + +"I know what you are thinking of, Henry; but it isn't as you suppose. +Julia Stockton will never be any more than a friend to me. Indeed, she +is engaged to be married next month to Arthur's elder brother, +Charlie, who has just been admitted to the bar. But I shall always +feel indebted to her for first leading me to look upon myself as an +ignorant and heedless boy. I never became ambitious till I met her." + +"Then my lectures did no good, Sam?" + +"Not at the time. Afterward I thought of them, and saw that you were +right. And now that we have found each other, Henry, don't let us +remain strangers. Can't you come and see me in Boston?" + +"I am to visit Boston, on business, in October, Sam. I won't fail to +look you up then." + +* * * * * * * + +Henry kept his word. Sam received him with cordial hospitality, and +henceforth the two remained fast friends. It is not necessary to +sketch their future. Both are on the right track, though Sam was much +later in finding it; and the young outlaw, as well as his more prudent +companion, is likely to prosper more and more as the years roll by. + + + +* * * * * * * + + + +Transcriber's Note: + +Several typographical errors in this edition have been corrected +in keeping with the author's original intent. The corrections +are here listed as chapter followed by a colon, beginning words +of paragraph in which the error appears followed by a semicolon, +and a description of the error and/or the correction made. + +Chapter 2: '"Oh! You're the boy I heard him speak of.'; joined to +following paragraph. + +Chapter 3: 'They stood before a shabby brick dwelling,'; +'ldging-house' changed to 'lodging-house'. + +Chapter 5: '"Saturady night, the boss said,'; 'Saturady' changed to +'Saturday'. + +Chapter 5: '"I'l lend you a dollar if you'll be sure to pay me'; 'I'l' +changed to 'I'll'. + +Chapter 5: '"I don't think you have. You have been extravagent,'; +'extravagent' changed to 'extravagant'. + +Chapter 6: '"Take that, then; it's the last one I have.'; missing +double-quote at end inserted. + +Chapter 10: '"Wasn't that a tiptop dinner?"'; 'would't' changed to +'wouldn't'. + +Chapter 10: 'Settlement was made, and Henry,'; 'accomodation' changed +to 'accommodation'. + +Chapter 11: '"Thirty-five dollars. It isn't much,' missing +double-quote at end inserted. + +Chapter 11: '"He's like Sam," though Henry.' 'though' changed to +'thought'. + +Chapter 13: '"Yes sir; I have twenty-six dollars'; 'depost' changed to +'deposit'. + +Chapter 14: 'Sam entered the banking house,'; 'windew' was changed to +'window'. + +Chapter 15: '"We saw that the signiture was not correct,': +'signiture' changed to 'signature'. + +Chapter 16: '"I've got a room of my own,"' missing period at end of +sentence added. + +Chapter 16: 'He looks sober,"' paragraph joined with following by same +speaker. + +Chapter 16: '"Mr. Dalton looked up as he entered.' spurious +double-quote at beginning of paragraph deleted. + +Chapter 18: '"That's the number of your birth."' 'birth' changed to +'berth'. + +Chapter 20: 'The birth Sam was to occupy' 'birth' changed to 'berth'. + +Chapter 23: '"To-day," said Sam."' spurious double-quote at end of +paragraph deleted. + +Chapter 23: 'After a walk they returned to lunch.'; 'astonishmen' +changed to 'astonishment'. + +Chapter 23: '"Should't wonder," said Sam.'; 'Should't' changed to +'Shouldn't. + +Chapter 24: 'Presently fatigue everpowered Sam,'; 'everpowered' +changed to 'overpowered'. + +Chapter 24: '"Only ten dollars and a half!"'; in the sentence 'Let me +me see if there is anything more."' the extra 'me' was removed. + +Chapter 24: '"Yes ma'am" said Aner.'; comma added after 'ma'am' and +'Aner' changed to 'Abner'. + +Chapter 24: '"Good-by old woman!" muttered Abner ase he closed the +door,' 'ase' changed to 'as'. + +Chapter 25: 'By this time Sam began to feel a little desondent.'; +'desondent' changed to 'despondent'. + +Chapter 25: '"Don't forget to call at the house.'; 'wil' changed to +'will'. + +Chapter 26: 'The voice was heard again,'; 'apearance' changed to +'appearance'. + +Chapter 27: '"Not as I know of.' missing double-quote at end of +paragraph added. + +Chapter 27: 'The door was locked and then Brown said:'; 'Barber' was +changed to 'Barker'. + +Chapter 27: '"That book," indicating the photograph album,' missing +double-quote at continuation of dialogue inserted. + + + +***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SAM'S CHANCE*** + + +******* This file should be named 26043.txt or 26043.zip ******* + + +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/6/0/4/26043 + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://www.gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: +http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/26043.zip b/26043.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8f000c --- /dev/null +++ b/26043.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..95ae2d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #26043 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/26043) |